H E R C PRODUCTS INC
10KSB, 1998-03-31
SPECIALTY CLEANING, POLISHING AND SANITATION PREPARATIONS
Previous: STANDARD FUNDING CORP, 10KSB40, 1998-03-31
Next: WAVE SYSTEMS CORP, 10-K, 1998-03-31



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   Form 10-KSB

(X)  ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF
     1934: For the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 1997

( )  TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15 (d) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1934:
     For the transition period from ________ to ________.


                         Commission File Number 1-13012

                         H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
State of Incorporation or Organization: Delaware         IRS Employer Identification Number: 86-0570800
</TABLE>

                          2202 W. Lone Cactus Drive #15
                           Phoenix, Arizona 85027-2621
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                                 (602) 492-0336
                (Issuer's telephone number, including area code)

    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: None

                                                    Name of each exchange
    Title of each class                             on which registered
    -------------------                             -------------------

    Common Stock, $.01 par value                    Boston Stock Exchange
                                                    Nasdaq SmallCap Market

    Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None

Check whether the issuer:  (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section
13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such shorter
period that the registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent  filers in response to Item 405 of
Regulation S-B contained in this form, and no disclosure  will be contained,  to
the  best  of  registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part III of this Form  10-KSB or any
amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [ ]

State issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year. $3,162,846.

At March 19,  1998,  the  aggregate  market  value of the  voting  stock held by
non-affiliates  of the  registrant  was  $2,261,316  based on the closing market
price of the Common Stock on such date as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market.

At March 18,  1998,  there  were  8,230,588  shares of Common  Stock  issued and
outstanding.

Transitional Small Business Disclosure Format: Yes [  ]  No[X]

Documents Incorporated by Reference:  None
                                                                          Page 1
<PAGE>
PART 1

Item 1.  Description of Business

General

         H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated (the "Company")  manufactures consumer
and other water treatment  chemicals and provides water pipeline  rehabilitation
services. The Company markets its consumer products through wholesale and retail
customers and directs its other products and services toward industrial,  marine
and  municipal  customers.  During  the  fourth  quarter  of 1997,  the  Company
determined that it would exit the agricultural business and commenced efforts to
dispose of its wholly owned subsidiary, CCT Corporation,  which manufactured and
distributed  proprietary  agricultural  products.  Financial  information on the
Company's  business  segments  is in  Note  13  to  the  consolidated  financial
statements  of the  Company  for the  year  ended  December  31,  1997,  located
beginning at page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-KSB.  CCT is treated as a
discontinued operation in the financial statements.

         Most of the Company's  products  depend upon its  proprietary  chemical
technology,  Eliminate,  which was developed to respond to the  disadvantages of
current  methods  of  treating  water  systems.  Many of the  chemicals  used in
treating  water  systems are corrosive  and can cause  scaling,  and it is often
difficult to achieve and maintain the correct  combination of chemicals.  To the
extent that  chemicals  used in treating  water systems are toxic,  corrosive or
non-biodegradable,  they are considered to be  pollutants,  subjecting the water
systems to  expensive  clean-up  and  regulatory  compliance  costs.  Many water
systems also require expensive monitoring.

         The Eliminate technology,  combined with water,  dissolves and prevents
scaling and  corrosion,  suppresses  the  environment  that supports  biological
growth and results in more efficient water utilization.  The Eliminate chemistry
keeps the dissolved components of scale and corrosion in solution even at highly
concentrated levels and is non-fuming,  non-abrasive and non-flammable.  Many of
the Company's Eliminate products are also certified  biodegradable by Scientific
Certification  Systems,  an independent  certifying  testing  laboratory ("Green
Cross").  The  Eliminate-based  products for the industrial  market include Pipe
Klean  and  Well-Klean,  which  remove  encrustations  from  water  pumping  and
distribution  systems,  and certain other chemical compounds which are used with
the Eliminate  technology to clean  cooling and other water  treatment  systems.
These products are sold directly by the Company. The Company's consumer products
include  Eliminate  Shower  Tub & Tile  Cleaner,  Eliminate  Evaporative  Cooler
Cleaner and Treatment  (used to clean and maintain  evaporative  cooler systems)
and  Eliminate  Toilet Bowl  Cleaner,  and are sold to the consumer  market by a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company,  H.E.R.C.  Consumer Products,  Inc., an
Arizona corporation ("HCPI").

         The  Company  was   incorporated   in  Arizona  in  December  1986  and
reincorporated in Delaware in 1994. The Company's  executive offices,  warehouse
and  manufacturing  facility  for certain of its  Eliminate-based  products  are
located in Phoenix, Arizona and its telephone number is (602) 492-0336.

         When used in the Form 10-KSB and in future  filings by the Company with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the words or phrases  "will  likely
result," "the Company expects," "will continue," "is anticipated,"  "estimated,"
"project,"  or  "outlook"  or  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify
"forward-looking"  statements  within  the  meaning  of the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform Act of 1995. The Company  cautions readers not to place undue
reliance on any such forward-looking  statements, each of which speak only as of
the date made.  Such  statements are subject to certain risks and  uncertainties
that could cause actual results to differ  materially from  historical  earnings
and  those  presently  anticipated  or  projected.  Included  in the  risks  and
uncertainties  that may effect the Company are the possible  need for  continued
market acceptance,  the requirement to expand sales in all of its segments,  the
seasonality  of  sales  of  certain  of its  products  and the  need to  develop
additional cash  resources.  The Company has no obligation to release the result
of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking  statements to reflect
anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances occurring after the date of
such statements.

Market Overview
                                                                          Page 2
<PAGE>
         Eliminate Based Products

         Water is  critical to many  industries  and uses,  ranging  from wells,
waterlines,   heating  and  air-conditioning  and  most  industrial   production
processes.  Water is a chemically  active  substance,  and any surface  which is
regularly  exposed to water is subject to corrosion by oxidation (such as rust).
Since water is rarely pure,  water exposed surfaces are also subject to scaling,
which  is the  deposit  of  water-borne  minerals.  Scaling  or  corrosion  will
eventually lead to the plugging or fouling of the surface,  pipe, pump, bathroom
fixture,  tiles, air  conditioning  system,  or other water exposed surface.  In
addition, surfaces exposed to water are subject to biological activity.

         Current  treatment  methods of water  containment  systems (i.e.  water
tanks,  piping,  wells, etc.) include  replacement,  isolating and cleaning,  or
treating the water to reduce or cure the problem.  This latter method,  referred
to in the industry as water systems  treatment,  is preferred because it reduces
capital costs and system downtime.

         The Company  estimates  that in 1998 the annual  U.S.  Market for water
systems treatment chemicals is in excess of $1.0 billion.

Products

         Industrial Products

         The Company's  Industrial Products Group ("IPG") is actively engaged in
the  application  of the  Eliminate  technology to provide  unique  products and
services to its customers. The Company's Pipe-Klean and Well-Klean chemicals are
used as core  products in what are typically  complex water systems  operational
enhancements,  and  as  tools  to  revitalize/rehabilitate  water  systems  with
diminished  capacities.  The  IPG  Field  Services  Division  provides  turn-key
application of all of the IPG technologies.

         Pipe-Klean  and Well-Klean  remove  encrustation  from pumps,  screens,
pipes and  distribution  lines in water pumping and  distribution  systems.  The
Company's  products  have been tested and  certified to ANSI/NSF  Standard 60 by
National  Sanitation  Foundation  ("NSF")  for use as  well  cleaning  and  pipe
cleaning aids in drinking water systems.  ANSI/NSF  Standard 60 was developed to
establish minimum requirements for the control of potential adverse human health
effects from products  added  directly to water for its  treatment.  The Company
believes that these  products  offer  distinct  advantages  over the acid washes
which  are  generally  used to clean  water  systems,  since  the acid can cause
corrosion  and can be deemed to be  hazardous  waste for disposal  purposes.  In
addition,  these products  provide  significant  cost savings  compared to other
currently  available  alternatives such as replacing a water system or a portion
of such system.

         The Company  currently  segments three markets for Pipe-Klean:  marine,
fire  protection and municipal.  The marine segment is primarily  shipboard pipe
systems for water and waste  water.  The  initial  development  of business  was
produced  from a response  by the U.S.  Coast Guard to a stock  promotion  radio
program.  In  responding to the inquiry from the U.S.  Coast Guard,  the Company
discovered  a large  market in the  vacuum  waste  systems  aboard  most  marine
vessels.  The system  develops an  evaporative  scale in the pipes that requires
cleaning approximately once per year.

         During 1997 the Company  cleaned pipe systems on board eight U.S. Coast
Guard and U.S.  Navy vessels for  aggregate  revenue of  $707,000.  In September
1997, the Company received a five year contract from the U.S. Navy to clean pipe
systems  on  board  ships  for  annual  billings   ranging  from  a  minimum  of
approximately $100,000 to an estimate of $1,200,000.

         The fire  protection  segment  developed  from a  contact  with a major
airport in the Western  United  States.  The fire  sprinkler  system  inside the
international  terminal had become corroded to the point of serious  operational
concern.  The Company cleaned segments of the system in February and March 1998.
Because the Pipe-Klean process is safe and minimally disruptive, it is ideal for
rehabilitation  of the systems.  Additional  customers could be attracted to the
Company's services since insurance premiums are impacted by system performance.
                                                                          Page 3
<PAGE>
         Municipalities represent another market in which the Company can expand
its existing  business  through its patented  technologies.  The Company's  core
patent covers the chemical cleaning of potable  waterlines with acid, neutral or
basic cleaning compositions that are ANSI/NSF Standard 60 certified.

         NSF is a  non-profit  organization  that has been  commissioned  by the
United  States  Environmental  Protection  Agency  (EPA) to develop the drinking
water and drinking water system  standards for the United States.  The standards
that have been developed by NSF have been adopted legislatively in 36 states and
are policy in 12 others.  Virtually  no product can be used in a drinking  water
system in the United States without NSF certification.

         The greatest and most common problem found in municipal  water lines is
tuberculation  which is the  development  of chemical and  biological  corrosion
inside the pipes to the point that the useful  diameter  of the pipe is severely
restricted. It is not unusual to have a four inch mainline with only one inch of
useful diameter remaining. Tuberculation may also cause colored water, bad odors
or taste and increased chemical treatment and pumping costs.

         The Company's  cleaning  process  addresses all but the potential  post
cleaning  red water  concerns.  Because of this,  the  Company  has  developed a
relationship  with  Calgon  Corporation  ("Calgon")  to  address  post  cleaning
corrosion inhibition (passivation) concerns of any potential customer.

         The  Company  signed a joint  marketing  agreement  in April  1997 with
Calgon for the cleaning and  passivation  of potable  water lines as well as the
marketing  of  Well-Klean.  The Company  provides  cleaning  services and Calgon
provides post cleaning water treatment  chemicals as well as marketing  support.
Revenue from municipal contracts was $400,000 in 1997.

         Well-Klean  is used to remove scale and  corrosion in deep water wells.
Over time the slotted  casing that allows water to be lifted with pumps  becomes
clogged.  Well-Klean was the first NSF certified  product to rehabilitate  water
wells. Well-Klean sales were $109,000 in 1997.

         Consumer Products

         Eliminate  Shower  Tub &  Tile  Cleaner.  Eliminate  Shower  Tub & Tile
Cleaner is a cleaning  solution  designed to remove soap scum,  hard water spots
and body oils from shower doors, walls, bathtubs and sinks. It is sprayed on and
rinsed off  approximately  a half hour later.  It is not  necessary  to scrub or
brush.  Eliminate  Shower  Tub &  Tile  Cleaner  is  Green  Cross  certified  as
biodegradable,  and it is the only such cleaner  containing a fragrance which is
also certified biodegradable. Eliminate Shower Tub & Tile Cleaner is packaged in
four sizes:  16, 20 and 32 ounce spray  bottles and gallon  refill  bottles.  In
1997,   approximately  56%  of  the  Company's  total  revenue  from  continuing
operations was derived from sales of Eliminate Shower Tub & Tile Cleaner.

         Eliminate Evaporative Cooler Treatment.  Evaporative Cooler Cleaner and
Evaporative  Cooler Treatment are used to clean and maintain  evaporative cooler
systems which are used  primarily in arid and  semi-arid  regions of the western
and southwestern United States.

         Eliminate Toilet Bowl Cleaner.  Eliminate Toilet Bowl Cleaner functions
like  Eliminate  Shower  Tub & Tile  Cleaner  for  use in  toilet  bowls.  It is
effective as a cleaner for  removing  rust,  hardwater  deposits and waste build
ups.

         Proposed  Consumer  Products.  In order to expand  its  product  lines,
channels  of  distribution  and  classes of trade,  the  Company  has  developed
additional  products,  including  all-purpose  cleaners, a carpet cleaning line,
institutional products and a patented multi-purpose cleaner.


Marketing and Distribution

         Industrial Products
                                                                          Page 4
<PAGE>
         The Company markets its products and services through its marketing and
sales staff and independent distributors and sales representatives. During 1997,
sales to the U.S. Navy represented 40% of total IPG sales.

         As  discussed  above,  the  Company  has also  entered  into  strategic
relationships to market its products and service its customers.

         Consumer Products

         The  Eliminate  Shower  Tub & Tile  Cleaner  is sold by HCPI  primarily
through large  hardware and home  improvement  chains.  During 1997, the Company
sold  $1,474,000  consumer  products  to  The  Home  Depot,  Inc.,  representing
approximately 84% of consumer products sales.

         Advertising

         The Company advertises and publishes in selected industry  publications
and initiates  direct mail pieces to specific  groups of potential  consumers of
its various  products.  The Company also uses an "800" number in connection with
its  advertising,  direct mail programs and order entry. The primary emphasis of
the advertising is to promote awareness of the Company and its various products.

Competition

         Industrial Products

         Waterwell and waterline  revitalization and rehabilitation are normally
performed by regional  contractors.  There are no major  companies that dominate
this  business.  The  largest  company  in the  waterwell  field is Layne,  Inc.
Chemicals used in cleaning  water systems have  generally been  non-proprietary,
readily available acids produced by such major chemical companies as DuPont, Dow
Chemical  Company,  Hill Brothers  Chemical Company and Vista Chemical  Company.
These companies are substantially  larger and have far more extensive  resources
than the Company.  To the extent that the Company seeks to sell its water system
pipeline rehabilitation technology directly to end users, it may be perceived as
competing  with the regional  contractors  to which it might also seek to market
its pipe rehabilitation products and technology.  While they are not as large as
the chemical producers, the contracting companies are still generally larger and
more established in the industry than the Company.

         In  addition,  the Company  expects  that the  companies  with which it
competes have the resources to develop, have developed,  are developing,  or may
develop and market products directly competitive with the Company's  technology.
Current  competitors  or new  market  entrants  could  produce  directly  new or
enhanced  products with features that render the Company's  products obsolete or
less marketable. The Company's competitive success will depend on its ability to
promote and to adapt to technological  changes and advances in the water systems
treatment industry.

         In the opinion of the Company's management,  the Company's products and
methods are superior to other water system treatment  chemicals because they are
easier to use,  less  expensive  and are less  harmful to the  environment.  The
Company  competes  principally  on the basis of these  qualities and by securing
strategic  relationships  with  established  companies.  The  Company has patent
protection  for  certain of its  technologies  and is  seeking to expand  patent
protection by making new applications with respect to its Eliminate products and
technology in order to provide a diverse product base.

Consumer Products

         The markets for HCPI's products are highly  competitive.  HCPI competes
with numerous  well-established  chemical and consumer products companies,  that
have financial,  marketing,  personnel and other  resources which  substantially
exceed those of HCPI. In addition,  many  competitors  are large companies (e.g.
Johnson Wax,  Zepp/Enforcer)  that have  established  name  recognition of their
product,  have  established  distribution  networks for their  products and have
developed consumer loyalty to such products. HCPI will attempt to increase sales
in 1998 through  additional  retail outlets and other  channels of  distribution
such as catalog and club store sales.
                                                                          Page 5
<PAGE>
Manufacturing and Supplies

         Certain of the Company's  industrial  products based upon the Eliminate
technology  are formulated  and packaged at its plant in Phoenix,  Arizona.  The
balance  of  these  products  and all of the  Company's  consumer  products  are
manufactured  and  packaged  for it by  third  party  manufacturers  located  in
Chandler,  Arizona and Winterhaven,  Florida, using formulations provided by the
Company.  The Company  generally does not maintain  long-term supply  agreements
with its suppliers and  purchases raw materials  pursuant to purchase  orders or
short-term  contracts in the ordinary course of business.  The Company  believes
that the raw materials and other  supplies are readily  available from a variety
of sources and that there are numerous  companies  available  to  formulate  and
package its products.

Patent and Trademark Protection

         The Company has a United  States  patent for the use of its  Pipe-Klean
technology  in the cleaning of potable water  distribution  systems and a United
States patent on the mobile  recirculation  units  employed in the pipe cleaning
process.  The Company has also received a Notice of Allowance for its basic pipe
cleaning patent for the association of European countries and can obtain patents
throughout  Europe in 1998.  Additionally,  the Company has received a Notice of
Allowance  on its  U.S.  Patent  application  for  "Pipe  Cleaning  and  In-Line
Treatment of Spent Pipe Cleaning  Solution",  an  improvement  on the basic pipe
cleaning  technology.  There  are also  three  other  U.S.  Patents  pending  on
improvements and application of the basic technology.

         There  can be no  assurance  that  any  patents  applied  for  will  be
obtained.  Moreover,  there can be no assurance that any patents will afford the
Company  commercially  significant  protection  of its  technology  or that  the
Company  will have  adequate  resources  to enforce  its  patents.  The  Company
believes that it has  independently  developed its proprietary  technologies and
they do not infringe the proprietary rights of others.  Although the Company has
received no claims of infringement, it is possible that infringement of existing
or future patents or proprietary rights may occur.

         In the event that the Company's products infringe patent or proprietary
rights of others,  the Company may be required to modify its processes or obtain
a license.  There can be no assurance that the Company would be able to do so in
a timely manner,  upon acceptable terms and conditions or at all. The failure to
do so could have a material  adverse effect on the Company.  In addition,  there
can be no assurance that the Company will have the financial or other  resources
necessary to defend a patent or proprietary rights action.  Moreover,  if any of
the Company's  products  infringe patents or proprietary  rights of others,  the
Company under certain  circumstances could become liable for damages which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company.

         The Company has obtained  certification for its Pipe-Klean,  Pipe-Klean
Preblend,  Acid  Klean,  Pipe-Klean  Concentrate,   and  Pipe-Klean  Neutralizer
products as "pipe cleaning aids" under ANSI/NSF  Standard 60 from NSF for use in
potable water  distribution  systems.  Also,  the Company has obtained  ANSI/NSF
Standard 60  certification  for their  Well-Klean II Concentrate  and Well-Klean
Preblend products as "well cleaning aids" for potable water wells.

         Eliminate(R),     Clean    Sweep(R),    h.e.r.c.(R),     Well-Klean(R),
Pipe-Klean(R),  and  Line-out(R) are registered  trademarks of the Company.  The
Company also has Eliminate Man(C) registered as a copyright.

         The Company relies on proprietary know-how and confidential information
and  employs  various  methods to protect  the  processes,  concepts,  ideas and
documentation  associated  with its  technology.  However,  such methods may not
afford complete  protection,  and there can be no assurance that others will not
independently  develop  such  processes,   concepts,  ideas  and  documentation.
Although  the Company  requires  all of its  employees  to sign  confidentiality
agreements,  there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to protect
its trade secrets or that other companies will not acquire  information that the
Company  considers to be proprietary.  Moreover,  there can be no assurance that
other  companies  will  not  independently  develop  know-how  comparable  to or
superior to that of the Company.

Government Regulation
                                                                          Page 6
<PAGE>
         Water  pollution  is  a  major  focus  of  federal,   state  and  local
environment  protection laws and  regulations.  The discharge from water systems
treatment is subject to these laws and  regulation.  The water system  treatment
chemicals  industry and the  Company's  operations  are subject to extensive and
significant  regulation by federal,  state and local  governmental  authorities.
Some  of  such  regulation  is  extensive  and may  from  time  to  time  have a
significant  impact on the  Company's  operations.  The NSF has  indicated  that
Pipe-Klean and Well-Klean  comply with the standards for chemicals  which can be
used in cleaning  drinking  water  systems.  In addition,  many of the Company's
products are Green Cross certified as biodegradable.  Products are biodegradable
if they can be broken  down into  carbon  dioxide,  water and  minerals  without
harmful effects to the environment.

         Some of the  Company's  products  require the use of a chemical that is
classified  under applicable laws as a corrosive  chemical and substance.  There
can be no  assurance  that the Company  will not incur  environmental  liability
arising out of the use of corrosive  substances.  To date,  the Company does not
believe that it has incurred any such  liability.  The Company does not maintain
insurance  to  compensate  it for any  liabilities  it may  incur  if it were to
violate  environmental  laws  or  regulations.  The  use  of  certain  chemicals
contained in the Company's  products is subject to frequently  changing federal,
state and local laws and substantial regulation under these laws by governmental
agencies,  including the EPA, the Occupational Health and Safety Administration,
various state  agencies and county and local  authorities  acting in conjunction
with federal and state authorities. Among other matters, these regulatory bodies
impose requirements to control air, soil and water pollution, to protect against
occupational exposure to such chemicals,  including health and safety risks, and
to require  notification  of the storage,  use and release of certain  corrosive
chemicals and substances.

         The Company  believes  that it is in  substantial  compliance  with all
material  federal,  state and local laws and regulations  governing its business
operations and has obtained all material  licenses,  authorizations,  approvals,
orders,  certificates  and permits  required for the  operation of its business.
There can be no assurance  that the Company in the future will be able to comply
with current or future government  regulations in every jurisdiction in which it
will conduct its business  operations without substantial  sanctions,  including
restrictions  on  its  business  operations,  monetary  liability  and  criminal
sanctions,  any of which could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's
business.

         Advertising relating to the Company's products is subject to the review
of the Federal Trade  Commission and state  agencies,  pursuant to their general
authority  to monitor  and  prevent  unfair or  deceptive  trade  practices.  In
addition,  the Consumer Products Safety Commission regulates the labeling of the
Company's products.


Research and Development

         The Company  estimates that it spent fifty thousand dollars on research
and development activities during 1997.


Employees

         As of February 20,  1998,  the Company had 29 employees of which 19 are
full time. Three (3) are officers,  sixteen (16) are engaged in field operations
and production,  eight (8) are in  administration,  and two (2) are in marketing
and sales.  Some of the field  employees  are part time.  None of the  Company's
employees is represented  by labor unions or covered by a collective  bargaining
agreement.  The Company  believes  that its  relationship  with its employees is
satisfactory.

Seasonality

         Sales of Pipe-Klean and Well-Klean products are seasonal in those parts
of the United States in the snow belt.  Seasonal sales can result in uneven cash
flow for the  Company  which may  require  the  Company to obtain  and  maintain
short-term financing arrangements.  In the event such financing arrangements are
not available or, once acquired, cease to be available, the Company's operations
and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

Item 2.  Description of Property
                                                                          Page 7
<PAGE>
         The Company leases 15,700 and 5,530 square feet of office and warehouse
facilities  in Phoenix,  Arizona and  Portsmouth,  Virginia,  respectively.  The
Phoenix  location is under an operating lease which expires on July 31, 2001 and
provides for monthly payments escalating from $8,796 to $10,053 over the term of
the lease. The Portsmouth facility is under an operating lease expiring December
31, 1998,  with an option to extend the lease for three (3) additional  years to
December  31, 2001.  The lease  provides for monthly  payments  escalating  from
$2,225 to $2,640 over the term of the lease, including the extension term.

         The Company has no policy  regarding  investments in real estate,  real
estate  mortgages,  or  securities of persons  primarily  engaged in real estate
activities. However, the Company currently holds no such investments.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

         On  December  19,  1997,  in the  Commonwealth  Court  in the  state of
Virginia,  a former  employee of the  Company  filed a civil  claim,  thereafter
removed  to the  federal  District  Court of  Virginia,  alleging  breach  of an
employment contract action for sales commissions and seeking monetary damages of
$33,355 and anticipatory damages. The Company has substantially denied liability
for the claim and filed a counterclaim alleging conversion and indemnity seeking
monetary damages of $5,088.

         On  January  22,  1998,  Resource  Technology  Group,  Inc.  filed  for
arbitration with the American Arbitration Association of Arizona under a license
agreement  with the Company for the transfer and use of the  Company's  patented
technology,  claiming  breach of  contract  and  misrepresentation  and  seeking
monetary  damages  of  $200,000.  The  Company  denied  the  claim  and  filed a
counterclaim  for  failure  of  performance  seeking  damages  of not less  than
$50,000.

         On March 3, 1998,  Bibeau Water System  Reclamation,  Inc. filed in the
Superior  Court of Arizona a civil  action  claiming  breaches of  contract  and
warranty,  and  alleging  misrepresentation   concerning  a  technology  license
agreement with the Company similar to that of Resource  Technology Group,  Inc.,
seeking  damages in the amount of $200,000.  The Company  intends to  vigorously
contest the complaint and to pursue meritorious counterclaims.

         Although the  resolution of these matters is not known,  management and
its  legal   counsel   believe  the  Company  has   meritorious   defenses   and
counterclaims,  and  believes  the outcome  will have no material  effect on the
Company's operating results and financial position.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of  Security Holders

         No matters were submitted to a vote of the Company's  security  holders
through  solicitation  of proxies or otherwise  during the fourth quarter of the
year ended December 31, 1997.

Part II

Item 5.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

Trading Markets

         The Company's  Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and
on the Boston Stock Exchange  under the symbols "HERC" and "HER",  respectively.
The Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market is the principal  market for the  Company's  Common
Stock.

         The  following  table  sets  forth the high and low sale  prices of the
Company's  Common  Stock as quoted by Nasdaq  for the  periods  indicated.  Such
quotations reflect  inter-dealer  prices,  without retail mark-up,  mark-down or
commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

1996                                                 High               Low
- ----                                                 ----               ---
                                                                          Page 8
<PAGE>
First Quarter                                      $   1.813         $   0.625
Second Quarter                                         2.125             0.750
Third Quarter                                          2.906             1.188
Fourth Quarter                                         3.125             1.500


1997                                                 High               Low
- ----                                                 ----               ---
First Quarter                                      $   2.500         $   1.250
Second Quarter                                         1.875             1.188
Third Quarter                                          1.719             0.969
Fourth Quarter                                         1.156             0.250


         On March 19, 1998 the last  reported  bid price for the Common Stock as
quoted by Nasdaq was $0.3125.

Holders

         As of March 20,  1998,  there were 74 record  holders of the  Company's
Common Stock. The Company believes that as of such date there were approximately
1,575 beneficial holders of the Common Stock.

Dividends

         To date,  the  Company  has not paid any cash  dividends  on its Common
Stock,  and it does not anticipate  paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future.  Until such time as the Company's  term loan is repaid,  the Company may
not pay any  dividends  or make any  other  distributions  with  respect  to its
capital stock without the consent of the lender.

Recent Sales or Grants of Unregistered Securities

The following  relates to all  securities of the Company sold or granted  within
the last fiscal year which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Consideration received
                                                       and description of      Exemption      Terms of
Date of        Title of              Amount           underwriting or other      from        conversion
 grant         security                                discounts to market   registration        or
                                                        price afforded to       claimed       exercise
                                                           purchasers
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>               <C>                        <C>                     <C>       <C>            
                                                                                           
/6/97 -    Preferred Stock      170,000 shares of         Conversion of         Section    75% of five day
5/12/97     converted into       Preferred Stock         Preferred Stock         4(2)      average closing
             Common Stock        converted into                                              bid price of 
                             1,714,101 Common Stock                                        share of Common
                                                                                                Stock     
                                                                                             immediately  
                                                                                               prior to   
                                                                                              conversion  
                                                                                            
6/18/97      Warrants to             150,000                  None              Section     Exercisable at
           purchase Common                                                       4(2)       $1.312 through
                Stock                                                                          8/18/02    
                                                                                            
6/21/97 -    Warrants to             130,000               Consulting           Section     Exercisable at
9/30/97    purchase Common                                  Services             4(2)         prices of
                Stock                                                                        $1.00-$2.00
                                                                                               through
                                                                                              to 9/3/04
</TABLE>
                                                                          Page 9
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>                       <C>                  <C>                   <C>        <C>
9/15/97      Warrants to             125,000              Grant of loan         Section     Exercisable at
           purchase Common                                                       4(2)         prices of
                Stock                                                                        $1.18-$1.47
                                                                                             from 9/1/98
                                                                                              to 8/31/03
</TABLE>

Item 6: Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations

         When used in the Form 10-KSB and in future  filings by the Company with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  the words or phrases  "will  likely
result," "the Company expects," "will continue," "is anticipated,"  "estimated,"
"project,"  or  "outlook"  or  similar  expressions  are  intended  to  identify
"forward-looking"  statements  within  the  meaning  of the  Private  Securities
Litigation  Reform Act of 1995. The Company  cautions readers not to place undue
reliance on any such forward-looking  statements, each of which speak only as of
the date made.  Such  statements are subject to certain risks and  uncertainties
that could cause actual results to differ  materially from  historical  earnings
and  those  presently  anticipated  or  projected.  Included  in the  risks  and
uncertainties  that may effect the Company are the possible  need for  continued
market acceptance,  the requirement to expand sales in all of its segments,  the
seasonality  of  sales  of  certain  of its  products  and the  need to  develop
additional cash  resources.  The Company has no obligation to release the result
of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking  statements to reflect
anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances occurring after the date of
such statements.

Results of Operations

1997 Compared with 1996

         CCT  results  are not  included in the  following  discussion  as these
results  are  accounted  for  as  a  discontinued   operation  (see  Note  3  to
accompanying financial statements).

         Sales from  continuing  operations for the year ended December 31, 1997
were  $3,163,000  compared  to  $1,224,000  in 1996.  Consolidation  of H.E.R.C.
Consumer  Products  for the full year in 1997 (vs.  only the final six months in
1996 - see Note 4 to accompanying  financial  statements) and higher  Industrial
revenue  from  additional  municipal  and  marine  projects  accounted  for  the
increase.

         Consumer  product  sales in 1997 were  $1,758,000  of which  $1,008,000
occurred  during the six months  ended June 30,  1997.  The increase of $103,000
over full year sales of $1,655,000  in 1996 is attributed to wider  distribution
of  Eliminate  Shower Tub & Tile  Cleaner  offset  somewhat  by certain  product
allowances  granted  during the first  quarter of 1997.  Shipments  of Eliminate
Shower Tub & Tile  Cleaner  accounted  for 98% of Consumer  Products  revenue in
1997;  aggregate  shipments to The Home Depot,  Inc.  accounted  for 84% of such
revenues.

         Industrial  sales in 1997 were  $1,405,000  compared  with  $330,000 in
1996.  Marine Ship Board Pipe Line  Chemical  Cleaning  contracts  accounted for
$707,000 in 1997 of which  $562,000 was realized from work for the U.S. Navy. In
September  1997 the Company  signed a five year  contract with the U.S. Navy for
cleaning  projects with annual revenue  ranging from a minimum of  approximately
$100,000 to an estimate of $1,200,000. Pipe rehabilitation services through both
chemical and mechanical  cleaning produced $400,000 in revenues in 1997 compared
with $87,000 in 1996.

         Consolidated  gross  margins  were 24% in 1997 and 9% in 1996.  Despite
product allowances on certain first quarter shipments,  consumer product margins
improved to 27% for the year 1997 from 22% for the six months ended December 31,
1996 when the  Company  absorbed  certain one time  product  and  freight  costs
associated  with  inventory  acquired  from Conair  (see Note 4 to  accompanying
financial  statements).  Industrial gross margin of 21% was depressed because of
staging  costs in September  1997 for the Navy contract and cost overruns on two
municipal  projects  during  the second  quarter  when the  Company  encountered
weather delays and other unanticipated  interruptions.  However, the 1997 margin
improved  over a negative 18% in 1996 when the Company  incurred  start up costs
associated with initial pipeline  rehabilitation projects and wrote down certain
equipment used in the water system treatment process.

         Although  gross profit  increased  from $105,000 in 1996 to $758,000 in
1997, loss from continuing  operations was $2,628,000  compared to $2,102,000 in
1996,  primarily  because of an increase of  $1,179,000  in  aggregate  selling,
                                                                         Page 10
<PAGE>
general and  administrative  expenses.  Consolidation  of Consumer  Products and
write  down of certain  unamoritized  patent  costs (see Note 1 to  accompanying
financial  statements)  accounted  for $312,000  and  $276,000 of the  increase,
respectively.  The  balance is  attributable  to  additional  selling  and other
personnel related support costs,  professional services (including consideration
of  warrants to acquire  the  Company's  Common  Stock) and an  expenditure  for
technological  development.  Increases in these costs were somewhat mitigated by
the  Company's  cost  containment  efforts which began to take effect during the
third quarter of 1997.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         Cash and cash  equivalents  were  $1,370,000  at December  31, 1996 and
$135,000 at December 31, 1997 while working capital was $1,926,000 and a deficit
of $834,000 at those respective  dates. Cash and working capital at December 31,
1996 are a  function  of the  private  equity  offering  of  Preferred  Stock in
December 1996 (see Note 10 to accompanying financial statements). The decline in
cash and working  capital during 1997 is a function of the loss from  continuing
operations  with the  impact on cash  somewhat  mitigated  by  depreciation  and
amortization,  the term loan of $250,000 and factoring  arrangement described in
Note 8 to accompanying financial statements.

         As of  December  31,  1997 and March 27,  1998,  the  Company is not in
compliance  with certain  covenants  pertaining to the term loan.  However,  all
payments  required to service the debt have been made on a timely  basis and the
lender has taken no action to accelerate repayment of principal.

         The  conversion  during  1997 of all  Preferred  Stock  outstanding  at
December 31, 1996 into Common  Stock had no impact on cash and cash  equivalents
or working capital.

         For the two months ended  February 28,  1998,  the Company  sustained a
cash drain of approximately $70,000. To continue as a going concern, the Company
must achieve  consistently  profitable  operations  during the second quarter of
1998 and generate adequate  financial  resources.  The Company continues to seek
buyers for certain assets as well as for certain of its  businesses  (see Note 3
to accompanying financial statements).  Also, cash outlays for ongoing operating
expenses have been reduced through the Company's cost containment program.

         The Company does not  consider  additional  debt  financing a realistic
possibility  in the  near  future.  Another  offering  of the  Company's  equity
securities is a possible  source of capital but would  substantially  dilute the
interest of the Company's  existing  stockholders.  Further,  the success of any
additional  equity offering could be adversely  impacted if the Company's Common
Stock is  delisted by the Nasdaq.  As of March 27,  1998,  the Company is not in
compliance with Nasdaq Standards required to maintain listing.

         In the event future cash resources are not realized through  additional
asset sales,  operating  results or other sources,  the Company will not be able
to continue as a going concern.

Other Matters

         The Company has  received  notification  from its provider of financial
and accounting software that such software is structured to accommodate the year
2000 and beyond.

         In June 1997, SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income," and SFAS
No. 131,  "Disclosure about Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information,"
were issued.  No. 130 specifies  presentation  of  comprehensive  income and its
components;  No.  131  requires  certain  additional  information  on  operating
segments,   products  and  services,   geographic  areas  and  major  customers.
Implementation  of both  statements,  which are  effective  for 1998 and  future
years, will have no material impact on the Company's financial statements.

Item 7.   Financial Statements

         See Index To Financial Statements on F-1 attached hereto.

Item 8.   Changes  in  and  Disagreements  With  Accountants  on  Accounting and
Financial Disclosure 
          Not Applicable
                                                                         Page 11
<PAGE>
Part III.

Item 9. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons; compliance
with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

Name                       Age                      Position
- ----                       ---                      --------

S. Steven Carl             40              Chairman of  the Board of  Directors,
                                           Chief Executive Officer and President

Kristi A. Cordray          32              Vice President of Administration

John P. Johnson            56              Chief Financial Officer

Salvatore DiMascio         58              Director

Robert M. Leopold          72              Director

Dr. Jerome H. Ludwig       65              Director

Robert J. Spane            57              Director

S.  Steven  Carl has been the Chief  Executive  Officer  and a  Director  of the
Company  since August 1995 and was  President of the Company from August 1995 to
February 28, 1996.  Effective February 28, 1996, Mr. Carl became Chairman of the
Board and  resigned as  President  of the  Company.  Mr.  Carl was  re-appointed
President in May 1997.  From May 1992 to August 1995, Mr. Carl was the President
and  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  CCT  Corporation  ("CCT"),  a  wholly  owned
subsidiary of the Company acquired in May 1995.

Kristi A. Cordray has been Vice President of Administration  since May 1996. She
was also named General Manager of HERC Consumer Products, Inc. in June 1997. Ms.
Cordray  joined the Company in December 1991 and has held  positions as Director
of Operations, Marketing Manager and Purchasing Manager.

John P. Johnson has been Chief Financial Officer of the Company since January 1,
1997.  Mr.  Johnson has held  numerous  senior level  financial  positions  with
various organizations,  including the New York Stock Exchange,  where he retired
as Chief Financial  Officer - Vice President of Finance in 1990.  Prior to this,
he was on the  audit  staff at  Price  Waterhouse  LLP in New  York.  After  his
retirement from the New York Stock Exchange in 1990, Mr. Johnson has acted as an
independent  financial  consultant.  His most recent appointments include Acting
Chief Financial Officer for Boyt Company,  a manufacturer of luggage and hunting
supplies,  and Interim  Treasurer  for Rodale  Press,  Inc., a book and magazine
publisher. Mr. Johnson is a Certified Public Accountant.

Salvatore  DiMascio has been a Director of the Company since  September 3, 1996.
Since 1986, Mr. DiMascio has been President of DiMascio  Venture  Management,  a
management  and  investment  consulting  firm.  From June 1994 to June 1997, Mr.
DiMascio was  Executive  Vice  President and Chief  Financial  Officer of Anchor
Gaming, a public company.  Among other executive level positions held during his
30 year career,  Mr.  DiMascio  was Senior Vice  President  and Chief  Financial
Officer of Conair  Corporation.  In addition,  he has  experience  in industrial
products manufacturing,  distribution and other service industries. Mr. DiMascio
is  currently a Director of U.S.  Communications  Inc. and  Fotoball  USA,  both
public companies. Mr. DiMascio is a Certified Public Accountant.

Robert M.  Leopold has been a Director of the  Company  since June 5, 1996.  Mr.
Leopold has been the President of Huguenot Associates,  a financial and business
consulting  firms since  1977,  and the  Chairman of the Board of  International
Asset Management Group, Inc. since 1983. During 1997,  Huguenot Associates was a
consultant to the Company.  From June 1982 to December  1990,  Mr.  Leopold held
various  positions  with  Insituform  of North  America,  Inc.,  including  Vice
Chairman (1982-1986), Chief Executive Officer (1986-1989),  Chairman (1986-1987)
and  Advisor to the  Chairman  (1989-1990).  Mr.  Leopold was also a director of
Insituform  Mid-America,  Inc.  Mr.
                                                                         Page 12
<PAGE>
Leopold is a Director of Infodata Systems,  Inc., Dental Services of America and
Standard Security Life Insurance Company of New York, a wholly-owned  subsidiary
of Independence Holding Company.

Dr. Jerome Ludwig has been a Director of the Company since June 1993. He retired
in September  1997 as Executive  Vice  President and Secretary of the Company to
which  positions  he was  elected  in  June  1993.  Dr.  Ludwig  continues  as a
consultant to the Company.  For more than five years prior to 1993, he served as
a scientific  consultant  to the Company and also was engaged as an  independent
business  broker.  Dr.  Ludwig has spent over 40 years in marketing  and product
development in the chemical, plastics and pharmaceutical industries and holds 17
United States patents.

Vice Admiral Robert J. Spane USN (Ret.) has been a Director of the Company since
May 1997.  He has been  Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  President  of
Vanguard  Airlines  since 1997.  Mr. Spane served in the U.S. Navy for 35 years,
where  his  last  position  was  Commander,  Naval  Air  Force  Pacific.  He was
responsible for all the finances, training, logistics and the material condition
of all aircraft  carriers,  aircraft and naval air stations in the Pacific.  Mr.
Spane  retired from the Navy in February 1996 and is a 1962 graduate of the U.S.
Naval  Academy.  Mr.  Spane is a director  of  Kangward  Airlines  and Air South
Corporation.

         Directors  are  elected  to serve  until  the next  annual  meeting  of
stockholders of the Company or until their successors are qualified and elected.
Officers  serve at the  discretion  of the  Board of  Directors  subject  to any
contracts of employment.

         The  Board  of  Directors  has  established  an Audit  Committee  and a
Compensation Committee.

         The Audit Committee,  currently comprised of Messrs. DiMascio, Leopold,
and Spane, has been formed to: (i) recommend  annually to the Board of Directors
the appointment of the independent auditors of the Company; (ii) review with the
independent auditors the scope of the annual audit and review their final report
relating thereto;  (iii) review with the independent auditors overall accounting
practices,  policies, and accounting and financial controls of the Company; (iv)
be available to the independent  auditors during the year for  consultation  and
(v) review  related  party  transactions  by the Company on an ongoing basis and
review potential conflicts of interest  situations where appropriate.  The Audit
Committee held three meetings during the year ended December 31, 1997.

         The  Compensation  Committee,  currently  comprised  of  Messrs.  Carl,
DiMascio,  Spane  and  Leopold,  has been  formed to  review  overall  executive
compensation  and review the Company's  employee benefit plans. The Compensation
Committee held two meetings during the year ended December 31, 1997.

         The Company is  obligated  through May 1999,  if so  requested by Whale
Securities Co., L.P.  ("Whale"),  the underwriter of its initial public offering
in May 1994, to nominate and use its best efforts to elect Whale's designee as a
director of the Company,  or at Whale's option,  as a non-voting  advisor to the
Board. Whale has not exercised its right to designate such a person.

         The Company is  obligated  through  April 2001,  if so requested by GKN
Securities  Corporation  ("GKN"),  the placement agent of its April 1996 private
placement,  to nominate  and use its best  efforts to elect GKN's  designee as a
director of the  Company or, at GKN's  option,  as a  non-voting  adviser to the
Board of Directors. GKN has not exercised its right to designate such a person.

         The Company is obligated , if so  requested  by Inter Equity  Partners,
LLP  ("Inter  Equity"),  to  nominate  and use its best  offers  to elect  Inter
Equity's  designee as a director of the Company.  Alternatively,  Inter  Equity,
which has an outstanding  term loan to the Company,  may send an observer to the
Company's  Board meetings.  Inter Equity,  which has not designated such people,
may  exercise  its right  until  such time as the loan is  prepaid or matures in
2002.

         The Board held four meetings during the year ended December 31, 1997.

Compliance With Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act

         Section  16(a) of the  Securities  Exchanges  Act of 1934,  as amended,
requires the Company's  directors and officers and persons who  beneficially own
more than ten percent of the Company's  Common Stock to file with the Securities
and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and the Boston Stock
Exchange initial 
                                                                         Page 13
<PAGE>
reports of ownership of Common Stock in the  Company.  Officers,  directors  and
greater-than-ten  percent of  shareholders  are  required by SEC  regulation  to
furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they filed.  To the
Company's  knowledge,  based  solely  on review  of the  copies of such  reports
furnished to the Company and written  representation  that no other reports were
required,  during the year ended December 31, 1997,  such persons  complied with
all Section 16(a) filing requirements.

Item 10.  Executive Compensation

         Set forth in the following  table is  information as to the salary paid
or accrued to each  officer  and  director  receiving  compensation  of at least
$100,000, and the Chief Executive Officer,  (collectively,  the "Named Executive
Officers") for the three years ended December 31, 1997.
                                                                         Page 14
<PAGE>
Name & Principal Position                                  Year       Salary
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

S. Steven Carl             Chairman of the Board,          1997        $100,100
                           Chief Executive Officer         1996        $115,500
                           and Director (1)                1995        $ 74,690

Gary S. Glatter            President,                      1997        $191,160
                           Chief Operating Officer and     1996        $152,000
                           Treasurer  (2) (3)              1995        $143,000

(1)  Mr. Carl has served as the Chief Executive Officer since August 1995.
(2)  Mr. Glatter  served as Chief  Operating  Officer  from  August  1996  until
     December 31, 1996.
(3)  In addition,  Mr. Glatter served as President from January 1997 until March
     1997, at which time he resigned and the Company bought  out his  employment
     agreement.

Employment Agreements

         CCT  Corporation  has an  employment  contract  with Mr. S. Steven Carl
which expires May 1, 1999 and provides for an annual base salary of $135,000 per
year,  commencing January 1, 1998. CCT also has an employment  contract with Mr.
Gilbert Crowell which expires May 1, 1999 and provides for an annual base salary
of $100,000 commencing January 1, 1998. Both agreements include  confidentiality
and non-disclosure provisions.

Stock Option Plans

         In 1993,  the Board of Directors of the Company  adopted a Stock Option
Plan  ("1993  Plan")  pursuant  to which  350,000  shares of Common  Stock  were
reserved for issuance to key employees,  including  officers.  Key employees are
persons whose  efforts,  knowledge and expertise are integral to the  operations
and  success  of the  Company.  The 1993  Plan is  administered  by the Board of
Directors,  but the Board of  Directors  may appoint a  committee  to act on its
behalf.  Such options can be incentive stock options ("ISOs") within the meaning
of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,  or options not qualifying as
ISOs  ("Non-qualified  options").  The exercise  price of any ISO cannot be less
than 100% of the fair  market  value  per  share of Common  Stock on the date of
grant (110% of such fair market value if the grantee owns stock  possessing more
than 10% of the combined voting power of all classes of the Company's stock). No
options may be granted after the year 2003. As of February 18, 1998, the Company
had issued under the 1993 Plan 290,000 ISO's, exercisable at prices ranging from
$1.00 to $5.00 per share.

         In 1996, the Board of Directors of the Company  adopted the 1996 Equity
Performance  Plan ("1996  Plan")  pursuant to which  1,000,000  shares of Common
Stock were  reserved  for issuance to key  employees,  officers,  directors  and
consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries,  as both ISOs and non-qualified
options and other equity based awards. Holders of these awards are persons whose
efforts,  knowledge and expertise are integral to the  operations and success of
the Company.  The 1996 Plan is administered  by the Board of Directors,  but the
Board of Directors  may appoint a committee  to act on its behalf.  The exercise
price of any ISO cannot be less than 100% of the fair market  value per share of
Common Stock on the last trading day before the date of grant (110% of such fair
market  value if the grantee  owns stock  possessing  more than 10% of the total
combined voting power of all classes of the Company's stock). The exercise price
of a Non-qualified  Option may not be less than 100% of the fair market value on
the last trading day before the date of grant.  No ISOs may be granted after the
year 2006. As of February 18, 1998 the Company had issued options under the 1996
Plan to acquire  475,400  shares of Common Stock,  exercisable at prices ranging
from $1.00 to $2.50 per  share,  405,400 of which were ISO's and 70,000 of which
were non-qualified options.

Other Options and Warrants

         In addition to the options  under the 1993 Plan and the 1996 Plan,  the
Company  currently  has  outstanding  the following  options and  warrants:  (i)
warrants to purchase  85,000 shares of Common Stock at $3.00 per share issued to
Perrin,  Holden & Davenport  Capital  Corporation in connection with its private
placement in December 1996,  (ii) warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,214,902
shares of Common  Stock at $2.00 per share issued to investors in the April 1996
private  placement,  (iii) an  option  to  purchase  171,490  units,  each  unit
consisting of one share of Common Stock and one warrant to purchase one share of
Common Stock at $2.00 per share,  issued to GKN and its  designees in connection
with the private  placement  in April  1996,  (iv)  warrants  issued to original
insiders and a consultant  to purchase an aggregate of 100,000  shares of Common
Stock at $5.00 per share,  (v)  warrants  to purchase  an  aggregate  of 130,000
shares of Common 
                                                                         Page 15
<PAGE>
Stock at $6.50 per  share  issued to Whale,  the  underwriter  of the  Company's
initial  public  offering,  (vi) warrants  issued to original  bridge  financing
investors and  consultants to purchase  684,000 shares of Common Stock at prices
ranging from $1.06 to $2.75 per share,  (vii) other options  issued to employees
and a former  director  to  purchase  556,000  shares of Common  Stock at prices
ranging  from $1.00 to $4.00 per share,  (viii)  warrants  to  purchase  300,000
shares of Common Stock at prices  ranging from $1.31 to $2.00 per share,  issued
to GKN and its  designees in  connection  with the exercise of 150,000  units in
June 1997 and (ix) warrants to purchase 125,000 shares of Common Stock at prices
ranging from $1.18 to $1.47 issued to  InterEquity  in connection  with the term
loan in September 1997. All of the foregoing  securities are exercisable into an
aggregate of 6,303,282 shares of Common Stock.

The  following  charts set forth  certain  information  with  respect to options
granted to the Named Executive Officers:

Options Granted in Last Fiscal Year
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      % of Total Options     
                        Options      Granted to Employees                      Date    Expiration
Name                    Granted         in Fiscal Year       Exercise Price   Vested       Date
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>                <C>                  <C>           <C>         <C> 
S. Steven Carl           12,500             1%                   $1.00         1997        2001
                         12,500             1%                   $1.00         1997        2002
                         12,500             1%                   $1.00         1998        2003
                         12,500             1%                   $1.00         1999        2004
                         20,000             2%                   $1.00         1997        2002
                         20,000             2%                   $1.00         1998        2002
                         20,000             2%                   $1.00         1999        2002
                         20,000             2%                   $1.00         2000        2002
                         20,000             2%                   $1.00         2001        2002
                                                            
                                                            
Gary S. Glatter         150,000            14%                   $1.75         1997        2003
                        100,000            10%                   $1.75         1997        2005
</TABLE>
Aggregate Year-End Option Values                          

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           Number of Unexercised Options           Value of Unexercised in-the-money
                              at December 31, 1997                   Options at December 31, 1997
                              --------------------                   ----------------------------
Name                       Exercisable  Unexercisable               Exercisable        Unexercisable
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>          <C>                          <C>                <C>  
Gary S. Glatter               250,000        -0-                        0 (1)              0 (1)

S. Steven Carl                 45,000      105,000                      0 (1)              0 (1)
</TABLE>

(1) The market  value at December 31, 1997 of the Common  Stock  underlying  the
    options was $0.34 per share. The options are  exercisable at prices of $1.00
    or more.

Item 11.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

         The following table sets forth as of March 18, 1998 certain information
regarding the beneficial  ownership of shares of Common Stock by (i) each person
who is known by the Company to beneficially own 5% or more of the
                                                                         Page 16
<PAGE>
outstanding  shares of Common Stock; (ii) each of the Company's  directors;  and
(iii) all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name and Address of  Beneficial Owner             Amount and Nature        Percentage of Outstanding
                                                    of Beneficial              Common Stock Owned
                                                     Ownership (1)               Beneficially

<S>                                                  <C>                              <C> 
S. Steven Carl (2)(3)                                   874,851                       10.1

Shelby A. Carl (2)(4)                                   743,653                        8.8
                                                                                       
Norman H. Pessin (2)                                    422,500                        5.1
                                                                                       
Gary S. Glatter (2)(5)                                  250,000                        2.9
                                                                                       
Jerome H. Ludwig (2)(6)                                 151,581                        1.8
                                                                                         
Robert M. Leopold (2)(7)                                 36,000                          *
                                                                                         
Salvatore T. DiMascio (2)(8)                             10,000                          *

Robert J. Spane (2)(9)                                        -                          8

All executive officers and directors                  2,107,585                       22.6
as a group (10) (ten persons)                         
</TABLE>


*        Less than 1.

(1)      A person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of securities that can be
         acquired  by such  person  within 60 days from March 18,  1998 upon the
         exercise  of  options  and  warrants  or  conversion   of   convertible
         securities.  Each beneficial owner's percentage ownership is determined
         by assuming that options,  warrants and convertible securities that are
         held by such  person  (but not held by any other  person)  and that are
         exercisable or convertible within 60 days from March 18, 1998 have been
         exercised or converted.  Except as otherwise indicated,  and subject to
         applicable  community  property and similar  laws,  each of the persons
         named has sole voting and  investment  power with respect to the shares
         shown as beneficially owned.

(2)      The address  for  Messrs.  S.  Steven  Carl,  Shelby A. Carl,  Glatter,
         Leopold,   Spane,  Ludwig  and  DiMascio  is  c/o  H.E.R.C.   Products,
         Incorporated,  2202 W. Lone Cactus Drive #15,  Phoenix,  Arizona 85027.
         The address for Norman H. Pessin is c/o  Neuberger & Berman,  LLC,  605
         Third Avenue, New York, NY 10158.

(3)      Includes  410,442 shares issuable  pursuant to immediately  exercisable
         options and warrants.  Excludes 92,500 shares issuable on options which
         become exercisable in the future.

(4)      Includes  (i)  186,771   shares   issuable   pursuant  to   immediately
         exercisable  options and warrants,  (ii) 288,553 shares owned of record
         by the Shelby A. Carl Trust, the trustee of which is Mr. Shelby A. Carl
         for the benefit of his wife,  Mrs.  Margaret  Carl,  (iii) 5,623 shares
         owned of record by Shelby A. Carl IRA for the benefit of Mr.  Shelby A.
         Carl and (iv) 29,412 shares owned of record and 29,412 shares  issuable
         upon exercise of  immediately  exercisable  warrants  owned by Margaret
         Carl Sep IRA for the benefit of Margaret  Carl,  the wife of Mr. Shelby
         A. Carl.  Excludes  20,000  shares  issuable  on options  which  become
         exercisable in the future.

(5)      Shares issuable pursuant to immediately exercisable options.

(6)      Includes  150,083 shares issuable  pursuant to immediately  exercisable
         options and warrants. Excludes 20,000 shares issuable on warrants which
         become exercisable in the future.

(7)      Includes  35,000 shares  issuable  pursuant to immediately  exercisable
         options and warrants.  Excludes 10,000 shares issuable on options which
         become exercisable in the future.

(8)      Shares  issuable  pursuant  to  immediately   exercisable  options  and
         warrants.  Excludes  10,000  shares  issuable on options  which  become
         exercisable in the future.

(9)      Excludes 10,000 shares issuable on options which become  exercisable in
         the future.
                                                                         Page 17
<PAGE>
(10)     Includes  shares  referred to as being included in notes (3), (4), (5),
         (6), (7) and (8) and 41,500  shares  issuable  pursuant to  immediately
         exercisable  options.  Excludes shares referred to as being excluded in
         note (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8) and (9) and 38,500 shares issuable on
         options which become exercisable in the future.

Item 12.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

         Messrs.  S. Steven Carl and Shelby A. Carl  purchased  an  aggregate of
382,353  units  for an  aggregate  purchase  price of  $325,000  in the  private
placement  consummated on April 3, 1996. These individuals paid for the units by
converting  indebtedness  for borrowed  funds owed by the Company to them in the
amounts of $300,000 and $25,000, respectively.

Item 13.  Exhibits and Reports on form 8-K

(a) Exhibits
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Sequential
Exhibit No:                         Exhibit                                                Page Number
- -----------                         -------                                                -----------

<S>      <C>                                                                               <C>
(3) (1)  Certificate of Incorporation of the Company,  
         filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Registration
         Statement (No. 33-75166).

(3) (2)  By-Laws of the Company, filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the
         Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-75166).

(3) (3)  Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Other Rights
         and Qualifications of the Class A Preferred Stock, as amended,
         filed as Exhibit 99.1 to Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996.

(4) (1)  Specimen of Common Stock certificate, (reference also made to exhibit 
         3.1 and 3.2), filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's Registration 
         Statement (No. 33-75166).

(4) (2)  Form of Underwriter's Warrant Agreement and Warrant
         Certificate, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company's Registration Statement
         (No. 33-75166).

(4) (3)  Form of Subscription Agreement between the Company and
         purchasers of the Series A Preferred Stock, filed as Exhibit 4.1
         of Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996.

(4) (4)  Form of Warrant Agreement issued to Perrin, Holden &
         Davenport Capital Corporation dated December 17, 1996, filed as 
         Exhibit 4.2 of Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996.

(4) (5)  Form of Agency Agreement between the Company and Perrin, Holden
         & Davenport Capital Corporation dated as of November 15, 1996, 
         as amended, filed as Exhibit 4.3 of Form 8-K dated December 17, 1996.

(4) (6)  Form of Warrant Agreement between the Company and GKN Securities
         Corp. dated November 19, 1996, filed as Exhibit 4.5 of Registration Statement
         No. 333-19361.

(4) (7)  Form of Warrant and Registration Rights Agreement between the Company
         and the Equity Group, dated September 27, 1996, filed as Exhibit 4.6 of
         Registration Statement No. 333-19361.

(10) (3) 1993 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.3
         to the Company's Registration Statement  No. 33-75166.

(10) (4) Employment Agreement With Shelby Carl dated March 1994,
         filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Registration Statement
</TABLE>
                                                                         Page 18
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                               <C>
         No. 33-75166.

(10) (5) Employment Agreement and Stock Option Agreement 
         dated January 1, 1994 with Gary S. Glatter, filed as 
         Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Registration Statement
         No. 33-75166.

(10) (6) Amendment to Employment Agreement with Gary S. Glatter, 
         dated September 23, 1994, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's
         Annual Report on Form 10K-SB for the fiscal year ended 
         December 31, 1994.

(10) (7) Employment Agreement with Jerome Ludwig dated
         March 24, 1994, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company's Registration
         Statement No. 33-75166.

(10) (8) Agency Agreement between the Company and GKN Securities 
         Corporation dated March 4, 1996, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's
         Annual Report on Form 10K-SB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

(10) (9) Form of Purchase Option issued to GKN Securities Corporation
         and its' designees, filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Annual
         Report on Form 10K-SB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

(10)(10) Form of Warrant Agreement issued to investors on April 3, 1996,
         filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Annual Report on Form
         10K-SB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

(10)(11) Form of Subscription Agreement between the Company and
         investors dated April 3, 1996, filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's
         Annual Report on Form 10K-SB for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995

(10)(12) Employment Agreement between CCT Corporation, a wholly-owned
         subsidiary of the Company, and S. Steven Carl dated 
         May 1, 1995, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-QSB 
         for the quarter ended March 31, 1995.

(10)(13) Employment Agreement between CCT Corporation, a wholly-
         owned subsidiary of the Company, and Gilbert Crowell dated 
         May 1, 1995, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 10-QSB
         for the quarter ended March 31, 1995.

(10)(14) 1996 Performance Equity Plan, filed as Annex A to the Company's
         Proxy Statement dated June 11, 1996.

(10)(15) Form of Purchase Option issued to GKN Securities Corporation and its designees 
         dated June 18, 1997.

(10)(16) Amendment number two to Employment Agreement by and between Gary S. Glatter and 
         the Company dated March 28, 1997.

(10)(17) Amendment number three to Employment Agreement by and between Gary S. Glatter and 
         the Company dated October 31, 1997.

(10)(18) Term loan between the Company and InterEquity Partners, LLP dated September 15, 1997.

(10)(19) Account Transfer and Purchase Agreement by and between the Company, H.E.R.C. 
         Consumer Products, Inc., and KBK Financial Incorporated dated September 22, 1997.

(10)(20) Agreement by and between the Company and the U.S. Navy dated August 8, 1997.

(10)(21) Lease by and between the Company and Roger Buttrum dated May 14, 1996.
</TABLE>
                                                                         Page 20
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>      <C>                                                                               <C>
(10)(22) Form of Warrant Agreement between the Company and Jerry Ludwig and Associates
         dated September 3, 1997.

(10)(23) Form of Warrant Agreement between the Company and Shelby Carl dated September
         3, 1997.

(10)(24) Amendment to Stock Option Agreement by and between Gary S. Glatter dated 
         and the company dated March 23, 1995.

(10)(25) Amendment Number two to Stock Option Agreement by and between Gary S. Glatter 
         and the Company dated February 1, 1997.

(21)     Subsidiaries                                                                     

(23)     Consent of Independent Certified Public Accountants                              

(27)     Financial Data Schedule                                                          

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K:   None.
</TABLE>
                                                                         Page 20
<PAGE>
                 H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

                                                                        Page No.
                   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements


Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants                        F-2
Financial Statements:
         Consolidated Balance Sheet
                  December 31, 1997                                       F-3
         Consolidated Statements of Operations
                  Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996                  F-4
         Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
                  Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996                  F-5
         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years Ended December 31, 1997 and 1996                  F-6

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                       F-7


                                                                             F-1
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants



To the Board of Directors
H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated
Phoenix, Arizona

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of H.E.R.C. Products
Incorporated  and  subsidiaries  as  of  December  31,  1997,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements of operations,  stockholders' equity and cash flows for
the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996.  These financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial  position of H.E.R.C.  Products
Incorporated  and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997, and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been  prepared  assuming that the
Company  will  continue  as a  going  concern.  As  discussed  in  Note 2 to the
financial statements,  the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations
and  has a net  working  capital  deficiency  as of  December  31,  1997.  These
conditions raise  substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a
going concern.  Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described
in Note 2. The financial  statements do not include any  adjustments  that might
result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


                                           \s\   BDO Seidman, LLP



Chicago, Illinois
January 31, 1998
                                                                             F-2
<PAGE>
                 H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

                           Consolidated Balance Sheet

                                December 31, 1997

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                              <C>         
Assets (Note 8)
Current Assets
     Cash and cash equivalents                                                   $    135,396
     Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for
           doubtful accounts of $36,205                                               166,751
     Inventories, principally finished goods                                           87,738
     Other receivables                                                                 11,963
     Prepaid expenses                                                                  98,757
                                                                                 ------------
           Total Current Assets                                                       500,605
                                                                                 ------------

Property and Equipment (Note 6)
     Property and equipment                                                         1,057,470
           Less accumulated depreciation                                              235,253
                                                                                 ------------
           Net Property and Equipment                                                 822,217
                                                                                 ------------

Other Assets
     Patents, net of accumulated amortization of $93,789 (Note 1)                      62,642
     Patents pending                                                                   71,146
     Refundable deposits and other assets                                              93,021
     Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization of $8,150 (Notes 1, 3, and 4)          100,519
                                                                                 ------------
            Total Other Assets                                                        327,328
                                                                                 ------------
                                                                                 $  1,650,150
                                                                                 ============

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities
     Accounts payable                                                            $    583,571
     Accrued wages                                                                     91,450
     Current portion of notes payable (Note 8)                                        287,856
     Liabilities of discontinued operation (Note 3)                                   261,272
     Other accrued expenses                                                           110,928
                                                                                 ------------
            Total Current Liabilities                                               1,335,077
                                                                                 ------------

Long-Term Liabilities
     Notes payable, net of current portion (Note 8)                                    66,938
                                                                                 ------------
            Total Liabilities                                                       1,402,015
                                                                                 ------------

Stockholders' Equity (Notes 8, 10 and 12)
     Common Stock, $0.01 par value; authorized 40,000,000 shares;
            issued and outstanding 8,230,588 shares                                    82,306
     Additional paid-in capital                                                    12,947,406
     Accumulated deficit                                                          (12,781,577)
                                                                                 ------------
            Total Stockholders' Equity                                                248,135
                                                                                 ------------
                                                                                 $  1,650,150
                                                                                 ============
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                                                                             F-3
<PAGE>
                 H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Years Ended December 31,
                                                                   ------------------------
                                                                  1997                  1996
                                                                  ----                  ----
                                                                                       (Note 3)
                                                                                    -----------

<S>                                                            <C>                  <C>        
Sales                                                          $ 3,162,846          $ 1,223,557
Cost of Sales                                                    2,404,864            1,118,513
                                                               -----------          -----------
Gross Profit                                                       757,982              105,044
Selling Expenses                                                   807,955              731,047
General and Administrative Expenses                              2,577,819            1,476,203
                                                               -----------          -----------
Loss from Continuing Operations Before Taxes on Income          (2,627,792)          (2,102,206)
Taxes on Income (Note 7)                                              --                   --
                                                               -----------          -----------
Loss from Continuing Operations                                 (2,627,792)          (2,102,206)
                                                               -----------          -----------
Discontinued Operation (Note 3):                                                 
     Operating Loss                                                (94,073)            (300,735)
     Provision for Loss on Disposition                          (1,740,000)                --
                                                               -----------          -----------
Loss from Discontinued Operation                                (1,834,073)            (300,735)
                                                               -----------          -----------
Loss Before Extraordinary Item                                  (4,461,865)          (2,402,941)
Extraordinary Gain on Extinguishment of Debt (Note 5)                 --                137,912
                                                               -----------          -----------
Net Loss                                                        (4,461,865)          (2,265,029)
Non-Cash Dividend on Preferred Stock (Note 11)                      62,842              566,667
                                                               -----------          -----------
Net Loss Allocable to Common Stockholders                      $(4,524,707)         $(2,831,696)
                                                               ===========          ===========
                                                                                 
Loss Per Common Share - Basic & Diluted (Note 11)                                
                                                                                 
Loss from Continuing Operations                                $     (0.34)         $     (0.50)
Loss from Discontinued Operations                                    (0.24)               (0.05)
                                                               -----------          -----------
Loss before Extraordinary Item                                       (0.58)               (0.55)
Gain on Extraordinary Item                                            --                   0.02
                                                               -----------          -----------
Net Loss Per Common Share                                      $     (0.58)         $     (0.53)
                                                               ===========          ===========
                                                                                 
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding                       7,773,951            5,364,420
                                                               ===========          ===========
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                                                                             F-4
<PAGE>
                 H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Preferred Stock           Common Stock         Additional
                                                                                            Paid-in      Accumulated
                                          Shares      Amount       Shares       Amount      Capital        Deficit         Total
                                          ------      ------       ------       ------      -------        -------         -----
<S>                                     <C>       <C>             <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>             <C>        
Balance,
January 1, 1996                             --            --      2,928,441   $ 29,284   $  7,812,619   $ (5,425,174)   $ 2,416,729

Net loss                                    --            --           --         --             --       (2,265,029)    (2,265,029)

Issuance of shares of Common
Stock (Notes 5 and 10)                      --            --      3,428,046     34,281      2,767,234           --        2,801,515

Issuance of shares of Preferred
Stock (Note 10)                          170,000  $  1,480,000         --         --             --             --        1,480,000

Company expenses satisfied
by stockholders                             --            --           --         --           29,073           --           29,073

Warrants issued to prepay future
year's expenses (Note 10)                   --            --           --         --           48,000           --           48,000

Imputed dividend on Preferred
Stock (Note 11)                             --            --           --         --          566,667       (566,667)          --
                                        --------  ------------   ----------   --------   ------------   ------------    -----------

Balance,
December 31, 1996                        170,000     1,480,000    6,356,487     63,565     11,223,593     (8,256,870)     4,510,288
                                        --------  ------------   ----------   --------   ------------   ------------    -----------


Net loss                                    --            --           --         --             --       (4,461,865)    (4,461,865)

Conversion of Preferred
Stock to Common Stock (Note 10)         (170,000)   (1,480,000)   1,714,101     17,141      1,462,859           --             --

Exercise of stock options (Note 10)         --            --         10,000        100         19,275           --           19,375

Exercise of warrant (Note 10)               --            --        150,000      1,500        138,750           --          140,250

Costs associated with Preferred Stock       --            --           --         --          (34,813)          --          (34,813)

Warrants issued to prepay future
year's expenses (Note 10)                   --            --           --         --           74,900           --           74,900

Dividend on Preferred Stock payable in
Common Stock upon conversion (Note 11)      --            --           --         --           62,842        (62,842)          --
                                        --------  ------------   ----------   --------   ------------   ------------    -----------
                                                                                                                        -----------
Balance,
December 31, 1997                           --    $       --      8,230,588   $ 82,306   $ 12,947,406   $(12,781,577)   $   248,135
                                        ========  ============   ==========   ========   ============   ============    ===========
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                                                                             F-5
<PAGE>
                 H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   Years Ended December 31,
                                                                                    1997              1996
                                                                                    ----              ----
<S>                                                                             <C>               <C>         
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
         Net Loss                                                               $(4,461,865)      $(2,265,029)
                                                                                -----------       -----------
         Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash                                           
             used in operating activities                                                        
            Depreciation and amortization                                           524,152           195,058
            Provision for loss on discontinued operation                          1,740,000              --
            Change in net liabilities of discontinued operation                     404,890              --
            Expenses paid by stockholders and Common Stock                                       
               and warrants issued for services                                      34,592            45,733
            Extraordinary item, before tax                                             --            (137,912)
            (Gain) loss on sale or disposal of equipment                              5,032           (11,606)
            (Increase) decrease in assets                                                        
                Trade accounts receivable                                            59,175             8,313
                Inventories                                                          73,194             7,540
                Other receivables                                                    10,104           (24,620)
                Prepaid expenses                                                     14,241           (19,074)
                Other assets                                                        (44,108)          (39,915)
            Increase (decrease) in liabilities                                                   
                Accounts payable                                                    305,268          (153,462)
                Accrued expenses                                                      8,969           126,462
                                                                                -----------       -----------
                    Total adjustments                                             3,135,509            (3,483)
                                                                                -----------       -----------
                         Net cash used in operating activities                   (1,326,356)       (2,268,512)
                                                                                -----------       -----------
Cash Flows From Investing Activities                                                             
        Capital expenditures                                                       (311,645)         (124,913)
        Cash received from the sale of equipment                                     12,969            32,475
        Cash paid in acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired                   --            (218,929)
        Proceeds from redemption of certificates of deposit                            --              75,628
        Expenditures related to patents and patents pending                         (99,021)          (77,544)
                                                                                -----------       -----------
                         Net cash used in investing activities                     (397,697)         (313,283)
                                                                                -----------       -----------
Cash Flows From Financing Activities                                                             
        Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock                                         --           2,083,720
        (Expenses) proceeds from issuance of Preferred Stock                        (34,813)        1,480,000
        Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                      19,375              --
        Proceeds from exercise of warrant                                           140,250              --
        Proceeds from issuance of notes payable,                                                 
          including consideration for warrants                                      393,583           336,000
        Principal payments under long-term debt                                     (28,789)         (279,683)
                                                                                -----------       -----------
                         Net cash provided by financing activities                  489,606         3,620,037
                                                                                -----------       -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                             (1,234,447)        1,038,242
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                                  1,369,843           331,601
                                                                                -----------       -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                      $   135,396       $ 1,369,843
                                                                                ===========       ===========
                                                                                                 
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information                                                
Cash paid during the period for interest                                        $    35,919       $    18,331
                                                                                              
During 1996, notes payable to shareholder of $325,000 were repaid through the issuance of common stock.
During 1996 and 1997, inventory of $230,175 and $211,685 respectively was reclassified to property and equipment.
During 1996,  note  payable of  $237,912  was paid in full by issuing  common  stock  with a market  value of  $100,000
     resulting in an extraordinary gain.
In conjunction with  the 1996 acquisition of H.E.R.C.  Consumer Products Company,  the Company  acquired current assets
     of $469,807,  goodwill of $131,342 and current liabilities of $367,795. During 1997, certain adjustments were made
     to assets and liabilities acquired and, accordingly, goodwill was reduced by $22,673.
During 1996 and 1997, the value attributed to warrants issued to prepay future years' expenses was $48,000 and $74,900,
     respectively.
During 1997, 1,714,101 shares of Common Stock were issued upon the conversion of 170,000 shares of Preferred Stock.
</TABLE>
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
                                                                             F-6
<PAGE>
                 H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

H.E.R.C.  Products Incorporated (the "Company")  manufactures consumer and other
water treatment chemicals and provides water pipeline  rehabilitation  services.
The Company markets its consumer products through wholesale and retail customers
and  directs its other  products  and  services  toward  industrial,  marine and
municipal customers.  Through 1997, all sales were within the United States. The
Company's wholly owned subsidiary,  CCT Corporation  ("CCT") which  manufactured
and  distributed  proprietary  agricultural  products,  is  accounted  for  as a
discontinued operation - Note 3.

The Company  historically has had a concentration of significant  customers with
which it considers its commercial  relationships to be good.  However, a loss of
these  customers,  or a  significant  decrease in purchases by these  customers,
would have an adverse effect on the Company's operations.  In 1997, sales to The
Home Depot, Inc. and the U.S. Navy were 47% and 18% respectively of consolidated
sales from  continuing  operations.  Sales to The Home Depot,  Inc.  were 64% of
consolidated sales from continuing operations in 1996.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying  consolidated  financial statements include the accounts of the
Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  CCT is accounted for as
a  discontinued  operation - Note 3; certain 1996 amounts have been  restated to
conform with 1997 presentation.

Patents and Patents Pending

Patents issued are stated at cost which is amortized on the straight-line  basis
over 10 years.  Costs for  patents  pending are  amortized  when the patents are
awarded.  Unamortized  costs for patents  which are denied or have no continuing
application  to the Company's  ongoing  product base are expensed  ($276,000 and
$10,000 in 1997 and 1996 respectively).
                                                                             F-7
<PAGE>
Inventories

Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost or market (net  realizable  value).
Cost is determined by various  methods which  approximate  first-in,  first-out.

Goodwill 

Goodwill  represents the excess price over the fair value of net assets acquired
and is amortized on a straight-line  basis over 20 years. The Company  evaluates
the   recoverability   and  measures  any  impairment  of  goodwill  based  upon
expectations of future undiscounted cash flows - Note 3.

Property, Equipment and Depreciation

Property and  equipment  are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is computed over the
estimated useful lives of the assets by the  straight-line  method for financial
reporting and by accelerated methods for income taxes.

The useful lives of property and equipment for computing  depreciation are three
to ten years.

Taxes on Income

At December 31, 1997,  unused net operating losses of  approximately  $6,700,000
are available for  carryforward  against future years' taxable income and expire
in various years through 2018.

The Company's ability to utilize its net operating loss carryforwards is subject
to an annual  limitation in future  periods due to the 1996 change in ownership,
pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended - Note
10.  Utilization  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  will  be  limited  to
approximately  $170,000 annually plus approximately  $2,700,000 in net operating
loss  carryforwards   generated  subsequent  to  the  aforementioned  change  in
ownership.

Statements of Cash Flows

For purposes of these statements, cash equivalents include cash on hand and bank
checking and money market  accounts and other highly liquid debt securities with
original maturities of 90 days or less.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation."  SFAS No. 123,  encourages (but does
not  require)  adoption  of  the  fair  method  of  accounting  for  stock-based
compensation  plans.  The  Company  has not  adopted  the fair value  method but
provides the required pro forma disclosures. (Note 12).

The  provisions of SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings  per Share",  are  antidilutive  and
therefore  do not enter into the  determination  of loss per share  shown in the
accompanying financial statements and notes thereto.
                                                                             F-8
<PAGE>
In June 1997, SFAS No. 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income," and SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosure  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related  Information,"  were
issued.  No.  130  specifies   presentation  of  comprehensive  income  and  its
components;  No.  131  requires  certain  additional  information  on  operating
segments,   products  and  services,   geographic  areas  and  major  customers.
Implementation  of both  statements,  which are  effective  for 1998 and  future
years, will have no material impact on the Company's financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The  preparation of the  consolidated  financial  statements in conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported assets and liabilities at December 31,
1997 and the amounts of revenue and expenses during the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1996. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2.  Basis of Financial Presentation

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have been prepared on a  going-concern
basis which  contemplates  the  realization  of assets and the  satisfaction  of
liabilities  in the  normal  course  of  business.  The  Company  has  sustained
operating  losses  in each of the  years  1994-1997  and has a  working  capital
deficiency of $834,000 at December 31, 1997.  The Company's  ability to continue
as a going concern in the long term is dependent  upon  consistently  profitable
operations  and generation of adequate  financial  resources.  The  accompanying
financial  statements  do not include any  adjustments  that may be necessary if
these results are not achieved.

To raise  additional  cash,  the  Company  continues  to seek buyers for certain
assets as well as for certain of its operating businesses.  The Company has also
implemented a cost containment program to reduce ongoing operating expenses.

In the event  future  cash  resources  are not  realized  through  asset  sales,
operating results or other sources,  the Company will not be able to continue as
a going concern.

3.  Discontinued Operation

During the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company determined that it would exit the
agricultural  business and commenced efforts to dispose of its investment in CCT
which is accounted for as a discontinued operation in the accompanying financial
statements.  Accordingly the  Consolidated  Statement of Operations for the year
ended December 31, 1996 is reclassified.
                                                                             F-9
<PAGE>
The Company is actively  seeking a buyer for CCT, but there is no assurance that
a sale will be concluded.  The Company believes the charge of $1,740,000 ($ 0.22
per share) recorded in the 1997 Consolidated Statement of Operations is adequate
to cover the loss associated  with the  discontinuation  of CCT's business.  The
charge  consists  of a write  off  ($1,478,000)  of  goodwill  arising  from the
Company's  acquisition  of CCT in 1995 and operating  losses and other wind down
expenses in 1998 of $262,000.

CCT operating results were:
                                                   Years Ended December 31,
                                                   ------------------------
                                                         1997           1996
                                                         ----           ----
Sales                                             $ 1,662,318    $ 1,377,085
Expenses                                            1,756,391      1,677,820
                                                  -----------    -----------
Loss from discontinued operation ($0.01 and      
     $0.05 per Common Share respectively)         $   (94,073)   $  (300,735)
                                                  ===========    =========== 
                                                 
Liabilities  of  CCT  at  December  31,  1997  consist  of  trade  payables  and
miscellaneous accrued expenses.

4.  Acquisition:

On July 1, 1996,  the Company  acquired  the 50%  interest of H.E.R.C.  Consumer
Products ("LLC") owned by Conair Corporation ("Conair") for $601,149,  including
liabilities assumed. Prior to that date the Company and Conair equally owned the
LLC which was formed to produce and market the Company's consumer products.  The
Company had  accounted for its 50%  investment in the LLC by the equity  method,
and  accordingly,  sales of the LLC prior to July 1, 1996 were not  reported  as
sales of the Company.  Also no amount of the cumulative  losses of the LLC prior
to July 1, 1996 was  recognized by the Company  since its  investment in the LLC
was zero.  The  Company  accounted  for the  acquisition  of the  remaining  50%
interest as a purchase which resulted in $108,669 in goodwill.

Pro forma  results for the year ended  December 31, 1996 are  unaudited and were
prepared as if the aforementioned acquisition had occurred at January 1, 1996:

Sales from continuing operations                                 $1,984,803 
Loss from continuing operations before extraordinary item        (2,011,718)
Net loss                                                         (2,174,541)
Loss per common share before extraordinary item                       (0.53)
Net loss per common share                                             (0.51)
                                                                            F-10
<PAGE>
5.  Extraordinary Item

In September  1996,  the Company  issued 37,210  shares of Common Stock,  with a
market  value of  $100,000,  in full  satisfaction  of  certain  long-term  debt
obligations of $237,912. As a result of this transaction, the Company recognized
an extraordinary gain of $137,912 from the extinguishment of debt.

6.  Property and Equipment

Property and equipment for continuing operations at December 31, 1997 are:
         Equipment                          $    945,606
         Office furniture and fixtures           111,864
                                            ------------
                                               1,057,470
         Less accumulated depreciation           235,253
                                            ------------
         Net property and equipment         $    822,217
                                            ============

7.  Income Taxes

The Company was in a consolidated loss position for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1996 and therefore had no federal income tax expense.

Deferred tax assets of approximately  $2,600,000 from loss carryforward benefits
have not been recorded because of the uncertainty of realizing such benefits.

8. Long Term Debt and Other  Financing  Arrangements  Long term debt consists of
the following:

Term loan (less original issue discount of $10,000)         $ 240,000 (a)
Other financing, primarily equipment                          114,794 (b)
                                                            ---------    
                                                              354,794
Less current portion                                          287,856
                                                            ---------
                                                            $  66,938
                                                            =========

a.   In September  1997 the Company closed on a five year term loan and borrowed
     $250,000.  Interest is payable monthly at an annual rate of 14%;  principal
     repayments  are over 54  months  and  begin 6 months  after  take-down.  In
     connection with the closing, the Company issued two warrants to the lender,
     each to purchase  62,500  shares of Common Stock at $1.18  (market price at
     closing)   and  $1.475  (25%   premium   over  market  price  at  closing),
     respectively. The Company may prepay the loan; certain fees and conditions,
     including issue of two identical warrants,  apply if prepayment is not made
     within two years of takedown.  At December 31, 1997,  the Company is not in
     compliance with certain  covenants in the loan  agreement;  accordingly the
     total indebtedness is classified as a current liability in the accompanying
     Consolidated Balance Sheet.
                                                                            F-11
<PAGE>
b.   Equipment  financings  are  payable in monthly  installments  over  varying
     periods  through  November 2001.  Interest rates range from 11.5% to 20.0%.
     Principal  payments are $47,856 in 1998,  $43,496 in 1999,  $19,095 in 2000
     and $4,347 in 2001.

c.   In October  1997,  the Company  concluded  an  arrangement  for a factoring
     facility whereby the factor purchases eligible receivables and advances 80%
     of the  purchased  amount to the  Company.  Purchased  receivables  may not
     exceed  $600,000 at any one time. The arrangement may be canceled by either
     party with 30 days notice. If the Company cancels, certain penalties apply.
     At December 31,  1997,  80% of factored  receivables  amounted to $126,302.
     This  arrangement  is accounted for as a sale of  receivables  on which the
     factor has recourse to the 20% residual of aggregate  receivables purchased
     and outstanding.

Substantially  all of the Company's  assets are pledged as security  pursuant to
the arrangements described in subsections a, b and c above.

9.  Lease Commitments

The  Company  has  operating  leases,  expiring  through  2001,  for  office and
warehouse facilities in Phoenix, Arizona and Portsmouth, Virginia and for office
equipment.  Rental expense  associated  with all operating  leases of continuing
operations  was $167,761  and $91,617 for the years ended  December 31, 1997 and
1996, respectively.

Future minimum payments under operating leases as of December 31, 1997 are:

Years Ending

December 31,                                          Amount
- ------------                                          ------
1998                                                $ 163,405
1999                                                  122,405
2000                                                  126,256
2001                                                   77,487
                                                    ---------
                                                    $ 489,553
                                                    =========

10.  Stockholders' Equity
     --------------------
Convertible Preferred Stock

In December  1996 the Company  completed  a private  equity  offering of 170,000
shares of Class A  Preferred  Stock  ("Preferred  Stock")  for $10 per share and
received net proceeds of  $1,480,000.  The Preferred  Stock had a par and stated
value of $.01 and $10, respectively.
                                                                            F-12
<PAGE>
The holders of the Preferred Stock were entitled to receive  dividends of 10% of
the stated  value per annum from the date of issuance  through  the  "Conversion
Date," as defined,  payable solely in shares of the Company's  Common Stock. The
Preferred Stock and accrued  dividends thereon through the Conversion Date, were
converted  into  1,714,101  shares of Common  Stock  during the first and second
quarters of 1997.  Such amount was  determined  by dividing the aggregate of the
stated value of the  Preferred  Stock plus accrued  dividends by 75% of the five
day average closing bid price of the shares of Common Stock immediately prior to
conversion.

Common Stock

In April 1996, the Company completed the private placement of 3,214,902 units at
a price of $.85 per unit and received net proceeds of approximately  $2,277,000.
Each unit consisted of one share of Common Stock and one warrant, which entitles
the holder to  purchase  one share of Common  Stock at a price of $2 per share ,
subject to adjustment,  until April 3, 1999.  The placement  agent was granted a
warrant to acquire 321,490 units at .935 per unit which consists of one share of
Common  Stock and one warrant to acquire one share of Common  Stock at $2.00 per
share.  In May 1997,  the placement  agent  partially  exercised the warrant and
acquired  150,000 units. The remaining  171,490 units are currently  exercisable
and expire April 3, 2001. In connection with the partial  exercise,  the Company
granted warrants for purchase of an aggregate  150,000 shares of Common Stock at
$1.3125  per  share  to  the  placement  agent.   Such  warrants  are  currently
exercisable and expire on June 18, 2002.

Included in the April 1996 private  placement  were 382,353 units to satisfy the
Company's  obligation to S. Steven Carl and his father,  the Chairman  Emeritus,
who had advanced $325,000 to the Company.

During 1996:

a.   Various  consultants  were paid for services through the issuance of 19,625
     shares of Common  Stock,  and $29,932  was charged to expense  based on the
     market price at the measurement dates.
b.   Warrants were  exercised to acquire 66,000 shares of Common Stock at $2 per
     share.
c.   37,210 shares of Common Stock were issued in  satisfaction  of certain debt
     obligations. See Note 5.

During 1997,  employee stock options were exercised to purchase 10,000 shares of
Common Stock at $1.9375 per share.
                                                                            F-13
<PAGE>
Warrants

In May and September  1993 and January  1994,  the Company  issued  warrants for
600,000 shares of Common Stock.  The warrants became  exercisable in May 1994 at
$2.50 per share and expire at various  dates  through 1999. At December 31, 1997
such warrants for 212,500 shares of Common Stock remain  outstanding  and expire
in 1999.

In  connection  with the public  offering of its Common  Stock in May 1994,  the
Company was required to reduce the existing  number of shares of its outstanding
Common Stock to no more than 950,000 shares.  As consideration for the reduction
of  shares,  the  stockholders  were  granted  warrants,   which  are  currently
exercisable  until  December 31, 1999, to acquire 50,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock at $5.00 per share.

In 1994, the underwriter of the Company's  public offering  acquired,  for $130,
warrants for the  purchase of 130,000  shares of the Common Stock of the Company
at $6.50 per share.  The warrants are currently  exercisable  and expire May 10,
1999.

Through 1997, the Company issued  warrants for the purchase of 587,500 shares of
Common Stock to various  consultants at exercise prices ranging from $1.06 to $5
per share.  During 1996,  66,000 warrants were exercised at $2 per share. Of the
521,500 warrants outstanding, 409,000 are currently exercisable within the above
price range and expire at various dates through September 2003.

In 1996, the placement  agent for the 1996 private  offering of Preferred  Stock
was  granted a warrant to  acquire  85,000  shares of Common  Stock at $3.00 per
share. The warrants are currently exercisable and expire December 2001.

Warrants for the purchase of 125,000 shares were issued to a lender in September
1997 - Note 8. Such warrants are  exercisable  September 1998 through  September
2003.

11.  Loss Per Share of Common Stock

Loss per share of Common Stock is based on the weighted average number of shares
of Common Stock  outstanding  during each year.  Shares of Common Stock issuable
upon  exercise of  outstanding  options and warrants are  anti-dilutive  and are
excluded from the computation of shares outstanding.  Similarly, shares issuable
upon  conversion  of  preferred  stock  (Note  10) were  anti-dilutive  and were
therefore  excluded from the computation of shares outstanding in 1996. Loss per
share of Common Stock for the year ended  December 31, 1996  reflects the amount
of  specified  discount  to the  market  price of Common  Stock  into  which the
Preferred Stock was convertible. Accordingly, the net loss applicable to common
                                                                            F-14
<PAGE>
stockholders  was increased by $566,667 for an imputed  Preferred Stock dividend
equivalent to the  conversion  discount,  and loss per share of Common Stock was
increased by $0.11.

The  Preferred  Stock  dividend in 1997 was paid in Common  Stock at the time of
conversion of the Preferred  Stock and was  determined  according to the formula
set forth in Note 10.

12. Stock Based Compensation

In October 1993, the Company  adopted an incentive stock option plan for 350,000
shares of Common Stock which may be granted to employees. The Company adopted an
additional  plan in 1996 for  1,000,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  for grant to
employees,   officers,   directors  and  consultants  of  the  Company  and  its
wholly-owned subsidiaries. The exercise price per share may not be less than the
fair  market  value per share on the date the options  are  granted.  Generally,
options  granted  vest over a period up to five  years and expire  over  varying
periods through 2007.

In addition to the above plans, the Company granted:
a.   an  officer/director  options to purchase 250,000 shares of Common Stock at
     an exercise price of $1.75 per share. The options are currently exercisable
     and expire not later than December 31, 2005.
b.   a former  Director  options to purchase  100,000  shares of Common Stock at
     exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $4.00 per share. The options, granted
     in 1995, are currently exercisable and expire in December 1999.
c.   various key employees options to purchase 290,000 shares of Common Stock at
     exercise prices ranging from $1.00 to $2.50 per share. The options, granted
     through 1997, are exercisable from 1997 to 2001 and expire in various years
     through  2001. At December 31, 1997,  206,000  options are  outstanding  of
     which 186,000 options are exercisable.
                                                                            F-15
<PAGE>
Overall activity in the Company's stock options:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Years ended December 31,
                                                         ------------------------
                                                 1997                              1996
                                     -------------------------------    ------------------------------
                                                          Weighted-                          Weighted-
                                                           Average                            Average
                                                          Exercise                           Exercise
                                         Shares             Price         Shares               Price
                                         ------             -----         ------               -----
<S>                                   <C>               <C>             <C>                <C>      
Outstanding, at beginning of year      1,547,000        $    2.54       1,117,000          $    3.23
Granted                                1,042,500             1.34         575,000               1.75
Exercised                                (10,000)            1.94             --                  --
Canceled                              (1,228,100)            2.35        (145,000)              4.76
                                      ----------                         --------                    

Outstanding at end of year            1,351,400              1.79       1,547,000               2.54
                                      =========                         =========                   

Exercisable at end of year              889,000              1.52         595,000               2.79
                                      =========                         =========                   
</TABLE>

Details regarding the options outstanding at December 31, 1997:

                               Outstanding                     Exercisable
                   ----------------------------------      --------------------
                               Weighted      Weighted                  Weighted
   Exercise                     Average       Average                   Average
     Price                     Remaining     Exercise                  Exercise
     Range           Number      Life         Price        Number       Price
     -----           ------      ----         -----        ------       -----

 $0.50 - $1.50       669,182     0.70         $1.05        536,971      $1.05
 $1.50 - $2.50       295,483     1.31          1.77        132,011       1.81
 $2.50 - $5.00       386,735     0.53          3.06        220,018       2.50
                   ---------                               ------- 
                   1,351,400                               889,000
                   =========                               =======
                                      
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of stock options granted to employees
during  the  year  and the  weighted  average  significant  assumptions  used to
determine those fair values using a modified Black-
                                                                            F-16
<PAGE>
Scholes option  pricing model,  and the pro forma effect on earnings of the fair
value accounting for stock options under SFAS No. 123 are:

                                                      Years ended December 31,
                                                      ------------------------
                                                       1997               1996
                                                       ----               ----
Grant-date fair value per options                     $1.42              $1.51

Significant assumptions (weighted average)
     Risk-free interest rate at grant date            5.51%              5.67%
     Expected stock price volatility                   134%               236%
     Expected dividend payout                          -                   -
     Expected option life*                        1.2 years          2.7 years
Net loss
     As reported                               $(4,461,865)       $(2,265,029)
     Pro forma                                  (5,279,252)        (2,567,641)
Net loss per share of Common Stock
     As reported                                    $(0.58)            $(0.53)
     Pro forma                                       (0.69)             (0.59)

 *The expected option life considers  historical  option  exercise  patterns and
future changes to those exercise patterns anticipated at the date of grant.

13.  Segment Information

The company's major business segments included in continuing  operations are the
manufacture and distribution of:

a.    Consumer water treatment and related products
b.    Industrial water treatment and related products

Segment  information  for  agricultural  products is not  provided  since CCT is
accounted  for as a  discontinued  operation  in the  accompanying  consolidated
financial statements.

Information by segment for the year ended December 31, 1997:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Consumer     Industrial
                                             Products      Products      Corporate     Consolidated
                                             --------      --------      ---------     ------------
<S>                                        <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>        
Sales to unaffiliated customers            $ 1,758,205   $ 1,404,641           --      $ 3,162,846
Income (loss) from continuing operations        11,227      (668,176)   $(1,970,843)    (2,627,792)
Identifiable assets                            265,388       894,381        490,381      1,650,150
Depreciation and amortization                    4,867       366,978        152,307        524,152
Capital expenditures                              --         294,600         17,045        311,645
</TABLE>
                                                                            F-17
<PAGE>
Information by segment for the year ended December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Consumer      Industrial
                                    Products       Products      Corporate     Consolidated
                                    --------       --------      ---------     ------------
                                    (Note 3)
<S>                               <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>        
Sales to unaffiliated customers   $   893,754    $   329,803           --      $ 1,223,557
Loss from continuing operations      (117,896)      (838,892)   $(1,145,418)    (2,102,206)
Identifiable assets                   491,425        883,764      1,672,412      3,047,601
Depreciation and amortization           3,284         41,845         57,458        102,587
Capital expenditures                     --           51,352         45,347         96,699
</TABLE>

14.  Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is a defendant in various legal  actions and claims  incident to the
conduct of its  business.  Although the ultimate  resolution of these matters is
not known,  management and its legal counsel believe the Company has meritorious
defenses and the outcome will have no material effect on the Company's operating
results and financial position.

CCT has an employment contract with Mr. S. Steven Carl which expires May 1, 1999
and provides for an annual base salary of $135,000 per year,  commencing January
1, 1998.  CCT also has an  employment  contract with Mr.  Gilbert  Crowell which
expires  May 1,  1999  and  provides  for an  annual  base  salary  of  $100,000
commencing January 1, 1998.

Management  believes  the  Company  is in  compliance  with  federal  and  state
environmental regulations which pertain to the sale and use of its products.
                                                                            F-18
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated has duly caused this report
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                           H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED


                                           By: /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                             -----------------------------------
Dated:  March 27, 1998                      S. Steven Carl, President and Chief 
                                            Executive Officer

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                Title                                               Date
- ----                                -----                                               ----
<S>                                 <C>                                                 <C> 
/s/ S. Steven Carl                  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer      March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------       and President
S. Steven Carl                      

/s/ Jerome H. Ludwig                Director                                            March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------
Jerome H. Ludwig

/s/ Robert M. Leopold               Director                                            March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------
Robert M. Leopold

/s/ Salvatore DiMascio              Director                                            March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------
Salvatore DiMascio

/s/ Robert Spane                    Director                                            March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------
Robert Spane

/s/ John P. Johnson                 Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and    March 27, 1998
- -----------------------------       Accounting Officer)
John P. Johnson                     
</TABLE>
                                                                         Page 39

THE SECURITIES  EVIDENCED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED  ("SECURITIES  ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY  STATE  OR OTHER  JURISDICTION.  THE  SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT FOR THE
SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE  SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE
OR JURISDICTION,  OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH
REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION BY ITS ACCEPTANCE  HEREOF,  AGREES
THAT IT WILL NOT SELL,  TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE OPTION EXCEPT AS HEREIN
PROVIDED.

NOT EXERCISABLE  PRIOR TO JUNE 18, 1997. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME, JUNE
18, 2002.



                                 PURCHASE OPTION

                                For 50,000 Shares

No. 1997-PO-1                          of

                         H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                            (A Delaware Corporation)

1.       Purchase Option.

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in  consideration  of $16.66 duly paid by
or on behalf of GKN Securities  Corp.  ("Holder"),  as registered  owner of this
Purchase  Option,  to  H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated  ("Company"),  Holder is
entitled,  at any  time  or  from  time  to  time  at or  after  June  18,  1997
("Commencement  Date"),  and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, June 18, 2002
("Expiration Date"), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive,
in whole or in part,  up to 25,000 shares  ("Shares")  of the  Company's  common
stock,  $.Ol par value  ("Common  Stock").  The Shares  issuable  hereunder  are
sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Securities." If the Expiration
Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then
this Purchase  Option may be exercised on the next  succeeding  day which is not
such a day in  accordance  with  the  terms  herein.  This  Purchase  Option  is
initially  exercisable at $1.3125 per Share purchased;  provided,  however, that
upon the  occurrence  of any of the events  specified  in Section 6 hereof,  the
rights  granted by this Purchase  Option,  including the exercise  price for the
Shares  and the  number  of  shares of  Common  Stock to be  received  upon such
exercise,  shall be adjusted as therein  specified.  The term  "Exercise  Price"
shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price,  depending
on the context.  This Purchase  Option is one of a number of such options issued
by the Company to GKN and its designees ("Purchase Options").
<PAGE>
2.       Exercise.

         2.1 Exercise  Form.  In order to exercise  this  Purchase  Option,  the
exercise form attached  hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered
to the Company,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of the Exercise
Price for the Securities  being  purchased by wire transfer,  certified check or
official  bank check.  If the  subscription  rights  represented  hereby are not
exercised at or before 5:00 p.m.,  Eastern  time,  on the  Expiration  Date this
Purchase  Option shall become and be void without  further force or effect,  and
all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

         2.2 Legend.  Each  certificate for the securities  purchased under this
Purchase  Option shall bear a legend as follows unless such Securities have been
registered under the Securities Act:

                  "The securities  represented by this certificate have not been
                  registered  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended
                  ("Securities Act") or applicable state law. The securities may
                  not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise  transferred except
                  pursuant  to an  effective  registration  statement  under the
                  Securities Act, or pursuant to an exemption from  registration
                  under the Securities Act and applicable state law."

         2.3      Cashless Exercise.

                  2.3.1  Determination of Amount.  In lieu of the payment of the
Exercise Price in the manner  required by Section 2.1, the Holder shall have the
right (but not the  obligation)  to pay the  Exercise  Price for the  Securities
being  purchased with this Purchase Option upon exercise by the surrender to the
Company of any  exercisable  but  unexercised  portion of this  Purchase  Option
having a "Value" (as defined below), at the close of trading on the last trading
day  immediately  preceding the exercise of this Purchase  Option,  equal to the
Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the  number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  being
purchased upon exercise ("Cashless  Exercise Right").  The sum of (a) the number
of shares of Common Stock being  purchased upon exercise of the  non-surrendered
portion of this Purchase Option pursuant to this Cashless Exercise Right and (b)
the number of shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase
Option  being  surrendered,  shall  not in any event be  greater  than the total
number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the complete exercise of this
Purchase  Option if the  Exercise  Price were paid in cash.  The  'Value" of the
portion of the  Purchase  Option  being  surrendered  shall equal the  remainder
derived from  subtracting  (a) the Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the number of
shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase  Option being
surrendered  from (b) the Market Price of the shares of Common Stock  multiplied
by the number of shares of Common Stock  underlying the portion of this Purchase
Option  being  surrendered.  As used herein,  the term  "Market  Price" shall be
deemed to be the last  reported  sale price of the Common  Stock at the close of
trading on the last  trading  day  immediately  preceding  the  exercise of this
Purchase Option,  or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the
average of the last reported  sale prices for the  immediately  preceding  three
trading days, in either case as officially reported by the principal  securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading,  or, if the
Common  Stock is not listed or  admitted to trading on any  national  securities
exchange or if any such  exchange on which the Common Stock is listed is not its
principal trading market,  the last reported sale price as furnished by the NASD
through the Nasdaq National Market or SmallCap  Market,  or, if applicable,  the
OTC Bulletin  Board, or if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading
on the  Nasdaq  National  Market or  SmallCap  Market or OTC  Bulletin  Board or
similar organization, as determined in good faith by
                                       2
<PAGE>
resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company,  based  on the  best
information  available to it. In addition to the above, the Holder may surrender
any other  security  issued by the  Company,  including  but not limited to unit
purchase options,  warrants, options and common stock in payment of the Exercise
Price, having a value, determined substantially as set forth above.

                  2.3.2 Mechanics of Cashless  Exercise.  The Cashless  Exercise
Right  may be  exercised  by the  Holder  on any  business  day on or after  the
Commencement  Date and not later than the  Expiration  Date by delivering to the
Company  the  Purchase  Option  or other  security  of the  Company  with a duly
executed  exercise  form  attached  hereto with the  cashless  exercise  section
completed.

3.       Transfer.

         3.1  General  Restrictions.  The  registered  Holder  of this  Purchase
Option, by its acceptance hereof,  agrees that it will sell,  transfer or assign
or hypothecate  this Purchase  Option only in compliance with or exemptions from
applicable  securities  laws.  In order to make any  permitted  assignment,  the
Holder must  deliver to the Company the  assignment  form  attached  hereto duly
executed and  completed,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of all
transfer  taxes,  if any,  payable in  connection  therewith.  The Company shall
immediately  transfer this Purchase Option on the books of the Company and shall
execute and deliver a new Purchase  Option or Purchase  Options of like tenor to
the  appropriate  assignee(s)  expressly  evidencing  the right to purchase  the
aggregate number of Shares purchasable  hereunder or such portion of such number
as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

         3.2  Restrictions  Imposed  by the Act.  This  Purchase  Option and the
Securities  underlying this Purchase Option shall not be transferred  unless and
until (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel reasonably  acceptable
to the Company that this Purchase Option or the Securities,  as the case may be,
may be transferred  pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and
applicable state law, the availability of which is established to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company,  or (ii) a registration  statement relating to such
Purchase Option or Securities, as the case may be, has been filed by the Company
and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission").

4.       New Purchase Options to be Issued.

         4.1  Partial  Exercise  or  Transfer.  Subject to the  restrictions  in
Section 3 hereof,  this Purchase Option may be exercised or assigned in whole or
in part.  In the event of the exercise or  assignment  hereof in part only,  the
Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder  without charge a new Purchase
Option of like tenor in the name of the Holder  evidencing the right to purchase
the  aggregate  number of Shares as to which this  Purchase  Option has not been
exercised or assigned.

         4.2  Lost  Certificate.   Upon  receipt  by  the  Company  of  evidence
satisfactory  to it of the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this
Purchase  Option and of  reasonably  satisfactory  indemnification,  the Company
shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option of like tenor and date. Any such
new  Purchase  Option  executed and  delivered as a result of such loss,  theft,
mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute  contractual  obligation
on the part of the Company.
                                       3
<PAGE>
5.       Registration Rights.

         5.1      Registration Requirement.

                  5.1.1  Obligation  to  Register.  The  Company  agrees to file
within  four  months  after the  Commencement  Date,  a  registration  statement
("Registration  Statement")  under  the  Securities  Act  with  the  Commission,
registering  for  resale  the  Securities  and use its best  efforts to have the
Registration  Statement declared  effective by the six-month  anniversary of the
Commencement Date.

                  5.1.2  Terms.  The  Company  shall bear all fees and  expenses
(including  counsel fees and expenses)  attendant to registering  the Securities
under Section 5.1.1 hereof, filing the Registration  Statement with the NASD and
listing the  Securities on Nasdaq and the BSE, but the Holders shall pay any and
all  underwriting  commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by
the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Securities. The
Company  agrees to qualify or  register  the  Securities  in such  states as are
reasonably requested by the Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall
the  Company be required to  register  the  Securities  in a state in which such
registration  would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license
to do business in such state, or (ii) the principal  stockholders of the Company
to be  obligated to escrow  their  shares of capital  stock of the Company.  The
Company shall cause any Registration  Statement filed pursuant to this Section 5
to  remain  effective  and  current  for so long as the  Holder  owns any of the
Securities,  of if  earlier,  the  Holder may sell all the  Securities  he holds
pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act.

         5.2      General Terms.

                  5.2.1   Indemnification.   The  Company  shall  indemnify  the
Holder(s) of the  Securities to be sold pursuant to any  registration  statement
hereunder and each person,  if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning
of  Section 15 of the  Securities  Act and/or  Section  20(a) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  against all loss,  claim,
damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys' fees and other
expenses  reasonably  incurred in investigating,  preparing or defending against
any  claim  whatsoever  incurred  by the  indemnified  party  in any  action  or
proceeding   between  the  indemnitor  and  indemnified  party  or  between  the
indemnified  party and any third  party or  otherwise)  to which any of them may
become subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute
or at common law or otherwise under the laws of foreign countries,  arising from
such registration statement or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in (i) any  preliminary  prospectus,  the
registration  statement or prospectus  (as from time to time each may be amended
and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any new
registration  statement and prospectus in which is included the  Securities;  or
(iii) any application or other document or written  communication  (collectively
called "application")  executed by the Company or based upon written information
furnished by the Company in any  jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities
under the  securities  laws  thereof  or filed  with the  Commission,  any state
securities  commission  or agency,  Nasdaq or any  securities  exchange;  or the
omission or alleged omission  therefrom of a material fact required to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements   therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  unless such statement
or  omission  is  made  in  reliance  upon,  and  in  conformity  with,  written
information  furnished to the Company with respect to the Holders  expressly for
use in a  preliminary  prospectus,  registration  statement  or  prospectus,  or
amendment or supplement thereof, or in any application,  as the case may be. The
Company  agrees  promptly  to  notify  the  Holder  of the  commencement  of any
litigation or
                                       4
<PAGE>
proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling
persons in connection  with the issue and sale or resale of the Securities or in
connection with the registration statement or prospectus.

                  5.2.2 Exercise of Purchase Option.  Nothing  contained in this
Purchase  Option shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their
Purchase  Options  prior to or after  the  initial  filing  of any  registration
statement or the effectiveness thereof.

                  5.2.3  Documents  Delivered  to  Holders.  The  Company  shall
furnish to each Holder  participating  in any of the foregoing  offerings and to
each underwriter of any such offering,  if any, a signed counterpart,  addressed
to such  Holder or  underwriter,  of (i) an opinion  of counsel to the  Company,
dated  the  effective  date  of  such  registration   statement  (and,  if  such
registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date
of the closing under any underwriting  agreement  related  thereto),  and (ii) a
"cold comfort"  letter dated the effective date of such  registration  statement
(and, if such registration  includes an underwritten  public offering,  a letter
dated the date of the closing under the  underwriting  agreement)  signed by the
independent  public  accountants  who  have  issued a  report  on the  Company's
financial  statements  included  in such  registration  statement,  in each case
covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such  registration
statement  (and  the  prospectus  included  therein)  and,  in the  case of such
accountants'  letter,  with  respect  to events  subsequent  to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants'  letters  delivered to  underwriters in underwritten  public
offerings of securities.  The Company shall also deliver promptly to each Holder
participating  in the  offering  requesting  the  correspondence  and  memoranda
described  below and to the managing  underwriter  copies of all  correspondence
between  the  Commission  and the  Company,  its  counsel  or  auditors  and all
memoranda  relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect
to the registration  statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such
investigation,  upon  reasonable  advance  notice,  with respect to  information
contained in or omitted from the  registration  statement as it deems reasonably
necessary  to comply with  applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall
include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the
business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors,  all to such
reasonable  extent and at such reasonable  times and as often as any such Holder
shall reasonably request.

                  5.2.4 Underwriting Agreement.  The Company shall enter into an
underwriting agreement with the managing  underwriter(s) selected by any Holders
whose Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 5. Such agreement
shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Company,  each
Holder and such managing  underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,
warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are  customarily
contained  in  agreements  of that type used by the  managing  underwriter.  The
Holders  shall  be  parties  to  any  underwriting   agreement  relating  to  an
underwritten sale of their Securities and may, at their option, require that any
or all the  representations,  warranties  and covenants of the Company to or for
the  benefit of such  underwriters  shall also be made to and for the benefit of
such Holders.  Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or
warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters  except as they
may  relate  to such  Holders,  their  shares  and  their  intended  methods  of
distribution.

                  5.2.5  Documents  to be Delivered  by  Holder(s).  Each of the
Holder(s)  participating in any of the foregoing  offerings shall furnish to the
Company  a  completed  and  executed   questionnaire  provided  by  the  Company
requesting information customarily sought of selling securityholders.
                                       5
<PAGE>
6.       Adjustments.

         6.1  Adjustments  to  Exercise  Price  and  Number of  Securities.  The
Exercise  Price and the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise
of this  Purchase  Option  shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time as
hereinafter set forth:

                  6.1.1 Stock  Dividends - Split-Ups.  If after the date hereof,
and subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2 below,  the number of  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock is increased  by a stock  dividend  payable in shares of
Common Stock or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock or other similar  event,
then,  on the effective  date of such stock  dividend or split up, the number of
shares of Common  Stock  issuable on exercise of each  Purchase  Option shall be
increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.2  Aggregation  of Shares.  If after the date hereof,  and
subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2, the number of  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of
shares of Common Stock or other similar event,  then, upon the effective date of
such  consolidation,  combination or  reclassification,  the number of shares of
Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Purchase  Option shall be decreased in
proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.3  Adjustments in Exercise  Price.  Whenever the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the exercise of this Purchase Option is
adjusted,  as provided in this Section 6.1, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted
(to the nearest cent) by multiplying  such Exercise Price  immediately  prior to
such  adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon the exercise of this  Purchase  Option
immediately prior to such adjustment,  and (y) the denominator of which shall be
the number of shares of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

                  6.1.4 Replacement of Securities Upon  Reorganization,  etc. If
after the date  hereof any capital  reorganization  or  reclassification  of the
Common  Stock of the  Company,  or  consolidation  or merger of the Company with
another  corporation,  or the sale of all or substantially  all of its assets to
another  corporation  or other  similar  event  shall be  effected,  then,  as a
condition of such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger or
sale,  lawful  and  fair  provision  shall be made  whereby  the  Holders  shall
thereafter  have the right to purchase and receive,  upon the basis and upon the
terms  and  conditions  specified  in this  Purchase  Option  and in lieu of the
Securities immediately  theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option, such shares of stock,  securities,  or assets as may be
issued or payable with  respect to or in exchange  for the number of  Securities
immediately  theretofore  purchasable  and receivable  upon the exercise of this
Purchase  Option,  had  such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger or sale not taken place.  In such event,  appropriate  provision shall be
made with  respect  to the  rights  and  interests  of the  Holders  so that the
provisions hereof (including, without limitation,  provisions for adjustments of
the Exercise Price and of the number of securities purchasable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option) shall thereafter be applicable,  as nearly as may be in
relation to any share of stock,  securities,  or assets  thereafter  deliverable
upon the exercise hereof. The Company shall not effect any such  reorganization,
reclassification,   consolidation,   merger  or  sale   unless,   prior  to  the
consummation  thereof,  the  successor  corporation  (if other than the Company)
resulting from such transaction shall assume by written instrument  executed and
delivered  to the  Holders  the  obligation  to  deliver  such  shares of stock,
securities or assets.
                                       6
<PAGE>
         6.2  Elimination  of  Fractional  Interests.  The Company  shall not be
required to issue certificates  representing  fractions of Common Stock upon the
exercise or transfer of the Purchase  Option,  nor shall it be required to issue
scrip or pay cash in lieu of any  fractional  interests,  it being the intent of
the parties that all  fractional  interests  shall be eliminated by rounding any
fraction up or down to the  nearest  whole  number of shares of Common  Stock or
other securities, properties or rights.

7.  Reservation  and Listing.  The Company  shall at all times  reserve and keep
available out of its authorized  shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose
of issuance  upon  exercise of the  Purchase  Options,  such number of shares of
Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon
the exercise  thereof.  The Company  covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options and payment of the Exercise Price therefor,  all shares of
Common Stock and other securities  issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and
validly  issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable  and not subject to  preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  The Company further  covenants and agrees that upon
exercise of the Warrants  underlying the Shares included in this Purchase Option
and payment of the  exercise  prices  therefor,  all shares of Common  Stock and
other securities  issuable upon such exercises shall be duly and validly issued,
fully  paid and  non-assessable  and not  subject  to  preemptive  rights of any
stockholder.  As long as the Purchase Options shall be outstanding,  the Company
shall use its best efforts to cause the Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options to be listed  (subject to official  notice of issuance) on
all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on Nasdaq) on which the Common Stock
is then listed and/or quoted.

8.       Certain Notice Requirements.

         8.1 Holder's Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed
as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice
as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having
any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company.  If, however, at any time
prior to the expiration of the Purchase  Options and their exercise,  any of the
events  described  in  Section  8.2 shall  occur,  then,  in one or more of said
events,  the Company  shall give written  notice of such event at least  fifteen
days  prior to the  date  fixed as a  record  date or the  date of  closing  the
transfer  books  for the  determination  of the  stockholders  entitled  to such
dividend,  distribution,  conversion or exchange of  securities or  subscription
rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution,  liquidation,  winding
up or sale.  Such  notice  shall  specify  such  record  date or the date of the
closing of the transfer books, as the case may be.

         8.2 Events Requiring Notice.  The Company shall be required to give the
notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i)
if the Company  shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock
for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or distribution,  (ii)
the Company  shall offer to all the holders of its Common  Stock any  additional
shares  of  capital  stock of the  Company  or  securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or
warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution,  liquidation, winding up,
consolidation,  merger  or  reorganization  of the  Company  or a sale of all or
substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

         8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise  Price.  The Company  shall,  promptly
after an event  requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6.1
hereof,  send notice to the Holders of such event and change  ("Price  Notice").
The Price Notice shall  describe the event
                                       7
<PAGE>
causing the change and the method of calculating  same and shall be certified as
being true and accurate by the Company's President and Chief Financial Officer.

         8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices,  requests,  consents and other
communications  under this  Purchase  Option  shall be in  writing  and shall be
deemed to have been duly made on the date of delivery if delivered personally or
sent by overnight courier,  with acknowledgment of receipt to the party to which
notice is given,  or on the  fifth day after  mailing  if mailed to the party to
whom notice is to be given,  by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage  prepaid and properly  addressed  as follows:  (i) if to the
registered Holder of the Purchase Option, to the address of such Holder as shown
on the  books  of the  Company,  or (ii)  if to the  Company,  to its  principal
executive office.

9.       Miscellaneous.

         9.1 Amendments. The Company and GKN may from time to time supplement or
amend this Purchase  Option  without the approval of any of the Holders in order
to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provision  contained herein
which may be defective or inconsistent  with any other provisions  herein, or to
make any other  provisions in regard to matters or questions  arising  hereunder
which  the  Company  and  GKN  may  deem  necessary  or  desirable.   All  other
modifications  or  amendments  shall  require the  written  consent of the party
against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

         9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of
convenience  of reference,  and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning
or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Option.

         9.3 Entire  Agreement.  This  Purchase  Option  constitutes  the entire
agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof,  and
supersedes all prior  agreements  and  understandings  of the parties,  oral and
written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

         9.4 Binding  Effect.  This  Purchase  Option  shall inure solely to the
benefit of and shall be binding  upon,  the  Holder  and the  Company  and their
respective  successors,  legal  representatives and assigns, and no other person
shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Purchase  Option or any  provisions
herein contained.

         9.5 Governing Law;  Submission to  Jurisdiction.  This Purchase  Option
shall be governed by and construed  and enforced in accordance  with the laws of
the State of New York,  without  giving effect to conflict of laws.  The Company
hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or
relating in any way to this Purchase Option shall be brought and enforced in the
courts  of the State of New York or of the  United  States  of  America  for the
Southern  District of New York, and  irrevocably  submits to such  jurisdiction,
which jurisdiction  shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection
to such exclusive  jurisdiction  and that such courts  represent an inconvenient
forum.  Any  process or summons to be served  upon the  Company may be served by
transmitting  a copy thereof by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section
8 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal  service and shall be legal and
binding upon the Company in any action,  proceeding or claim. The Company agrees
that the  prevailing  party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover
from the other  party(ies)  all of its reasonable  attorneys'  fees and expenses
relating to such action or proceeding  and/or  incurred in  connection  with the
preparation therefor.
                                       8
<PAGE>
         9.6  Waiver,  Etc.  The  failure of the Company or the Holder to at any
time enforce any of the  provisions of this Purchase  Option shall not be deemed
or construed to be a waiver of any such provision,  nor to in any way affect the
validity of this  Purchase  Option or any  provision  hereof or the right of the
Company or any Holder to  thereafter  enforce  each and every  provision of this
Purchase Option. No waiver of any breach,  non-compliance or  non-fulfillment of
any of the  provisions  of this  Purchase  Option shall be effective  unless set
forth in a written  instrument  executed by the party or parties against whom or
which  enforcement  of such waiver is sought;  and no waiver of any such breach,
non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of
any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

         9.7 Execution in Counterparts.  This Purchase Option may be executed in
one or more  counterparts,  and by the  different  parties  hereto  in  separate
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
taken together shall  constitute  one and the same  agreement,  and shall become
effective when one or more  counterparts  has been signed by each of the parties
hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

         9.8 Exchange  Agreement.  As a condition  of the  Holder's  receipt and
acceptance of this Purchase Option, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the
complete  exercise  of this  Purchase  Option by Holder,  if the Company and GUN
enter into an agreement ("Exchange Agreement") pursuant to which they agree that
all outstanding  Purchase  Options will be exchanged for securities or cash or a
combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party
to the Exchange Agreement.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused  this  Purchase
Option to be signed by its duly  authorized  officer as of the 18th day of June,
1997.

                                             H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                                             By:    /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                                --------------------------------
                                                S. Steven Carl, Chief Executive 
                                                Officer
                                       9
<PAGE>
Form to be used to exercise Purchase Option:


H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated
2202 West Lone Cactus Drive, #15
Phoenix, Arizona 85027



Date:___________________,19__

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated and hereby makes payment of $_____________  (at
the rate of $_____________  per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant
thereto.  Please  issue the  Common  Stock as to which this  Purchase  Option is
exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

                                       or
                                       --

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated by surrender of the unexercised  portion of the
within Purchase Option or other security of H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated (with
a "Value" of  $___________  based on a "Market Price" of  $___________ ). Please
issue the Common Stock in accordance with the instructions given below.


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature Guaranteed

                  NOTICE:  The signature to this form must  correspond  with the
name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every  particular
without  alteration  or  enlargement  or  any  change  whatsoever  and  must  be
guaranteed  by a bank,  other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a
firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.


          Please issue securities as follows: Name:
                                                   -----------------------------

                                              Address:
                                                      --------------------------

                                              ----------------------------------

                                              I.D.#:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                       10
<PAGE>
Form to be used to assign Purchase Option:

                                   ASSIGNMENT

         (To be  executed by the  registered  Holder to effect a transfer of the
within Purchase Option):

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  _______________________________  does hereby sell,
assign and transfer unto  _______________________________  the right to purchase
_______________________________  Shares of  Common  Stock of  H.E.R.C.  Products
Incorporated ("Company") evidenced by the within Purchase Option and does hereby
authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.


Dated: ______________, 19__


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



         NOTICE:  The  signature to this form must  correspond  with the name as
written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every particular  without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
                                       11
<PAGE>
THE SECURITIES  EVIDENCED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED  ("SECURITIES  ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY  STATE  OR OTHER  JURISDICTION.  THE  SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT FOR THE
SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE  SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE
OR JURISDICTION,  OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH
REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION BY ITS ACCEPTANCE  HEREOF,  AGREES
THAT IT WILL NOT SELL,  TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE OPTION EXCEPT AS HEREIN
PROVIDED.

NOT EXERCISABLE  PRIOR TO JUNE 18, 1997. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME, JUNE
18, 2002.



                                 PURCHASE OPTION

                                For 25,000 Shares

No. 1997-PO-2                          of

                         H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                            (A Delaware Corporation)

1.       Purchase Option.

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in  consideration  of $16.66 duly paid by
or on behalf of David Nussbaum ("Holder"),  as registered owner of this Purchase
Option, to H.E.R.C.  Products Incorporated  ("Company"),  Holder is entitled, at
any time or from time to time at or after June 18, 1997  ("Commencement  Date"),
and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, June 18, 2002 ("Expiration Date"), but
not thereafter,  to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up
to 25,000  shares  ("Shares")  of the  Company's  common  stock,  $.Ol par value
("Common  Stock").  The Shares  issuable  hereunder are  sometimes  collectively
referred to herein as the "Securities." If the Expiration Date is a day on which
banking  institutions are authorized by law to close,  then this Purchase Option
may  be  exercised  on the  next  succeeding  day  which  is  not  such a day in
accordance with the terms herein. This Purchase Option is initially  exercisable
at $1.3125 per Share purchased;  provided,  however, that upon the occurrence of
any of the  events  specified  in Section 6 hereof,  the rights  granted by this
Purchase  Option,  including the exercise price for the Shares and the number of
shares of Common Stock to be received upon such  exercise,  shall be adjusted as
therein  specified.  The term "Exercise  Price" shall mean the initial  exercise
price or the adjusted  exercise price,  depending on the context.  This Purchase
Option is one of a number of such  options  issued by the Company to GKN and its
designees ("Purchase Options").
<PAGE>
2.       Exercise.

         2.1 Exercise  Form.  In order to exercise  this  Purchase  Option,  the
exercise form attached  hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered
to the Company,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of the Exercise
Price for the Securities  being  purchased by wire transfer,  certified check or
official  bank check.  If the  subscription  rights  represented  hereby are not
exercised at or before 5:00 p.m.,  Eastern  time,  on the  Expiration  Date this
Purchase  Option shall become and be void without  further force or effect,  and
all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

         2.2 Legend.  Each  certificate for the securities  purchased under this
Purchase  Option shall bear a legend as follows unless such Securities have been
registered under the Securities Act:

                  "The securities  represented by this certificate have not been
                  registered  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended
                  ("Securities Act") or applicable state law. The securities may
                  not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise  transferred except
                  pursuant  to an  effective  registration  statement  under the
                  Securities Act, or pursuant to an exemption from  registration
                  under the Securities Act and applicable state law."

         2.3      Cashless Exercise.

                  2.3.1  Determination of Amount.  In lieu of the payment of the
Exercise Price in the manner  required by Section 2.1, the Holder shall have the
right (but not the  obligation)  to pay the  Exercise  Price for the  Securities
being  purchased with this Purchase Option upon exercise by the surrender to the
Company of any  exercisable  but  unexercised  portion of this  Purchase  Option
having a "Value" (as defined below), at the close of trading on the last trading
day  immediately  preceding the exercise of this Purchase  Option,  equal to the
Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the  number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  being
purchased upon exercise ("Cashless  Exercise Right").  The sum of (a) the number
of shares of Common Stock being  purchased upon exercise of the  non-surrendered
portion of this Purchase Option pursuant to this Cashless Exercise Right and (b)
the number of shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase
Option  being  surrendered,  shall  not in any event be  greater  than the total
number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the complete exercise of this
Purchase  Option if the  Exercise  Price were paid in cash.  The  'Value" of the
portion of the  Purchase  Option  being  surrendered  shall equal the  remainder
derived from  subtracting  (a) the Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the number of
shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase  Option being
surrendered  from (b) the Market Price of the shares of Common Stock  multiplied
by the number of shares of Common Stock  underlying the portion of this Purchase
Option  being  surrendered.  As used herein,  the term  "Market  Price" shall be
deemed to be the last  reported  sale price of the Common  Stock at the close of
trading on the last  trading  day  immediately  preceding  the  exercise of this
Purchase Option,  or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the
average of the last reported  sale prices for the  immediately  preceding  three
trading days, in either case as officially reported by the principal  securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading,  or, if the
Common  Stock is not listed or  admitted to trading on any  national  securities
exchange or if any such  exchange on which the Common Stock is listed is not its
principal trading market,  the last reported sale price as furnished by the NASD
through the Nasdaq National Market or SmallCap  Market,  or, if applicable,  the
OTC Bulletin  Board, or if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading
on the  Nasdaq  National  Market or  SmallCap  Market or OTC  Bulletin  Board or
similar organization, as determined in good faith by
                                       2
<PAGE>
resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company,  based  on the  best
information  available to it. In addition to the above, the Holder may surrender
any other  security  issued by the  Company,  including  but not limited to unit
purchase options,  warrants, options and common stock in payment of the Exercise
Price, having a value, determined substantially as set forth above.

                  2.3.2 Mechanics of Cashless  Exercise.  The Cashless  Exercise
Right  may be  exercised  by the  Holder  on any  business  day on or after  the
Commencement  Date and not later than the  Expiration  Date by delivering to the
Company  the  Purchase  Option  or other  security  of the  Company  with a duly
executed  exercise  form  attached  hereto with the  cashless  exercise  section
completed.

3.       Transfer.

         3.1  General  Restrictions.  The  registered  Holder  of this  Purchase
Option, by its acceptance hereof,  agrees that it will sell,  transfer or assign
or hypothecate  this Purchase  Option only in compliance with or exemptions from
applicable  securities  laws.  In order to make any  permitted  assignment,  the
Holder must  deliver to the Company the  assignment  form  attached  hereto duly
executed and  completed,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of all
transfer  taxes,  if any,  payable in  connection  therewith.  The Company shall
immediately  transfer this Purchase Option on the books of the Company and shall
execute and deliver a new Purchase  Option or Purchase  Options of like tenor to
the  appropriate  assignee(s)  expressly  evidencing  the right to purchase  the
aggregate number of Shares purchasable  hereunder or such portion of such number
as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

         3.2  Restrictions  Imposed  by the Act.  This  Purchase  Option and the
Securities  underlying this Purchase Option shall not be transferred  unless and
until (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel reasonably  acceptable
to the Company that this Purchase Option or the Securities,  as the case may be,
may be transferred  pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and
applicable state law, the availability of which is established to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company,  or (ii) a registration  statement relating to such
Purchase Option or Securities, as the case may be, has been filed by the Company
and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission").

4.       New Purchase Options to be Issued.

         4.1  Partial  Exercise  or  Transfer.  Subject to the  restrictions  in
Section 3 hereof,  this Purchase Option may be exercised or assigned in whole or
in part.  In the event of the exercise or  assignment  hereof in part only,  the
Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder  without charge a new Purchase
Option of like tenor in the name of the Holder  evidencing the right to purchase
the  aggregate  number of Shares as to which this  Purchase  Option has not been
exercised or assigned.

         4.2  Lost  Certificate.   Upon  receipt  by  the  Company  of  evidence
satisfactory  to it of the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this
Purchase  Option and of  reasonably  satisfactory  indemnification,  the Company
shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option of like tenor and date. Any such
new  Purchase  Option  executed and  delivered as a result of such loss,  theft,
mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute  contractual  obligation
on the part of the Company.
                                       3
<PAGE>
5.       Registration Rights.

         5.1      Registration Requirement.

                  5.1.1  Obligation  to  Register.  The  Company  agrees to file
within  four  months  after the  Commencement  Date,  a  registration  statement
("Registration  Statement")  under  the  Securities  Act  with  the  Commission,
registering  for  resale  the  Securities  and use its best  efforts to have the
Registration  Statement declared  effective by the six-month  anniversary of the
Commencement Date.

                  5.1.2  Terms.  The  Company  shall bear all fees and  expenses
(including  counsel fees and expenses)  attendant to registering  the Securities
under Section 5.1.1 hereof, filing the Registration  Statement with the NASD and
listing the  Securities on Nasdaq and the BSE, but the Holders shall pay any and
all  underwriting  commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by
the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Securities. The
Company  agrees to qualify or  register  the  Securities  in such  states as are
reasonably requested by the Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall
the  Company be required to  register  the  Securities  in a state in which such
registration  would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license
to do business in such state, or (ii) the principal  stockholders of the Company
to be  obligated to escrow  their  shares of capital  stock of the Company.  The
Company shall cause any Registration  Statement filed pursuant to this Section 5
to  remain  effective  and  current  for so long as the  Holder  owns any of the
Securities,  of if  earlier,  the  Holder may sell all the  Securities  he holds
pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act.

         5.2      General Terms.

                  5.2.1   Indemnification.   The  Company  shall  indemnify  the
Holder(s) of the  Securities to be sold pursuant to any  registration  statement
hereunder and each person,  if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning
of  Section 15 of the  Securities  Act and/or  Section  20(a) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  against all loss,  claim,
damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys' fees and other
expenses  reasonably  incurred in investigating,  preparing or defending against
any  claim  whatsoever  incurred  by the  indemnified  party  in any  action  or
proceeding   between  the  indemnitor  and  indemnified  party  or  between  the
indemnified  party and any third  party or  otherwise)  to which any of them may
become subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute
or at common law or otherwise under the laws of foreign countries,  arising from
such registration statement or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in (i) any  preliminary  prospectus,  the
registration  statement or prospectus  (as from time to time each may be amended
and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any new
registration  statement and prospectus in which is included the  Securities;  or
(iii) any application or other document or written  communication  (collectively
called "application")  executed by the Company or based upon written information
furnished by the Company in any  jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities
under the  securities  laws  thereof  or filed  with the  Commission,  any state
securities  commission  or agency,  Nasdaq or any  securities  exchange;  or the
omission or alleged omission  therefrom of a material fact required to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements   therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  unless such statement
or  omission  is  made  in  reliance  upon,  and  in  conformity  with,  written
information  furnished to the Company with respect to the Holders  expressly for
use in a  preliminary  prospectus,  registration  statement  or  prospectus,  or
amendment or supplement thereof, or in any application,  as the case may be. The
Company  agrees  promptly  to  notify  the  Holder  of the  commencement  of any
litigation or
                                       4
<PAGE>
proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling
persons in connection  with the issue and sale or resale of the Securities or in
connection with the registration statement or prospectus.

                  5.2.2 Exercise of Purchase Option.  Nothing  contained in this
Purchase  Option shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their
Purchase  Options  prior to or after  the  initial  filing  of any  registration
statement or the effectiveness thereof.

                  5.2.3  Documents  Delivered  to  Holders.  The  Company  shall
furnish to each Holder  participating  in any of the foregoing  offerings and to
each underwriter of any such offering,  if any, a signed counterpart,  addressed
to such  Holder or  underwriter,  of (i) an opinion  of counsel to the  Company,
dated  the  effective  date  of  such  registration   statement  (and,  if  such
registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date
of the closing under any underwriting  agreement  related  thereto),  and (ii) a
"cold comfort"  letter dated the effective date of such  registration  statement
(and, if such registration  includes an underwritten  public offering,  a letter
dated the date of the closing under the  underwriting  agreement)  signed by the
independent  public  accountants  who  have  issued a  report  on the  Company's
financial  statements  included  in such  registration  statement,  in each case
covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such  registration
statement  (and  the  prospectus  included  therein)  and,  in the  case of such
accountants'  letter,  with  respect  to events  subsequent  to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants'  letters  delivered to  underwriters in underwritten  public
offerings of securities.  The Company shall also deliver promptly to each Holder
participating  in the  offering  requesting  the  correspondence  and  memoranda
described  below and to the managing  underwriter  copies of all  correspondence
between  the  Commission  and the  Company,  its  counsel  or  auditors  and all
memoranda  relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect
to the registration  statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such
investigation,  upon  reasonable  advance  notice,  with respect to  information
contained in or omitted from the  registration  statement as it deems reasonably
necessary  to comply with  applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall
include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the
business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors,  all to such
reasonable  extent and at such reasonable  times and as often as any such Holder
shall reasonably request.

                  5.2.4 Underwriting Agreement.  The Company shall enter into an
underwriting agreement with the managing  underwriter(s) selected by any Holders
whose Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 5. Such agreement
shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Company,  each
Holder and such managing  underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,
warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are  customarily
contained  in  agreements  of that type used by the  managing  underwriter.  The
Holders  shall  be  parties  to  any  underwriting   agreement  relating  to  an
underwritten sale of their Securities and may, at their option, require that any
or all the  representations,  warranties  and covenants of the Company to or for
the  benefit of such  underwriters  shall also be made to and for the benefit of
such Holders.  Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or
warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters  except as they
may  relate  to such  Holders,  their  shares  and  their  intended  methods  of
distribution.

                  5.2.5  Documents  to be Delivered  by  Holder(s).  Each of the
Holder(s)  participating in any of the foregoing  offerings shall furnish to the
Company  a  completed  and  executed   questionnaire  provided  by  the  Company
requesting information customarily sought of selling securityholders.
                                       5
<PAGE>
6.       Adjustments.

         6.1  Adjustments  to  Exercise  Price  and  Number of  Securities.  The
Exercise  Price and the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise
of this  Purchase  Option  shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time as
hereinafter set forth:

                  6.1.1 Stock  Dividends - Split-Ups.  If after the date hereof,
and subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2 below,  the number of  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock is increased  by a stock  dividend  payable in shares of
Common Stock or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock or other similar  event,
then,  on the effective  date of such stock  dividend or split up, the number of
shares of Common  Stock  issuable on exercise of each  Purchase  Option shall be
increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.2  Aggregation  of Shares.  If after the date hereof,  and
subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2, the number of  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of
shares of Common Stock or other similar event,  then, upon the effective date of
such  consolidation,  combination or  reclassification,  the number of shares of
Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Purchase  Option shall be decreased in
proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.3  Adjustments in Exercise  Price.  Whenever the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the exercise of this Purchase Option is
adjusted,  as provided in this Section 6.1, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted
(to the nearest cent) by multiplying  such Exercise Price  immediately  prior to
such  adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon the exercise of this  Purchase  Option
immediately prior to such adjustment,  and (y) the denominator of which shall be
the number of shares of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

                  6.1.4 Replacement of Securities Upon  Reorganization,  etc. If
after the date  hereof any capital  reorganization  or  reclassification  of the
Common  Stock of the  Company,  or  consolidation  or merger of the Company with
another  corporation,  or the sale of all or substantially  all of its assets to
another  corporation  or other  similar  event  shall be  effected,  then,  as a
condition of such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger or
sale,  lawful  and  fair  provision  shall be made  whereby  the  Holders  shall
thereafter  have the right to purchase and receive,  upon the basis and upon the
terms  and  conditions  specified  in this  Purchase  Option  and in lieu of the
Securities immediately  theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option, such shares of stock,  securities,  or assets as may be
issued or payable with  respect to or in exchange  for the number of  Securities
immediately  theretofore  purchasable  and receivable  upon the exercise of this
Purchase  Option,  had  such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger or sale not taken place.  In such event,  appropriate  provision shall be
made with  respect  to the  rights  and  interests  of the  Holders  so that the
provisions hereof (including, without limitation,  provisions for adjustments of
the Exercise Price and of the number of securities purchasable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option) shall thereafter be applicable,  as nearly as may be in
relation to any share of stock,  securities,  or assets  thereafter  deliverable
upon the exercise hereof. The Company shall not effect any such  reorganization,
reclassification,   consolidation,   merger  or  sale   unless,   prior  to  the
consummation  thereof,  the  successor  corporation  (if other than the Company)
resulting from such transaction shall assume by written instrument  executed and
delivered  to the  Holders  the  obligation  to  deliver  such  shares of stock,
securities or assets.
                                       6
<PAGE>
         6.2  Elimination  of  Fractional  Interests.  The Company  shall not be
required to issue certificates  representing  fractions of Common Stock upon the
exercise or transfer of the Purchase  Option,  nor shall it be required to issue
scrip or pay cash in lieu of any  fractional  interests,  it being the intent of
the parties that all  fractional  interests  shall be eliminated by rounding any
fraction up or down to the  nearest  whole  number of shares of Common  Stock or
other securities, properties or rights.

7.  Reservation  and Listing.  The Company  shall at all times  reserve and keep
available out of its authorized  shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose
of issuance  upon  exercise of the  Purchase  Options,  such number of shares of
Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon
the exercise  thereof.  The Company  covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options and payment of the Exercise Price therefor,  all shares of
Common Stock and other securities  issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and
validly  issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable  and not subject to  preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  The Company further  covenants and agrees that upon
exercise of the Warrants  underlying the Shares included in this Purchase Option
and payment of the  exercise  prices  therefor,  all shares of Common  Stock and
other securities  issuable upon such exercises shall be duly and validly issued,
fully  paid and  non-assessable  and not  subject  to  preemptive  rights of any
stockholder.  As long as the Purchase Options shall be outstanding,  the Company
shall use its best efforts to cause the Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options to be listed  (subject to official  notice of issuance) on
all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on Nasdaq) on which the Common Stock
is then listed and/or quoted.

8.       Certain Notice Requirements.

         8.1 Holder's Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed
as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice
as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having
any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company.  If, however, at any time
prior to the expiration of the Purchase  Options and their exercise,  any of the
events  described  in  Section  8.2 shall  occur,  then,  in one or more of said
events,  the Company  shall give written  notice of such event at least  fifteen
days  prior to the  date  fixed as a  record  date or the  date of  closing  the
transfer  books  for the  determination  of the  stockholders  entitled  to such
dividend,  distribution,  conversion or exchange of  securities or  subscription
rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution,  liquidation,  winding
up or sale.  Such  notice  shall  specify  such  record  date or the date of the
closing of the transfer books, as the case may be.

         8.2 Events Requiring Notice.  The Company shall be required to give the
notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i)
if the Company  shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock
for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or distribution,  (ii)
the Company  shall offer to all the holders of its Common  Stock any  additional
shares  of  capital  stock of the  Company  or  securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or
warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution,  liquidation, winding up,
consolidation,  merger  or  reorganization  of the  Company  or a sale of all or
substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

         8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise  Price.  The Company  shall,  promptly
after an event  requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6.1
hereof,  send notice to the Holders of such event and change  ("Price  Notice").
The Price Notice shall  describe the event
                                       7
<PAGE>
causing the change and the method of calculating  same and shall be certified as
being true and accurate by the Company's President and Chief Financial Officer.

         8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices,  requests,  consents and other
communications  under this  Purchase  Option  shall be in  writing  and shall be
deemed to have been duly made on the date of delivery if delivered personally or
sent by overnight courier,  with acknowledgment of receipt to the party to which
notice is given,  or on the  fifth day after  mailing  if mailed to the party to
whom notice is to be given,  by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage  prepaid and properly  addressed  as follows:  (i) if to the
registered Holder of the Purchase Option, to the address of such Holder as shown
on the  books  of the  Company,  or (ii)  if to the  Company,  to its  principal
executive office.

9.       Miscellaneous.

         9.1 Amendments. The Company and GKN may from time to time supplement or
amend this Purchase  Option  without the approval of any of the Holders in order
to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provision  contained herein
which may be defective or inconsistent  with any other provisions  herein, or to
make any other  provisions in regard to matters or questions  arising  hereunder
which  the  Company  and  GKN  may  deem  necessary  or  desirable.   All  other
modifications  or  amendments  shall  require the  written  consent of the party
against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

         9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of
convenience  of reference,  and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning
or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Option.

         9.3 Entire  Agreement.  This  Purchase  Option  constitutes  the entire
agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof,  and
supersedes all prior  agreements  and  understandings  of the parties,  oral and
written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

         9.4 Binding  Effect.  This  Purchase  Option  shall inure solely to the
benefit of and shall be binding  upon,  the  Holder  and the  Company  and their
respective  successors,  legal  representatives and assigns, and no other person
shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Purchase  Option or any  provisions
herein contained.

         9.5 Governing Law;  Submission to  Jurisdiction.  This Purchase  Option
shall be governed by and construed  and enforced in accordance  with the laws of
the State of New York,  without  giving effect to conflict of laws.  The Company
hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or
relating in any way to this Purchase Option shall be brought and enforced in the
courts  of the State of New York or of the  United  States  of  America  for the
Southern  District of New York, and  irrevocably  submits to such  jurisdiction,
which jurisdiction  shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection
to such exclusive  jurisdiction  and that such courts  represent an inconvenient
forum.  Any  process or summons to be served  upon the  Company may be served by
transmitting  a copy thereof by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section
8 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal  service and shall be legal and
binding upon the Company in any action,  proceeding or claim. The Company agrees
that the  prevailing  party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover
from the other  party(ies)  all of its reasonable  attorneys'  fees and expenses
relating to such action or proceeding  and/or  incurred in  connection  with the
preparation therefor.
                                       8
<PAGE>
         9.6  Waiver,  Etc.  The  failure of the Company or the Holder to at any
time enforce any of the  provisions of this Purchase  Option shall not be deemed
or construed to be a waiver of any such provision,  nor to in any way affect the
validity of this  Purchase  Option or any  provision  hereof or the right of the
Company or any Holder to  thereafter  enforce  each and every  provision of this
Purchase Option. No waiver of any breach,  non-compliance or  non-fulfillment of
any of the  provisions  of this  Purchase  Option shall be effective  unless set
forth in a written  instrument  executed by the party or parties against whom or
which  enforcement  of such waiver is sought;  and no waiver of any such breach,
non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of
any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

         9.7 Execution in Counterparts.  This Purchase Option may be executed in
one or more  counterparts,  and by the  different  parties  hereto  in  separate
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
taken together shall  constitute  one and the same  agreement,  and shall become
effective when one or more  counterparts  has been signed by each of the parties
hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

         9.8 Exchange  Agreement.  As a condition  of the  Holder's  receipt and
acceptance of this Purchase Option, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the
complete  exercise  of this  Purchase  Option by Holder,  if the Company and GUN
enter into an agreement ("Exchange Agreement") pursuant to which they agree that
all outstanding  Purchase  Options will be exchanged for securities or cash or a
combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party
to the Exchange Agreement.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused  this  Purchase
Option to be signed by its duly  authorized  officer as of the 18th day of June,
1997.

                                             H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                                             By:    /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                                --------------------------------
                                                S. Steven Carl, Chief Executive 
                                                Officer
                                       9
<PAGE>
Form to be used to exercise Purchase Option:


H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated
2202 West Lone Cactus Drive, #15
Phoenix, Arizona 85027



Date:___________________,19__

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated and hereby makes payment of $_____________  (at
the rate of $_____________  per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant
thereto.  Please  issue the  Common  Stock as to which this  Purchase  Option is
exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

                                       or
                                       --

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated by surrender of the unexercised  portion of the
within Purchase Option or other security of H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated (with
a "Value" of  $___________  based on a "Market Price" of  $___________ ). Please
issue the Common Stock in accordance with the instructions given below.


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature Guaranteed

                  NOTICE:  The signature to this form must  correspond  with the
name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every  particular
without  alteration  or  enlargement  or  any  change  whatsoever  and  must  be
guaranteed  by a bank,  other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a
firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.


          Please issue securities as follows: Name:
                                                   -----------------------------

                                              Address:
                                                      --------------------------

                                              ----------------------------------

                                              I.D.#:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                       10
<PAGE>
Form to be used to assign Purchase Option:

                                   ASSIGNMENT

         (To be  executed by the  registered  Holder to effect a transfer of the
within Purchase Option):

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  _______________________________  does hereby sell,
assign and transfer unto  _______________________________  the right to purchase
_______________________________  Shares of  Common  Stock of  H.E.R.C.  Products
Incorporated ("Company") evidenced by the within Purchase Option and does hereby
authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.


Dated: ______________, 19__


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



         NOTICE:  The  signature to this form must  correspond  with the name as
written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every particular  without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
                                       11
<PAGE>
THE SECURITIES  EVIDENCED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED  ("SECURITIES  ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY  STATE  OR OTHER  JURISDICTION.  THE  SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT FOR THE
SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE  SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE
OR JURISDICTION,  OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH
REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION BY ITS ACCEPTANCE  HEREOF,  AGREES
THAT IT WILL NOT SELL,  TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE OPTION EXCEPT AS HEREIN
PROVIDED.

NOT EXERCISABLE  PRIOR TO JUNE 18, 1997. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME, JUNE
18, 2002.



                                 PURCHASE OPTION

                                For 25,000 Shares

No. 1997-PO-3                          of

                         H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                            (A Delaware Corporation)

1.       Purchase Option.

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in  consideration  of $16.66 duly paid by
or on behalf of Roger Gladstone ("Holder"), as registered owner of this Purchase
Option, to H.E.R.C.  Products Incorporated  ("Company"),  Holder is entitled, at
any time or from time to time at or after June 18, 1997  ("Commencement  Date"),
and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, June 18, 2002 ("Expiration Date"), but
not thereafter,  to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up
to 25,000  shares  ("Shares")  of the  Company's  common  stock,  $.Ol par value
("Common  Stock").  The Shares  issuable  hereunder are  sometimes  collectively
referred to herein as the "Securities." If the Expiration Date is a day on which
banking  institutions are authorized by law to close,  then this Purchase Option
may  be  exercised  on the  next  succeeding  day  which  is  not  such a day in
accordance with the terms herein. This Purchase Option is initially  exercisable
at $1.3125 per Share purchased;  provided,  however, that upon the occurrence of
any of the  events  specified  in Section 6 hereof,  the rights  granted by this
Purchase  Option,  including the exercise price for the Shares and the number of
shares of Common Stock to be received upon such  exercise,  shall be adjusted as
therein  specified.  The term "Exercise  Price" shall mean the initial  exercise
price or the adjusted  exercise price,  depending on the context.  This Purchase
Option is one of a number of such  options  issued by the Company to GKN and its
designees ("Purchase Options").
<PAGE>
2.       Exercise.

         2.1 Exercise  Form.  In order to exercise  this  Purchase  Option,  the
exercise form attached  hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered
to the Company,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of the Exercise
Price for the Securities  being  purchased by wire transfer,  certified check or
official  bank check.  If the  subscription  rights  represented  hereby are not
exercised at or before 5:00 p.m.,  Eastern  time,  on the  Expiration  Date this
Purchase  Option shall become and be void without  further force or effect,  and
all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

         2.2 Legend.  Each  certificate for the securities  purchased under this
Purchase  Option shall bear a legend as follows unless such Securities have been
registered under the Securities Act:

                  "The securities  represented by this certificate have not been
                  registered  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended
                  ("Securities Act") or applicable state law. The securities may
                  not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise  transferred except
                  pursuant  to an  effective  registration  statement  under the
                  Securities Act, or pursuant to an exemption from  registration
                  under the Securities Act and applicable state law."

         2.3      Cashless Exercise.

                  2.3.1  Determination of Amount.  In lieu of the payment of the
Exercise Price in the manner  required by Section 2.1, the Holder shall have the
right (but not the  obligation)  to pay the  Exercise  Price for the  Securities
being  purchased with this Purchase Option upon exercise by the surrender to the
Company of any  exercisable  but  unexercised  portion of this  Purchase  Option
having a "Value" (as defined below), at the close of trading on the last trading
day  immediately  preceding the exercise of this Purchase  Option,  equal to the
Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the  number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  being
purchased upon exercise ("Cashless  Exercise Right").  The sum of (a) the number
of shares of Common Stock being  purchased upon exercise of the  non-surrendered
portion of this Purchase Option pursuant to this Cashless Exercise Right and (b)
the number of shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase
Option  being  surrendered,  shall  not in any event be  greater  than the total
number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the complete exercise of this
Purchase  Option if the  Exercise  Price were paid in cash.  The  'Value" of the
portion of the  Purchase  Option  being  surrendered  shall equal the  remainder
derived from  subtracting  (a) the Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the number of
shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase  Option being
surrendered  from (b) the Market Price of the shares of Common Stock  multiplied
by the number of shares of Common Stock  underlying the portion of this Purchase
Option  being  surrendered.  As used herein,  the term  "Market  Price" shall be
deemed to be the last  reported  sale price of the Common  Stock at the close of
trading on the last  trading  day  immediately  preceding  the  exercise of this
Purchase Option,  or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the
average of the last reported  sale prices for the  immediately  preceding  three
trading days, in either case as officially reported by the principal  securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading,  or, if the
Common  Stock is not listed or  admitted to trading on any  national  securities
exchange or if any such  exchange on which the Common Stock is listed is not its
principal trading market,  the last reported sale price as furnished by the NASD
through the Nasdaq National Market or SmallCap  Market,  or, if applicable,  the
OTC Bulletin  Board, or if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading
on the  Nasdaq  National  Market or  SmallCap  Market or OTC  Bulletin  Board or
similar organization, as determined in good faith by
                                       2
<PAGE>
resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company,  based  on the  best
information  available to it. In addition to the above, the Holder may surrender
any other  security  issued by the  Company,  including  but not limited to unit
purchase options,  warrants, options and common stock in payment of the Exercise
Price, having a value, determined substantially as set forth above.

                  2.3.2 Mechanics of Cashless  Exercise.  The Cashless  Exercise
Right  may be  exercised  by the  Holder  on any  business  day on or after  the
Commencement  Date and not later than the  Expiration  Date by delivering to the
Company  the  Purchase  Option  or other  security  of the  Company  with a duly
executed  exercise  form  attached  hereto with the  cashless  exercise  section
completed.

3.       Transfer.

         3.1  General  Restrictions.  The  registered  Holder  of this  Purchase
Option, by its acceptance hereof,  agrees that it will sell,  transfer or assign
or hypothecate  this Purchase  Option only in compliance with or exemptions from
applicable  securities  laws.  In order to make any  permitted  assignment,  the
Holder must  deliver to the Company the  assignment  form  attached  hereto duly
executed and  completed,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of all
transfer  taxes,  if any,  payable in  connection  therewith.  The Company shall
immediately  transfer this Purchase Option on the books of the Company and shall
execute and deliver a new Purchase  Option or Purchase  Options of like tenor to
the  appropriate  assignee(s)  expressly  evidencing  the right to purchase  the
aggregate number of Shares purchasable  hereunder or such portion of such number
as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

         3.2  Restrictions  Imposed  by the Act.  This  Purchase  Option and the
Securities  underlying this Purchase Option shall not be transferred  unless and
until (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel reasonably  acceptable
to the Company that this Purchase Option or the Securities,  as the case may be,
may be transferred  pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and
applicable state law, the availability of which is established to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company,  or (ii) a registration  statement relating to such
Purchase Option or Securities, as the case may be, has been filed by the Company
and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission").

4.       New Purchase Options to be Issued.

         4.1  Partial  Exercise  or  Transfer.  Subject to the  restrictions  in
Section 3 hereof,  this Purchase Option may be exercised or assigned in whole or
in part.  In the event of the exercise or  assignment  hereof in part only,  the
Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder  without charge a new Purchase
Option of like tenor in the name of the Holder  evidencing the right to purchase
the  aggregate  number of Shares as to which this  Purchase  Option has not been
exercised or assigned.

         4.2  Lost  Certificate.   Upon  receipt  by  the  Company  of  evidence
satisfactory  to it of the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this
Purchase  Option and of  reasonably  satisfactory  indemnification,  the Company
shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option of like tenor and date. Any such
new  Purchase  Option  executed and  delivered as a result of such loss,  theft,
mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute  contractual  obligation
on the part of the Company.
                                       3
<PAGE>
5.       Registration Rights.

         5.1      Registration Requirement.

                  5.1.1  Obligation  to  Register.  The  Company  agrees to file
within  four  months  after the  Commencement  Date,  a  registration  statement
("Registration  Statement")  under  the  Securities  Act  with  the  Commission,
registering  for  resale  the  Securities  and use its best  efforts to have the
Registration  Statement declared  effective by the six-month  anniversary of the
Commencement Date.

                  5.1.2  Terms.  The  Company  shall bear all fees and  expenses
(including  counsel fees and expenses)  attendant to registering  the Securities
under Section 5.1.1 hereof, filing the Registration  Statement with the NASD and
listing the  Securities on Nasdaq and the BSE, but the Holders shall pay any and
all  underwriting  commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by
the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Securities. The
Company  agrees to qualify or  register  the  Securities  in such  states as are
reasonably requested by the Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall
the  Company be required to  register  the  Securities  in a state in which such
registration  would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license
to do business in such state, or (ii) the principal  stockholders of the Company
to be  obligated to escrow  their  shares of capital  stock of the Company.  The
Company shall cause any Registration  Statement filed pursuant to this Section 5
to  remain  effective  and  current  for so long as the  Holder  owns any of the
Securities,  of if  earlier,  the  Holder may sell all the  Securities  he holds
pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act.

         5.2      General Terms.

                  5.2.1   Indemnification.   The  Company  shall  indemnify  the
Holder(s) of the  Securities to be sold pursuant to any  registration  statement
hereunder and each person,  if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning
of  Section 15 of the  Securities  Act and/or  Section  20(a) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  against all loss,  claim,
damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys' fees and other
expenses  reasonably  incurred in investigating,  preparing or defending against
any  claim  whatsoever  incurred  by the  indemnified  party  in any  action  or
proceeding   between  the  indemnitor  and  indemnified  party  or  between  the
indemnified  party and any third  party or  otherwise)  to which any of them may
become subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute
or at common law or otherwise under the laws of foreign countries,  arising from
such registration statement or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in (i) any  preliminary  prospectus,  the
registration  statement or prospectus  (as from time to time each may be amended
and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any new
registration  statement and prospectus in which is included the  Securities;  or
(iii) any application or other document or written  communication  (collectively
called "application")  executed by the Company or based upon written information
furnished by the Company in any  jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities
under the  securities  laws  thereof  or filed  with the  Commission,  any state
securities  commission  or agency,  Nasdaq or any  securities  exchange;  or the
omission or alleged omission  therefrom of a material fact required to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements   therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  unless such statement
or  omission  is  made  in  reliance  upon,  and  in  conformity  with,  written
information  furnished to the Company with respect to the Holders  expressly for
use in a  preliminary  prospectus,  registration  statement  or  prospectus,  or
amendment or supplement thereof, or in any application,  as the case may be. The
Company  agrees  promptly  to  notify  the  Holder  of the  commencement  of any
litigation or
                                       4
<PAGE>
proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling
persons in connection  with the issue and sale or resale of the Securities or in
connection with the registration statement or prospectus.

                  5.2.2 Exercise of Purchase Option.  Nothing  contained in this
Purchase  Option shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their
Purchase  Options  prior to or after  the  initial  filing  of any  registration
statement or the effectiveness thereof.

                  5.2.3  Documents  Delivered  to  Holders.  The  Company  shall
furnish to each Holder  participating  in any of the foregoing  offerings and to
each underwriter of any such offering,  if any, a signed counterpart,  addressed
to such  Holder or  underwriter,  of (i) an opinion  of counsel to the  Company,
dated  the  effective  date  of  such  registration   statement  (and,  if  such
registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date
of the closing under any underwriting  agreement  related  thereto),  and (ii) a
"cold comfort"  letter dated the effective date of such  registration  statement
(and, if such registration  includes an underwritten  public offering,  a letter
dated the date of the closing under the  underwriting  agreement)  signed by the
independent  public  accountants  who  have  issued a  report  on the  Company's
financial  statements  included  in such  registration  statement,  in each case
covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such  registration
statement  (and  the  prospectus  included  therein)  and,  in the  case of such
accountants'  letter,  with  respect  to events  subsequent  to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants'  letters  delivered to  underwriters in underwritten  public
offerings of securities.  The Company shall also deliver promptly to each Holder
participating  in the  offering  requesting  the  correspondence  and  memoranda
described  below and to the managing  underwriter  copies of all  correspondence
between  the  Commission  and the  Company,  its  counsel  or  auditors  and all
memoranda  relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect
to the registration  statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such
investigation,  upon  reasonable  advance  notice,  with respect to  information
contained in or omitted from the  registration  statement as it deems reasonably
necessary  to comply with  applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall
include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the
business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors,  all to such
reasonable  extent and at such reasonable  times and as often as any such Holder
shall reasonably request.

                  5.2.4 Underwriting Agreement.  The Company shall enter into an
underwriting agreement with the managing  underwriter(s) selected by any Holders
whose Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 5. Such agreement
shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Company,  each
Holder and such managing  underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,
warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are  customarily
contained  in  agreements  of that type used by the  managing  underwriter.  The
Holders  shall  be  parties  to  any  underwriting   agreement  relating  to  an
underwritten sale of their Securities and may, at their option, require that any
or all the  representations,  warranties  and covenants of the Company to or for
the  benefit of such  underwriters  shall also be made to and for the benefit of
such Holders.  Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or
warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters  except as they
may  relate  to such  Holders,  their  shares  and  their  intended  methods  of
distribution.

                  5.2.5  Documents  to be Delivered  by  Holder(s).  Each of the
Holder(s)  participating in any of the foregoing  offerings shall furnish to the
Company  a  completed  and  executed   questionnaire  provided  by  the  Company
requesting information customarily sought of selling securityholders.
                                       5
<PAGE>
6.       Adjustments.

         6.1  Adjustments  to  Exercise  Price  and  Number of  Securities.  The
Exercise  Price and the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise
of this  Purchase  Option  shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time as
hereinafter set forth:

                  6.1.1 Stock  Dividends - Split-Ups.  If after the date hereof,
and subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2 below,  the number of  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock is increased  by a stock  dividend  payable in shares of
Common Stock or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock or other similar  event,
then,  on the effective  date of such stock  dividend or split up, the number of
shares of Common  Stock  issuable on exercise of each  Purchase  Option shall be
increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.2  Aggregation  of Shares.  If after the date hereof,  and
subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2, the number of  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of
shares of Common Stock or other similar event,  then, upon the effective date of
such  consolidation,  combination or  reclassification,  the number of shares of
Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Purchase  Option shall be decreased in
proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.3  Adjustments in Exercise  Price.  Whenever the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the exercise of this Purchase Option is
adjusted,  as provided in this Section 6.1, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted
(to the nearest cent) by multiplying  such Exercise Price  immediately  prior to
such  adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon the exercise of this  Purchase  Option
immediately prior to such adjustment,  and (y) the denominator of which shall be
the number of shares of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

                  6.1.4 Replacement of Securities Upon  Reorganization,  etc. If
after the date  hereof any capital  reorganization  or  reclassification  of the
Common  Stock of the  Company,  or  consolidation  or merger of the Company with
another  corporation,  or the sale of all or substantially  all of its assets to
another  corporation  or other  similar  event  shall be  effected,  then,  as a
condition of such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger or
sale,  lawful  and  fair  provision  shall be made  whereby  the  Holders  shall
thereafter  have the right to purchase and receive,  upon the basis and upon the
terms  and  conditions  specified  in this  Purchase  Option  and in lieu of the
Securities immediately  theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option, such shares of stock,  securities,  or assets as may be
issued or payable with  respect to or in exchange  for the number of  Securities
immediately  theretofore  purchasable  and receivable  upon the exercise of this
Purchase  Option,  had  such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger or sale not taken place.  In such event,  appropriate  provision shall be
made with  respect  to the  rights  and  interests  of the  Holders  so that the
provisions hereof (including, without limitation,  provisions for adjustments of
the Exercise Price and of the number of securities purchasable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option) shall thereafter be applicable,  as nearly as may be in
relation to any share of stock,  securities,  or assets  thereafter  deliverable
upon the exercise hereof. The Company shall not effect any such  reorganization,
reclassification,   consolidation,   merger  or  sale   unless,   prior  to  the
consummation  thereof,  the  successor  corporation  (if other than the Company)
resulting from such transaction shall assume by written instrument  executed and
delivered  to the  Holders  the  obligation  to  deliver  such  shares of stock,
securities or assets.
                                       6
<PAGE>
         6.2  Elimination  of  Fractional  Interests.  The Company  shall not be
required to issue certificates  representing  fractions of Common Stock upon the
exercise or transfer of the Purchase  Option,  nor shall it be required to issue
scrip or pay cash in lieu of any  fractional  interests,  it being the intent of
the parties that all  fractional  interests  shall be eliminated by rounding any
fraction up or down to the  nearest  whole  number of shares of Common  Stock or
other securities, properties or rights.

7.  Reservation  and Listing.  The Company  shall at all times  reserve and keep
available out of its authorized  shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose
of issuance  upon  exercise of the  Purchase  Options,  such number of shares of
Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon
the exercise  thereof.  The Company  covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options and payment of the Exercise Price therefor,  all shares of
Common Stock and other securities  issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and
validly  issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable  and not subject to  preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  The Company further  covenants and agrees that upon
exercise of the Warrants  underlying the Shares included in this Purchase Option
and payment of the  exercise  prices  therefor,  all shares of Common  Stock and
other securities  issuable upon such exercises shall be duly and validly issued,
fully  paid and  non-assessable  and not  subject  to  preemptive  rights of any
stockholder.  As long as the Purchase Options shall be outstanding,  the Company
shall use its best efforts to cause the Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options to be listed  (subject to official  notice of issuance) on
all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on Nasdaq) on which the Common Stock
is then listed and/or quoted.

8.       Certain Notice Requirements.

         8.1 Holder's Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed
as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice
as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having
any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company.  If, however, at any time
prior to the expiration of the Purchase  Options and their exercise,  any of the
events  described  in  Section  8.2 shall  occur,  then,  in one or more of said
events,  the Company  shall give written  notice of such event at least  fifteen
days  prior to the  date  fixed as a  record  date or the  date of  closing  the
transfer  books  for the  determination  of the  stockholders  entitled  to such
dividend,  distribution,  conversion or exchange of  securities or  subscription
rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution,  liquidation,  winding
up or sale.  Such  notice  shall  specify  such  record  date or the date of the
closing of the transfer books, as the case may be.

         8.2 Events Requiring Notice.  The Company shall be required to give the
notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i)
if the Company  shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock
for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or distribution,  (ii)
the Company  shall offer to all the holders of its Common  Stock any  additional
shares  of  capital  stock of the  Company  or  securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or
warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution,  liquidation, winding up,
consolidation,  merger  or  reorganization  of the  Company  or a sale of all or
substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

         8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise  Price.  The Company  shall,  promptly
after an event  requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6.1
hereof,  send notice to the Holders of such event and change  ("Price  Notice").
The Price Notice shall  describe the event
                                       7
<PAGE>
causing the change and the method of calculating  same and shall be certified as
being true and accurate by the Company's President and Chief Financial Officer.

         8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices,  requests,  consents and other
communications  under this  Purchase  Option  shall be in  writing  and shall be
deemed to have been duly made on the date of delivery if delivered personally or
sent by overnight courier,  with acknowledgment of receipt to the party to which
notice is given,  or on the  fifth day after  mailing  if mailed to the party to
whom notice is to be given,  by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage  prepaid and properly  addressed  as follows:  (i) if to the
registered Holder of the Purchase Option, to the address of such Holder as shown
on the  books  of the  Company,  or (ii)  if to the  Company,  to its  principal
executive office.

9.       Miscellaneous.

         9.1 Amendments. The Company and GKN may from time to time supplement or
amend this Purchase  Option  without the approval of any of the Holders in order
to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provision  contained herein
which may be defective or inconsistent  with any other provisions  herein, or to
make any other  provisions in regard to matters or questions  arising  hereunder
which  the  Company  and  GKN  may  deem  necessary  or  desirable.   All  other
modifications  or  amendments  shall  require the  written  consent of the party
against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

         9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of
convenience  of reference,  and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning
or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Option.

         9.3 Entire  Agreement.  This  Purchase  Option  constitutes  the entire
agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof,  and
supersedes all prior  agreements  and  understandings  of the parties,  oral and
written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

         9.4 Binding  Effect.  This  Purchase  Option  shall inure solely to the
benefit of and shall be binding  upon,  the  Holder  and the  Company  and their
respective  successors,  legal  representatives and assigns, and no other person
shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Purchase  Option or any  provisions
herein contained.

         9.5 Governing Law;  Submission to  Jurisdiction.  This Purchase  Option
shall be governed by and construed  and enforced in accordance  with the laws of
the State of New York,  without  giving effect to conflict of laws.  The Company
hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or
relating in any way to this Purchase Option shall be brought and enforced in the
courts  of the State of New York or of the  United  States  of  America  for the
Southern  District of New York, and  irrevocably  submits to such  jurisdiction,
which jurisdiction  shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection
to such exclusive  jurisdiction  and that such courts  represent an inconvenient
forum.  Any  process or summons to be served  upon the  Company may be served by
transmitting  a copy thereof by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section
8 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal  service and shall be legal and
binding upon the Company in any action,  proceeding or claim. The Company agrees
that the  prevailing  party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover
from the other  party(ies)  all of its reasonable  attorneys'  fees and expenses
relating to such action or proceeding  and/or  incurred in  connection  with the
preparation therefor.
                                       8
<PAGE>
         9.6  Waiver,  Etc.  The  failure of the Company or the Holder to at any
time enforce any of the  provisions of this Purchase  Option shall not be deemed
or construed to be a waiver of any such provision,  nor to in any way affect the
validity of this  Purchase  Option or any  provision  hereof or the right of the
Company or any Holder to  thereafter  enforce  each and every  provision of this
Purchase Option. No waiver of any breach,  non-compliance or  non-fulfillment of
any of the  provisions  of this  Purchase  Option shall be effective  unless set
forth in a written  instrument  executed by the party or parties against whom or
which  enforcement  of such waiver is sought;  and no waiver of any such breach,
non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of
any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

         9.7 Execution in Counterparts.  This Purchase Option may be executed in
one or more  counterparts,  and by the  different  parties  hereto  in  separate
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
taken together shall  constitute  one and the same  agreement,  and shall become
effective when one or more  counterparts  has been signed by each of the parties
hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

         9.8 Exchange  Agreement.  As a condition  of the  Holder's  receipt and
acceptance of this Purchase Option, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the
complete  exercise  of this  Purchase  Option by Holder,  if the Company and GUN
enter into an agreement ("Exchange Agreement") pursuant to which they agree that
all outstanding  Purchase  Options will be exchanged for securities or cash or a
combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party
to the Exchange Agreement.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused  this  Purchase
Option to be signed by its duly  authorized  officer as of the 18th day of June,
1997.

                                             H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                                             By:    /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                                --------------------------------
                                                S. Steven Carl, Chief Executive 
                                                Officer
                                       9
<PAGE>
Form to be used to exercise Purchase Option:


H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated
2202 West Lone Cactus Drive, #15
Phoenix, Arizona 85027



Date:___________________,19__

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated and hereby makes payment of $_____________  (at
the rate of $_____________  per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant
thereto.  Please  issue the  Common  Stock as to which this  Purchase  Option is
exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

                                       or
                                       --

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated by surrender of the unexercised  portion of the
within Purchase Option or other security of H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated (with
a "Value" of  $___________  based on a "Market Price" of  $___________ ). Please
issue the Common Stock in accordance with the instructions given below.


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature Guaranteed

                  NOTICE:  The signature to this form must  correspond  with the
name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every  particular
without  alteration  or  enlargement  or  any  change  whatsoever  and  must  be
guaranteed  by a bank,  other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a
firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.


          Please issue securities as follows: Name:
                                                   -----------------------------

                                              Address:
                                                      --------------------------

                                              ----------------------------------

                                              I.D.#:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                       10
<PAGE>
Form to be used to assign Purchase Option:

                                   ASSIGNMENT

         (To be  executed by the  registered  Holder to effect a transfer of the
within Purchase Option):

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  _______________________________  does hereby sell,
assign and transfer unto  _______________________________  the right to purchase
_______________________________  Shares of  Common  Stock of  H.E.R.C.  Products
Incorporated ("Company") evidenced by the within Purchase Option and does hereby
authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.


Dated: ______________, 19__


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



         NOTICE:  The  signature to this form must  correspond  with the name as
written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every particular  without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
                                       11
<PAGE>
THE SECURITIES  EVIDENCED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED  ("SECURITIES  ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY  STATE  OR OTHER  JURISDICTION.  THE  SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT FOR THE
SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE  SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE
OR JURISDICTION,  OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH
REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION BY ITS ACCEPTANCE  HEREOF,  AGREES
THAT IT WILL NOT SELL,  TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE OPTION EXCEPT AS HEREIN
PROVIDED.

NOT EXERCISABLE  PRIOR TO JUNE 18, 1997. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME, JUNE
18, 2002.



                                 PURCHASE OPTION

                                For 25,000 Shares

No. 1997-PO-4                          of

                         H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                            (A Delaware Corporation)

1.       Purchase Option.

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in  consideration  of $16.66 duly paid by
or on  behalf  of  Robert  Gladstone  ("Holder"),  as  registered  owner of this
Purchase  Option,  to  H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated  ("Company"),  Holder is
entitled,  at any  time  or  from  time  to  time  at or  after  June  18,  1997
("Commencement  Date"),  and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, June 18, 2002
("Expiration Date"), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive,
in whole or in part,  up to 25,000 shares  ("Shares")  of the  Company's  common
stock,  $.Ol par value  ("Common  Stock").  The Shares  issuable  hereunder  are
sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Securities." If the Expiration
Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then
this Purchase  Option may be exercised on the next  succeeding  day which is not
such a day in  accordance  with  the  terms  herein.  This  Purchase  Option  is
initially  exercisable at $1.3125 per Share purchased;  provided,  however, that
upon the  occurrence  of any of the events  specified  in Section 6 hereof,  the
rights  granted by this Purchase  Option,  including the exercise  price for the
Shares  and the  number  of  shares of  Common  Stock to be  received  upon such
exercise,  shall be adjusted as therein  specified.  The term  "Exercise  Price"
shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price,  depending
on the context.  This Purchase  Option is one of a number of such options issued
by the Company to GKN and its designees ("Purchase Options").
<PAGE>
2.       Exercise.

         2.1 Exercise  Form.  In order to exercise  this  Purchase  Option,  the
exercise form attached  hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered
to the Company,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of the Exercise
Price for the Securities  being  purchased by wire transfer,  certified check or
official  bank check.  If the  subscription  rights  represented  hereby are not
exercised at or before 5:00 p.m.,  Eastern  time,  on the  Expiration  Date this
Purchase  Option shall become and be void without  further force or effect,  and
all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

         2.2 Legend.  Each  certificate for the securities  purchased under this
Purchase  Option shall bear a legend as follows unless such Securities have been
registered under the Securities Act:

                  "The securities  represented by this certificate have not been
                  registered  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended
                  ("Securities Act") or applicable state law. The securities may
                  not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise  transferred except
                  pursuant  to an  effective  registration  statement  under the
                  Securities Act, or pursuant to an exemption from  registration
                  under the Securities Act and applicable state law."

         2.3      Cashless Exercise.

                  2.3.1  Determination of Amount.  In lieu of the payment of the
Exercise Price in the manner  required by Section 2.1, the Holder shall have the
right (but not the  obligation)  to pay the  Exercise  Price for the  Securities
being  purchased with this Purchase Option upon exercise by the surrender to the
Company of any  exercisable  but  unexercised  portion of this  Purchase  Option
having a "Value" (as defined below), at the close of trading on the last trading
day  immediately  preceding the exercise of this Purchase  Option,  equal to the
Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the  number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  being
purchased upon exercise ("Cashless  Exercise Right").  The sum of (a) the number
of shares of Common Stock being  purchased upon exercise of the  non-surrendered
portion of this Purchase Option pursuant to this Cashless Exercise Right and (b)
the number of shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase
Option  being  surrendered,  shall  not in any event be  greater  than the total
number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the complete exercise of this
Purchase  Option if the  Exercise  Price were paid in cash.  The  'Value" of the
portion of the  Purchase  Option  being  surrendered  shall equal the  remainder
derived from  subtracting  (a) the Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the number of
shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase  Option being
surrendered  from (b) the Market Price of the shares of Common Stock  multiplied
by the number of shares of Common Stock  underlying the portion of this Purchase
Option  being  surrendered.  As used herein,  the term  "Market  Price" shall be
deemed to be the last  reported  sale price of the Common  Stock at the close of
trading on the last  trading  day  immediately  preceding  the  exercise of this
Purchase Option,  or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the
average of the last reported  sale prices for the  immediately  preceding  three
trading days, in either case as officially reported by the principal  securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading,  or, if the
Common  Stock is not listed or  admitted to trading on any  national  securities
exchange or if any such  exchange on which the Common Stock is listed is not its
principal trading market,  the last reported sale price as furnished by the NASD
through the Nasdaq National Market or SmallCap  Market,  or, if applicable,  the
OTC Bulletin  Board, or if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading
on the  Nasdaq  National  Market or  SmallCap  Market or OTC  Bulletin  Board or
similar organization, as determined in good faith by
                                       2
<PAGE>
resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company,  based  on the  best
information  available to it. In addition to the above, the Holder may surrender
any other  security  issued by the  Company,  including  but not limited to unit
purchase options,  warrants, options and common stock in payment of the Exercise
Price, having a value, determined substantially as set forth above.

                  2.3.2 Mechanics of Cashless  Exercise.  The Cashless  Exercise
Right  may be  exercised  by the  Holder  on any  business  day on or after  the
Commencement  Date and not later than the  Expiration  Date by delivering to the
Company  the  Purchase  Option  or other  security  of the  Company  with a duly
executed  exercise  form  attached  hereto with the  cashless  exercise  section
completed.

3.       Transfer.

         3.1  General  Restrictions.  The  registered  Holder  of this  Purchase
Option, by its acceptance hereof,  agrees that it will sell,  transfer or assign
or hypothecate  this Purchase  Option only in compliance with or exemptions from
applicable  securities  laws.  In order to make any  permitted  assignment,  the
Holder must  deliver to the Company the  assignment  form  attached  hereto duly
executed and  completed,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of all
transfer  taxes,  if any,  payable in  connection  therewith.  The Company shall
immediately  transfer this Purchase Option on the books of the Company and shall
execute and deliver a new Purchase  Option or Purchase  Options of like tenor to
the  appropriate  assignee(s)  expressly  evidencing  the right to purchase  the
aggregate number of Shares purchasable  hereunder or such portion of such number
as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

         3.2  Restrictions  Imposed  by the Act.  This  Purchase  Option and the
Securities  underlying this Purchase Option shall not be transferred  unless and
until (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel reasonably  acceptable
to the Company that this Purchase Option or the Securities,  as the case may be,
may be transferred  pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and
applicable state law, the availability of which is established to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company,  or (ii) a registration  statement relating to such
Purchase Option or Securities, as the case may be, has been filed by the Company
and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission").

4.       New Purchase Options to be Issued.

         4.1  Partial  Exercise  or  Transfer.  Subject to the  restrictions  in
Section 3 hereof,  this Purchase Option may be exercised or assigned in whole or
in part.  In the event of the exercise or  assignment  hereof in part only,  the
Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder  without charge a new Purchase
Option of like tenor in the name of the Holder  evidencing the right to purchase
the  aggregate  number of Shares as to which this  Purchase  Option has not been
exercised or assigned.

         4.2  Lost  Certificate.   Upon  receipt  by  the  Company  of  evidence
satisfactory  to it of the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this
Purchase  Option and of  reasonably  satisfactory  indemnification,  the Company
shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option of like tenor and date. Any such
new  Purchase  Option  executed and  delivered as a result of such loss,  theft,
mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute  contractual  obligation
on the part of the Company.
                                       3
<PAGE>
5.       Registration Rights.

         5.1      Registration Requirement.

                  5.1.1  Obligation  to  Register.  The  Company  agrees to file
within  four  months  after the  Commencement  Date,  a  registration  statement
("Registration  Statement")  under  the  Securities  Act  with  the  Commission,
registering  for  resale  the  Securities  and use its best  efforts to have the
Registration  Statement declared  effective by the six-month  anniversary of the
Commencement Date.

                  5.1.2  Terms.  The  Company  shall bear all fees and  expenses
(including  counsel fees and expenses)  attendant to registering  the Securities
under Section 5.1.1 hereof, filing the Registration  Statement with the NASD and
listing the  Securities on Nasdaq and the BSE, but the Holders shall pay any and
all  underwriting  commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by
the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Securities. The
Company  agrees to qualify or  register  the  Securities  in such  states as are
reasonably requested by the Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall
the  Company be required to  register  the  Securities  in a state in which such
registration  would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license
to do business in such state, or (ii) the principal  stockholders of the Company
to be  obligated to escrow  their  shares of capital  stock of the Company.  The
Company shall cause any Registration  Statement filed pursuant to this Section 5
to  remain  effective  and  current  for so long as the  Holder  owns any of the
Securities,  of if  earlier,  the  Holder may sell all the  Securities  he holds
pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act.

         5.2      General Terms.

                  5.2.1   Indemnification.   The  Company  shall  indemnify  the
Holder(s) of the  Securities to be sold pursuant to any  registration  statement
hereunder and each person,  if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning
of  Section 15 of the  Securities  Act and/or  Section  20(a) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  against all loss,  claim,
damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys' fees and other
expenses  reasonably  incurred in investigating,  preparing or defending against
any  claim  whatsoever  incurred  by the  indemnified  party  in any  action  or
proceeding   between  the  indemnitor  and  indemnified  party  or  between  the
indemnified  party and any third  party or  otherwise)  to which any of them may
become subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute
or at common law or otherwise under the laws of foreign countries,  arising from
such registration statement or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in (i) any  preliminary  prospectus,  the
registration  statement or prospectus  (as from time to time each may be amended
and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any new
registration  statement and prospectus in which is included the  Securities;  or
(iii) any application or other document or written  communication  (collectively
called "application")  executed by the Company or based upon written information
furnished by the Company in any  jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities
under the  securities  laws  thereof  or filed  with the  Commission,  any state
securities  commission  or agency,  Nasdaq or any  securities  exchange;  or the
omission or alleged omission  therefrom of a material fact required to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements   therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  unless such statement
or  omission  is  made  in  reliance  upon,  and  in  conformity  with,  written
information  furnished to the Company with respect to the Holders  expressly for
use in a  preliminary  prospectus,  registration  statement  or  prospectus,  or
amendment or supplement thereof, or in any application,  as the case may be. The
Company  agrees  promptly  to  notify  the  Holder  of the  commencement  of any
litigation or
                                       4
<PAGE>
proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling
persons in connection  with the issue and sale or resale of the Securities or in
connection with the registration statement or prospectus.

                  5.2.2 Exercise of Purchase Option.  Nothing  contained in this
Purchase  Option shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their
Purchase  Options  prior to or after  the  initial  filing  of any  registration
statement or the effectiveness thereof.

                  5.2.3  Documents  Delivered  to  Holders.  The  Company  shall
furnish to each Holder  participating  in any of the foregoing  offerings and to
each underwriter of any such offering,  if any, a signed counterpart,  addressed
to such  Holder or  underwriter,  of (i) an opinion  of counsel to the  Company,
dated  the  effective  date  of  such  registration   statement  (and,  if  such
registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date
of the closing under any underwriting  agreement  related  thereto),  and (ii) a
"cold comfort"  letter dated the effective date of such  registration  statement
(and, if such registration  includes an underwritten  public offering,  a letter
dated the date of the closing under the  underwriting  agreement)  signed by the
independent  public  accountants  who  have  issued a  report  on the  Company's
financial  statements  included  in such  registration  statement,  in each case
covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such  registration
statement  (and  the  prospectus  included  therein)  and,  in the  case of such
accountants'  letter,  with  respect  to events  subsequent  to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants'  letters  delivered to  underwriters in underwritten  public
offerings of securities.  The Company shall also deliver promptly to each Holder
participating  in the  offering  requesting  the  correspondence  and  memoranda
described  below and to the managing  underwriter  copies of all  correspondence
between  the  Commission  and the  Company,  its  counsel  or  auditors  and all
memoranda  relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect
to the registration  statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such
investigation,  upon  reasonable  advance  notice,  with respect to  information
contained in or omitted from the  registration  statement as it deems reasonably
necessary  to comply with  applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall
include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the
business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors,  all to such
reasonable  extent and at such reasonable  times and as often as any such Holder
shall reasonably request.

                  5.2.4 Underwriting Agreement.  The Company shall enter into an
underwriting agreement with the managing  underwriter(s) selected by any Holders
whose Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 5. Such agreement
shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Company,  each
Holder and such managing  underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,
warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are  customarily
contained  in  agreements  of that type used by the  managing  underwriter.  The
Holders  shall  be  parties  to  any  underwriting   agreement  relating  to  an
underwritten sale of their Securities and may, at their option, require that any
or all the  representations,  warranties  and covenants of the Company to or for
the  benefit of such  underwriters  shall also be made to and for the benefit of
such Holders.  Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or
warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters  except as they
may  relate  to such  Holders,  their  shares  and  their  intended  methods  of
distribution.

                  5.2.5  Documents  to be Delivered  by  Holder(s).  Each of the
Holder(s)  participating in any of the foregoing  offerings shall furnish to the
Company  a  completed  and  executed   questionnaire  provided  by  the  Company
requesting information customarily sought of selling securityholders.
                                       5
<PAGE>
6.       Adjustments.

         6.1  Adjustments  to  Exercise  Price  and  Number of  Securities.  The
Exercise  Price and the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise
of this  Purchase  Option  shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time as
hereinafter set forth:

                  6.1.1 Stock  Dividends - Split-Ups.  If after the date hereof,
and subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2 below,  the number of  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock is increased  by a stock  dividend  payable in shares of
Common Stock or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock or other similar  event,
then,  on the effective  date of such stock  dividend or split up, the number of
shares of Common  Stock  issuable on exercise of each  Purchase  Option shall be
increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.2  Aggregation  of Shares.  If after the date hereof,  and
subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2, the number of  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of
shares of Common Stock or other similar event,  then, upon the effective date of
such  consolidation,  combination or  reclassification,  the number of shares of
Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Purchase  Option shall be decreased in
proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.3  Adjustments in Exercise  Price.  Whenever the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the exercise of this Purchase Option is
adjusted,  as provided in this Section 6.1, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted
(to the nearest cent) by multiplying  such Exercise Price  immediately  prior to
such  adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon the exercise of this  Purchase  Option
immediately prior to such adjustment,  and (y) the denominator of which shall be
the number of shares of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

                  6.1.4 Replacement of Securities Upon  Reorganization,  etc. If
after the date  hereof any capital  reorganization  or  reclassification  of the
Common  Stock of the  Company,  or  consolidation  or merger of the Company with
another  corporation,  or the sale of all or substantially  all of its assets to
another  corporation  or other  similar  event  shall be  effected,  then,  as a
condition of such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger or
sale,  lawful  and  fair  provision  shall be made  whereby  the  Holders  shall
thereafter  have the right to purchase and receive,  upon the basis and upon the
terms  and  conditions  specified  in this  Purchase  Option  and in lieu of the
Securities immediately  theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option, such shares of stock,  securities,  or assets as may be
issued or payable with  respect to or in exchange  for the number of  Securities
immediately  theretofore  purchasable  and receivable  upon the exercise of this
Purchase  Option,  had  such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger or sale not taken place.  In such event,  appropriate  provision shall be
made with  respect  to the  rights  and  interests  of the  Holders  so that the
provisions hereof (including, without limitation,  provisions for adjustments of
the Exercise Price and of the number of securities purchasable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option) shall thereafter be applicable,  as nearly as may be in
relation to any share of stock,  securities,  or assets  thereafter  deliverable
upon the exercise hereof. The Company shall not effect any such  reorganization,
reclassification,   consolidation,   merger  or  sale   unless,   prior  to  the
consummation  thereof,  the  successor  corporation  (if other than the Company)
resulting from such transaction shall assume by written instrument  executed and
delivered  to the  Holders  the  obligation  to  deliver  such  shares of stock,
securities or assets.
                                       6
<PAGE>
         6.2  Elimination  of  Fractional  Interests.  The Company  shall not be
required to issue certificates  representing  fractions of Common Stock upon the
exercise or transfer of the Purchase  Option,  nor shall it be required to issue
scrip or pay cash in lieu of any  fractional  interests,  it being the intent of
the parties that all  fractional  interests  shall be eliminated by rounding any
fraction up or down to the  nearest  whole  number of shares of Common  Stock or
other securities, properties or rights.

7.  Reservation  and Listing.  The Company  shall at all times  reserve and keep
available out of its authorized  shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose
of issuance  upon  exercise of the  Purchase  Options,  such number of shares of
Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon
the exercise  thereof.  The Company  covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options and payment of the Exercise Price therefor,  all shares of
Common Stock and other securities  issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and
validly  issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable  and not subject to  preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  The Company further  covenants and agrees that upon
exercise of the Warrants  underlying the Shares included in this Purchase Option
and payment of the  exercise  prices  therefor,  all shares of Common  Stock and
other securities  issuable upon such exercises shall be duly and validly issued,
fully  paid and  non-assessable  and not  subject  to  preemptive  rights of any
stockholder.  As long as the Purchase Options shall be outstanding,  the Company
shall use its best efforts to cause the Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options to be listed  (subject to official  notice of issuance) on
all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on Nasdaq) on which the Common Stock
is then listed and/or quoted.

8.       Certain Notice Requirements.

         8.1 Holder's Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed
as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice
as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having
any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company.  If, however, at any time
prior to the expiration of the Purchase  Options and their exercise,  any of the
events  described  in  Section  8.2 shall  occur,  then,  in one or more of said
events,  the Company  shall give written  notice of such event at least  fifteen
days  prior to the  date  fixed as a  record  date or the  date of  closing  the
transfer  books  for the  determination  of the  stockholders  entitled  to such
dividend,  distribution,  conversion or exchange of  securities or  subscription
rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution,  liquidation,  winding
up or sale.  Such  notice  shall  specify  such  record  date or the date of the
closing of the transfer books, as the case may be.

         8.2 Events Requiring Notice.  The Company shall be required to give the
notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i)
if the Company  shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock
for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or distribution,  (ii)
the Company  shall offer to all the holders of its Common  Stock any  additional
shares  of  capital  stock of the  Company  or  securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or
warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution,  liquidation, winding up,
consolidation,  merger  or  reorganization  of the  Company  or a sale of all or
substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

         8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise  Price.  The Company  shall,  promptly
after an event  requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6.1
hereof,  send notice to the Holders of such event and change  ("Price  Notice").
The Price Notice shall  describe the event
                                       7
<PAGE>
causing the change and the method of calculating  same and shall be certified as
being true and accurate by the Company's President and Chief Financial Officer.

         8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices,  requests,  consents and other
communications  under this  Purchase  Option  shall be in  writing  and shall be
deemed to have been duly made on the date of delivery if delivered personally or
sent by overnight courier,  with acknowledgment of receipt to the party to which
notice is given,  or on the  fifth day after  mailing  if mailed to the party to
whom notice is to be given,  by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage  prepaid and properly  addressed  as follows:  (i) if to the
registered Holder of the Purchase Option, to the address of such Holder as shown
on the  books  of the  Company,  or (ii)  if to the  Company,  to its  principal
executive office.

9.       Miscellaneous.

         9.1 Amendments. The Company and GKN may from time to time supplement or
amend this Purchase  Option  without the approval of any of the Holders in order
to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provision  contained herein
which may be defective or inconsistent  with any other provisions  herein, or to
make any other  provisions in regard to matters or questions  arising  hereunder
which  the  Company  and  GKN  may  deem  necessary  or  desirable.   All  other
modifications  or  amendments  shall  require the  written  consent of the party
against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

         9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of
convenience  of reference,  and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning
or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Option.

         9.3 Entire  Agreement.  This  Purchase  Option  constitutes  the entire
agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof,  and
supersedes all prior  agreements  and  understandings  of the parties,  oral and
written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

         9.4 Binding  Effect.  This  Purchase  Option  shall inure solely to the
benefit of and shall be binding  upon,  the  Holder  and the  Company  and their
respective  successors,  legal  representatives and assigns, and no other person
shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Purchase  Option or any  provisions
herein contained.

         9.5 Governing Law;  Submission to  Jurisdiction.  This Purchase  Option
shall be governed by and construed  and enforced in accordance  with the laws of
the State of New York,  without  giving effect to conflict of laws.  The Company
hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or
relating in any way to this Purchase Option shall be brought and enforced in the
courts  of the State of New York or of the  United  States  of  America  for the
Southern  District of New York, and  irrevocably  submits to such  jurisdiction,
which jurisdiction  shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection
to such exclusive  jurisdiction  and that such courts  represent an inconvenient
forum.  Any  process or summons to be served  upon the  Company may be served by
transmitting  a copy thereof by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section
8 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal  service and shall be legal and
binding upon the Company in any action,  proceeding or claim. The Company agrees
that the  prevailing  party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover
from the other  party(ies)  all of its reasonable  attorneys'  fees and expenses
relating to such action or proceeding  and/or  incurred in  connection  with the
preparation therefor.
                                       8
<PAGE>
         9.6  Waiver,  Etc.  The  failure of the Company or the Holder to at any
time enforce any of the  provisions of this Purchase  Option shall not be deemed
or construed to be a waiver of any such provision,  nor to in any way affect the
validity of this  Purchase  Option or any  provision  hereof or the right of the
Company or any Holder to  thereafter  enforce  each and every  provision of this
Purchase Option. No waiver of any breach,  non-compliance or  non-fulfillment of
any of the  provisions  of this  Purchase  Option shall be effective  unless set
forth in a written  instrument  executed by the party or parties against whom or
which  enforcement  of such waiver is sought;  and no waiver of any such breach,
non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of
any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

         9.7 Execution in Counterparts.  This Purchase Option may be executed in
one or more  counterparts,  and by the  different  parties  hereto  in  separate
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
taken together shall  constitute  one and the same  agreement,  and shall become
effective when one or more  counterparts  has been signed by each of the parties
hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

         9.8 Exchange  Agreement.  As a condition  of the  Holder's  receipt and
acceptance of this Purchase Option, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the
complete  exercise  of this  Purchase  Option by Holder,  if the Company and GUN
enter into an agreement ("Exchange Agreement") pursuant to which they agree that
all outstanding  Purchase  Options will be exchanged for securities or cash or a
combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party
to the Exchange Agreement.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused  this  Purchase
Option to be signed by its duly  authorized  officer as of the 18th day of June,
1997.

                                             H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                                             By:    /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                                --------------------------------
                                                S. Steven Carl, Chief Executive 
                                                Officer
                                       9
<PAGE>
Form to be used to exercise Purchase Option:


H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated
2202 West Lone Cactus Drive, #15
Phoenix, Arizona 85027



Date:___________________,19__

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated and hereby makes payment of $_____________  (at
the rate of $_____________  per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant
thereto.  Please  issue the  Common  Stock as to which this  Purchase  Option is
exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

                                       or
                                       --

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated by surrender of the unexercised  portion of the
within Purchase Option or other security of H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated (with
a "Value" of  $___________  based on a "Market Price" of  $___________ ). Please
issue the Common Stock in accordance with the instructions given below.


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature Guaranteed

                  NOTICE:  The signature to this form must  correspond  with the
name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every  particular
without  alteration  or  enlargement  or  any  change  whatsoever  and  must  be
guaranteed  by a bank,  other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a
firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.


          Please issue securities as follows: Name:
                                                   -----------------------------

                                              Address:
                                                      --------------------------

                                              ----------------------------------

                                              I.D.#:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                       10
<PAGE>
Form to be used to assign Purchase Option:

                                   ASSIGNMENT

         (To be  executed by the  registered  Holder to effect a transfer of the
within Purchase Option):

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  _______________________________  does hereby sell,
assign and transfer unto  _______________________________  the right to purchase
_______________________________  Shares of  Common  Stock of  H.E.R.C.  Products
Incorporated ("Company") evidenced by the within Purchase Option and does hereby
authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.


Dated: ______________, 19__


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



         NOTICE:  The  signature to this form must  correspond  with the name as
written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every particular  without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
                                       11
<PAGE>
THE SECURITIES  EVIDENCED BY THIS INSTRUMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED  UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED  ("SECURITIES  ACT"), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES
LAWS OF ANY  STATE  OR OTHER  JURISDICTION.  THE  SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE SOLD OR
OFFERED FOR SALE IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT FOR THE
SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE  SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE
OR JURISDICTION,  OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH
REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS PURCHASE OPTION BY ITS ACCEPTANCE  HEREOF,  AGREES
THAT IT WILL NOT SELL,  TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS PURCHASE OPTION EXCEPT AS HEREIN
PROVIDED.

NOT EXERCISABLE  PRIOR TO JUNE 18, 1997. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M. EASTERN TIME, JUNE
18, 2002.



                                 PURCHASE OPTION

                                For 25,000 Shares

No. 1997-PO-5                          of

                         H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                            (A Delaware Corporation)

1.       Purchase Option.

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT, in  consideration  of $16.66 duly paid by
or on behalf of  Lester  Rosenkrantz  ("Holder"),  as  registered  owner of this
Purchase  Option,  to  H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated  ("Company"),  Holder is
entitled,  at any  time  or  from  time  to  time  at or  after  June  18,  1997
("Commencement  Date"),  and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, June 18, 2002
("Expiration Date"), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive,
in whole or in part,  up to 25,000 shares  ("Shares")  of the  Company's  common
stock,  $.Ol par value  ("Common  Stock").  The Shares  issuable  hereunder  are
sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Securities." If the Expiration
Date is a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then
this Purchase  Option may be exercised on the next  succeeding  day which is not
such a day in  accordance  with  the  terms  herein.  This  Purchase  Option  is
initially  exercisable at $1.3125 per Share purchased;  provided,  however, that
upon the  occurrence  of any of the events  specified  in Section 6 hereof,  the
rights  granted by this Purchase  Option,  including the exercise  price for the
Shares  and the  number  of  shares of  Common  Stock to be  received  upon such
exercise,  shall be adjusted as therein  specified.  The term  "Exercise  Price"
shall mean the initial exercise price or the adjusted exercise price,  depending
on the context.  This Purchase  Option is one of a number of such options issued
by the Company to GKN and its designees ("Purchase Options").
<PAGE>
2.       Exercise.

         2.1 Exercise  Form.  In order to exercise  this  Purchase  Option,  the
exercise form attached  hereto must be duly executed and completed and delivered
to the Company,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of the Exercise
Price for the Securities  being  purchased by wire transfer,  certified check or
official  bank check.  If the  subscription  rights  represented  hereby are not
exercised at or before 5:00 p.m.,  Eastern  time,  on the  Expiration  Date this
Purchase  Option shall become and be void without  further force or effect,  and
all rights represented hereby shall cease and expire.

         2.2 Legend.  Each  certificate for the securities  purchased under this
Purchase  Option shall bear a legend as follows unless such Securities have been
registered under the Securities Act:

                  "The securities  represented by this certificate have not been
                  registered  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended
                  ("Securities Act") or applicable state law. The securities may
                  not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise  transferred except
                  pursuant  to an  effective  registration  statement  under the
                  Securities Act, or pursuant to an exemption from  registration
                  under the Securities Act and applicable state law."

         2.3      Cashless Exercise.

                  2.3.1  Determination of Amount.  In lieu of the payment of the
Exercise Price in the manner  required by Section 2.1, the Holder shall have the
right (but not the  obligation)  to pay the  Exercise  Price for the  Securities
being  purchased with this Purchase Option upon exercise by the surrender to the
Company of any  exercisable  but  unexercised  portion of this  Purchase  Option
having a "Value" (as defined below), at the close of trading on the last trading
day  immediately  preceding the exercise of this Purchase  Option,  equal to the
Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the  number  of shares  of  Common  Stock  being
purchased upon exercise ("Cashless  Exercise Right").  The sum of (a) the number
of shares of Common Stock being  purchased upon exercise of the  non-surrendered
portion of this Purchase Option pursuant to this Cashless Exercise Right and (b)
the number of shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase
Option  being  surrendered,  shall  not in any event be  greater  than the total
number of shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the complete exercise of this
Purchase  Option if the  Exercise  Price were paid in cash.  The  'Value" of the
portion of the  Purchase  Option  being  surrendered  shall equal the  remainder
derived from  subtracting  (a) the Exercise  Price  multiplied  by the number of
shares of Common  Stock  underlying  the portion of this  Purchase  Option being
surrendered  from (b) the Market Price of the shares of Common Stock  multiplied
by the number of shares of Common Stock  underlying the portion of this Purchase
Option  being  surrendered.  As used herein,  the term  "Market  Price" shall be
deemed to be the last  reported  sale price of the Common  Stock at the close of
trading on the last  trading  day  immediately  preceding  the  exercise of this
Purchase Option,  or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such day, the
average of the last reported  sale prices for the  immediately  preceding  three
trading days, in either case as officially reported by the principal  securities
exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading,  or, if the
Common  Stock is not listed or  admitted to trading on any  national  securities
exchange or if any such  exchange on which the Common Stock is listed is not its
principal trading market,  the last reported sale price as furnished by the NASD
through the Nasdaq National Market or SmallCap  Market,  or, if applicable,  the
OTC Bulletin  Board, or if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading
on the  Nasdaq  National  Market or  SmallCap  Market or OTC  Bulletin  Board or
similar organization, as determined in good faith by
                                       2
<PAGE>
resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company,  based  on the  best
information  available to it. In addition to the above, the Holder may surrender
any other  security  issued by the  Company,  including  but not limited to unit
purchase options,  warrants, options and common stock in payment of the Exercise
Price, having a value, determined substantially as set forth above.

                  2.3.2 Mechanics of Cashless  Exercise.  The Cashless  Exercise
Right  may be  exercised  by the  Holder  on any  business  day on or after  the
Commencement  Date and not later than the  Expiration  Date by delivering to the
Company  the  Purchase  Option  or other  security  of the  Company  with a duly
executed  exercise  form  attached  hereto with the  cashless  exercise  section
completed.

3.       Transfer.

         3.1  General  Restrictions.  The  registered  Holder  of this  Purchase
Option, by its acceptance hereof,  agrees that it will sell,  transfer or assign
or hypothecate  this Purchase  Option only in compliance with or exemptions from
applicable  securities  laws.  In order to make any  permitted  assignment,  the
Holder must  deliver to the Company the  assignment  form  attached  hereto duly
executed and  completed,  together with this Purchase  Option and payment of all
transfer  taxes,  if any,  payable in  connection  therewith.  The Company shall
immediately  transfer this Purchase Option on the books of the Company and shall
execute and deliver a new Purchase  Option or Purchase  Options of like tenor to
the  appropriate  assignee(s)  expressly  evidencing  the right to purchase  the
aggregate number of Shares purchasable  hereunder or such portion of such number
as shall be contemplated by any such assignment.

         3.2  Restrictions  Imposed  by the Act.  This  Purchase  Option and the
Securities  underlying this Purchase Option shall not be transferred  unless and
until (i) the Company has received the opinion of counsel reasonably  acceptable
to the Company that this Purchase Option or the Securities,  as the case may be,
may be transferred  pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act and
applicable state law, the availability of which is established to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Company,  or (ii) a registration  statement relating to such
Purchase Option or Securities, as the case may be, has been filed by the Company
and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("Commission").

4.       New Purchase Options to be Issued.

         4.1  Partial  Exercise  or  Transfer.  Subject to the  restrictions  in
Section 3 hereof,  this Purchase Option may be exercised or assigned in whole or
in part.  In the event of the exercise or  assignment  hereof in part only,  the
Company shall cause to be delivered to the Holder  without charge a new Purchase
Option of like tenor in the name of the Holder  evidencing the right to purchase
the  aggregate  number of Shares as to which this  Purchase  Option has not been
exercised or assigned.

         4.2  Lost  Certificate.   Upon  receipt  by  the  Company  of  evidence
satisfactory  to it of the  loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this
Purchase  Option and of  reasonably  satisfactory  indemnification,  the Company
shall execute and deliver a new Purchase Option of like tenor and date. Any such
new  Purchase  Option  executed and  delivered as a result of such loss,  theft,
mutilation or destruction shall constitute a substitute  contractual  obligation
on the part of the Company.
                                       3
<PAGE>
5.       Registration Rights.

         5.1      Registration Requirement.

                  5.1.1  Obligation  to  Register.  The  Company  agrees to file
within  four  months  after the  Commencement  Date,  a  registration  statement
("Registration  Statement")  under  the  Securities  Act  with  the  Commission,
registering  for  resale  the  Securities  and use its best  efforts to have the
Registration  Statement declared  effective by the six-month  anniversary of the
Commencement Date.

                  5.1.2  Terms.  The  Company  shall bear all fees and  expenses
(including  counsel fees and expenses)  attendant to registering  the Securities
under Section 5.1.1 hereof, filing the Registration  Statement with the NASD and
listing the  Securities on Nasdaq and the BSE, but the Holders shall pay any and
all  underwriting  commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by
the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Securities. The
Company  agrees to qualify or  register  the  Securities  in such  states as are
reasonably requested by the Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall
the  Company be required to  register  the  Securities  in a state in which such
registration  would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license
to do business in such state, or (ii) the principal  stockholders of the Company
to be  obligated to escrow  their  shares of capital  stock of the Company.  The
Company shall cause any Registration  Statement filed pursuant to this Section 5
to  remain  effective  and  current  for so long as the  Holder  owns any of the
Securities,  of if  earlier,  the  Holder may sell all the  Securities  he holds
pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Act.

         5.2      General Terms.

                  5.2.1   Indemnification.   The  Company  shall  indemnify  the
Holder(s) of the  Securities to be sold pursuant to any  registration  statement
hereunder and each person,  if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning
of  Section 15 of the  Securities  Act and/or  Section  20(a) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended  ("Exchange  Act"),  against all loss,  claim,
damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys' fees and other
expenses  reasonably  incurred in investigating,  preparing or defending against
any  claim  whatsoever  incurred  by the  indemnified  party  in any  action  or
proceeding   between  the  indemnitor  and  indemnified  party  or  between  the
indemnified  party and any third  party or  otherwise)  to which any of them may
become subject under the  Securities  Act, the Exchange Act or any other statute
or at common law or otherwise under the laws of foreign countries,  arising from
such registration statement or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in (i) any  preliminary  prospectus,  the
registration  statement or prospectus  (as from time to time each may be amended
and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or any new
registration  statement and prospectus in which is included the  Securities;  or
(iii) any application or other document or written  communication  (collectively
called "application")  executed by the Company or based upon written information
furnished by the Company in any  jurisdiction in order to qualify the Securities
under the  securities  laws  thereof  or filed  with the  Commission,  any state
securities  commission  or agency,  Nasdaq or any  securities  exchange;  or the
omission or alleged omission  therefrom of a material fact required to be stated
therein  or  necessary  to  make  the  statements   therein,  in  light  of  the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  unless such statement
or  omission  is  made  in  reliance  upon,  and  in  conformity  with,  written
information  furnished to the Company with respect to the Holders  expressly for
use in a  preliminary  prospectus,  registration  statement  or  prospectus,  or
amendment or supplement thereof, or in any application,  as the case may be. The
Company  agrees  promptly  to  notify  the  Holder  of the  commencement  of any
litigation or
                                       4
<PAGE>
proceedings against the Company or any of its officers, directors or controlling
persons in connection  with the issue and sale or resale of the Securities or in
connection with the registration statement or prospectus.

                  5.2.2 Exercise of Purchase Option.  Nothing  contained in this
Purchase  Option shall be construed as requiring the Holder(s) to exercise their
Purchase  Options  prior to or after  the  initial  filing  of any  registration
statement or the effectiveness thereof.

                  5.2.3  Documents  Delivered  to  Holders.  The  Company  shall
furnish to each Holder  participating  in any of the foregoing  offerings and to
each underwriter of any such offering,  if any, a signed counterpart,  addressed
to such  Holder or  underwriter,  of (i) an opinion  of counsel to the  Company,
dated  the  effective  date  of  such  registration   statement  (and,  if  such
registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date
of the closing under any underwriting  agreement  related  thereto),  and (ii) a
"cold comfort"  letter dated the effective date of such  registration  statement
(and, if such registration  includes an underwritten  public offering,  a letter
dated the date of the closing under the  underwriting  agreement)  signed by the
independent  public  accountants  who  have  issued a  report  on the  Company's
financial  statements  included  in such  registration  statement,  in each case
covering  substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such  registration
statement  (and  the  prospectus  included  therein)  and,  in the  case of such
accountants'  letter,  with  respect  to events  subsequent  to the date of such
financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer's counsel
and in accountants'  letters  delivered to  underwriters in underwritten  public
offerings of securities.  The Company shall also deliver promptly to each Holder
participating  in the  offering  requesting  the  correspondence  and  memoranda
described  below and to the managing  underwriter  copies of all  correspondence
between  the  Commission  and the  Company,  its  counsel  or  auditors  and all
memoranda  relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect
to the registration  statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such
investigation,  upon  reasonable  advance  notice,  with respect to  information
contained in or omitted from the  registration  statement as it deems reasonably
necessary  to comply with  applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall
include access to books, records and properties and opportunities to discuss the
business of the Company with its officers and independent auditors,  all to such
reasonable  extent and at such reasonable  times and as often as any such Holder
shall reasonably request.

                  5.2.4 Underwriting Agreement.  The Company shall enter into an
underwriting agreement with the managing  underwriter(s) selected by any Holders
whose Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 5. Such agreement
shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance to the Company,  each
Holder and such managing  underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,
warranties and covenants by the Company and such other terms as are  customarily
contained  in  agreements  of that type used by the  managing  underwriter.  The
Holders  shall  be  parties  to  any  underwriting   agreement  relating  to  an
underwritten sale of their Securities and may, at their option, require that any
or all the  representations,  warranties  and covenants of the Company to or for
the  benefit of such  underwriters  shall also be made to and for the benefit of
such Holders.  Such Holders shall not be required to make any representations or
warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters  except as they
may  relate  to such  Holders,  their  shares  and  their  intended  methods  of
distribution.

                  5.2.5  Documents  to be Delivered  by  Holder(s).  Each of the
Holder(s)  participating in any of the foregoing  offerings shall furnish to the
Company  a  completed  and  executed   questionnaire  provided  by  the  Company
requesting information customarily sought of selling securityholders.
                                       5
<PAGE>
6.       Adjustments.

         6.1  Adjustments  to  Exercise  Price  and  Number of  Securities.  The
Exercise  Price and the number of shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise
of this  Purchase  Option  shall be subject to  adjustment  from time to time as
hereinafter set forth:

                  6.1.1 Stock  Dividends - Split-Ups.  If after the date hereof,
and subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2 below,  the number of  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock is increased  by a stock  dividend  payable in shares of
Common Stock or by a split-up of shares of Common Stock or other similar  event,
then,  on the effective  date of such stock  dividend or split up, the number of
shares of Common  Stock  issuable on exercise of each  Purchase  Option shall be
increased in proportion to such increase in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.2  Aggregation  of Shares.  If after the date hereof,  and
subject to the  provisions of Section 6.2, the number of  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock is decreased by a consolidation, combination or reclassification of
shares of Common Stock or other similar event,  then, upon the effective date of
such  consolidation,  combination or  reclassification,  the number of shares of
Common Stock issuable on exercise of each Purchase  Option shall be decreased in
proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

                  6.1.3  Adjustments in Exercise  Price.  Whenever the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable upon the exercise of this Purchase Option is
adjusted,  as provided in this Section 6.1, the Exercise Price shall be adjusted
(to the nearest cent) by multiplying  such Exercise Price  immediately  prior to
such  adjustment by a fraction (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable  upon the exercise of this  Purchase  Option
immediately prior to such adjustment,  and (y) the denominator of which shall be
the number of shares of Common Stock so purchasable immediately thereafter.

                  6.1.4 Replacement of Securities Upon  Reorganization,  etc. If
after the date  hereof any capital  reorganization  or  reclassification  of the
Common  Stock of the  Company,  or  consolidation  or merger of the Company with
another  corporation,  or the sale of all or substantially  all of its assets to
another  corporation  or other  similar  event  shall be  effected,  then,  as a
condition of such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,  merger or
sale,  lawful  and  fair  provision  shall be made  whereby  the  Holders  shall
thereafter  have the right to purchase and receive,  upon the basis and upon the
terms  and  conditions  specified  in this  Purchase  Option  and in lieu of the
Securities immediately  theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option, such shares of stock,  securities,  or assets as may be
issued or payable with  respect to or in exchange  for the number of  Securities
immediately  theretofore  purchasable  and receivable  upon the exercise of this
Purchase  Option,  had  such  reorganization,  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger or sale not taken place.  In such event,  appropriate  provision shall be
made with  respect  to the  rights  and  interests  of the  Holders  so that the
provisions hereof (including, without limitation,  provisions for adjustments of
the Exercise Price and of the number of securities purchasable upon the exercise
of this Purchase Option) shall thereafter be applicable,  as nearly as may be in
relation to any share of stock,  securities,  or assets  thereafter  deliverable
upon the exercise hereof. The Company shall not effect any such  reorganization,
reclassification,   consolidation,   merger  or  sale   unless,   prior  to  the
consummation  thereof,  the  successor  corporation  (if other than the Company)
resulting from such transaction shall assume by written instrument  executed and
delivered  to the  Holders  the  obligation  to  deliver  such  shares of stock,
securities or assets.
                                       6
<PAGE>
         6.2  Elimination  of  Fractional  Interests.  The Company  shall not be
required to issue certificates  representing  fractions of Common Stock upon the
exercise or transfer of the Purchase  Option,  nor shall it be required to issue
scrip or pay cash in lieu of any  fractional  interests,  it being the intent of
the parties that all  fractional  interests  shall be eliminated by rounding any
fraction up or down to the  nearest  whole  number of shares of Common  Stock or
other securities, properties or rights.

7.  Reservation  and Listing.  The Company  shall at all times  reserve and keep
available out of its authorized  shares of Common Stock,  solely for the purpose
of issuance  upon  exercise of the  Purchase  Options,  such number of shares of
Common Stock or other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon
the exercise  thereof.  The Company  covenants and agrees that, upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options and payment of the Exercise Price therefor,  all shares of
Common Stock and other securities  issuable upon such exercise shall be duly and
validly  issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable  and not subject to  preemptive
rights of any  stockholder.  The Company further  covenants and agrees that upon
exercise of the Warrants  underlying the Shares included in this Purchase Option
and payment of the  exercise  prices  therefor,  all shares of Common  Stock and
other securities  issuable upon such exercises shall be duly and validly issued,
fully  paid and  non-assessable  and not  subject  to  preemptive  rights of any
stockholder.  As long as the Purchase Options shall be outstanding,  the Company
shall use its best efforts to cause the Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of
the Purchase  Options to be listed  (subject to official  notice of issuance) on
all securities exchanges (or, if applicable on Nasdaq) on which the Common Stock
is then listed and/or quoted.

8.       Certain Notice Requirements.

         8.1 Holder's Right to Receive Notice. Nothing herein shall be construed
as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or consent or to receive notice
as a stockholder for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having
any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company.  If, however, at any time
prior to the expiration of the Purchase  Options and their exercise,  any of the
events  described  in  Section  8.2 shall  occur,  then,  in one or more of said
events,  the Company  shall give written  notice of such event at least  fifteen
days  prior to the  date  fixed as a  record  date or the  date of  closing  the
transfer  books  for the  determination  of the  stockholders  entitled  to such
dividend,  distribution,  conversion or exchange of  securities or  subscription
rights, or entitled to vote on such proposed dissolution,  liquidation,  winding
up or sale.  Such  notice  shall  specify  such  record  date or the date of the
closing of the transfer books, as the case may be.

         8.2 Events Requiring Notice.  The Company shall be required to give the
notice described in this Section 8 upon one or more of the following events: (i)
if the Company  shall take a record of the holders of its shares of Common Stock
for the purpose of entitling them to receive any dividend or distribution,  (ii)
the Company  shall offer to all the holders of its Common  Stock any  additional
shares  of  capital  stock of the  Company  or  securities  convertible  into or
exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or any option, right or
warrant to subscribe therefor, or (iii) a dissolution,  liquidation, winding up,
consolidation,  merger  or  reorganization  of the  Company  or a sale of all or
substantially all of its property, assets and business shall be proposed.

         8.3 Notice of Change in Exercise  Price.  The Company  shall,  promptly
after an event  requiring a change in the Exercise Price pursuant to Section 6.1
hereof,  send notice to the Holders of such event and change  ("Price  Notice").
The Price Notice shall  describe the event
                                       7
<PAGE>
causing the change and the method of calculating  same and shall be certified as
being true and accurate by the Company's President and Chief Financial Officer.

         8.4 Transmittal of Notices. All notices,  requests,  consents and other
communications  under this  Purchase  Option  shall be in  writing  and shall be
deemed to have been duly made on the date of delivery if delivered personally or
sent by overnight courier,  with acknowledgment of receipt to the party to which
notice is given,  or on the  fifth day after  mailing  if mailed to the party to
whom notice is to be given,  by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage  prepaid and properly  addressed  as follows:  (i) if to the
registered Holder of the Purchase Option, to the address of such Holder as shown
on the  books  of the  Company,  or (ii)  if to the  Company,  to its  principal
executive office.

9.       Miscellaneous.

         9.1 Amendments. The Company and GKN may from time to time supplement or
amend this Purchase  Option  without the approval of any of the Holders in order
to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provision  contained herein
which may be defective or inconsistent  with any other provisions  herein, or to
make any other  provisions in regard to matters or questions  arising  hereunder
which  the  Company  and  GKN  may  deem  necessary  or  desirable.   All  other
modifications  or  amendments  shall  require the  written  consent of the party
against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

         9.2 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of
convenience  of reference,  and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning
or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Purchase Option.

         9.3 Entire  Agreement.  This  Purchase  Option  constitutes  the entire
agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject  matter hereof,  and
supersedes all prior  agreements  and  understandings  of the parties,  oral and
written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

         9.4 Binding  Effect.  This  Purchase  Option  shall inure solely to the
benefit of and shall be binding  upon,  the  Holder  and the  Company  and their
respective  successors,  legal  representatives and assigns, and no other person
shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under or in respect of or by virtue of this  Purchase  Option or any  provisions
herein contained.

         9.5 Governing Law;  Submission to  Jurisdiction.  This Purchase  Option
shall be governed by and construed  and enforced in accordance  with the laws of
the State of New York,  without  giving effect to conflict of laws.  The Company
hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or
relating in any way to this Purchase Option shall be brought and enforced in the
courts  of the State of New York or of the  United  States  of  America  for the
Southern  District of New York, and  irrevocably  submits to such  jurisdiction,
which jurisdiction  shall be exclusive.  The Company hereby waives any objection
to such exclusive  jurisdiction  and that such courts  represent an inconvenient
forum.  Any  process or summons to be served  upon the  Company may be served by
transmitting  a copy thereof by registered  or certified  mail,  return  receipt
requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section
8 hereof.  Such mailing shall be deemed personal  service and shall be legal and
binding upon the Company in any action,  proceeding or claim. The Company agrees
that the  prevailing  party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover
from the other  party(ies)  all of its reasonable  attorneys'  fees and expenses
relating to such action or proceeding  and/or  incurred in  connection  with the
preparation therefor.
                                       8
<PAGE>
         9.6  Waiver,  Etc.  The  failure of the Company or the Holder to at any
time enforce any of the  provisions of this Purchase  Option shall not be deemed
or construed to be a waiver of any such provision,  nor to in any way affect the
validity of this  Purchase  Option or any  provision  hereof or the right of the
Company or any Holder to  thereafter  enforce  each and every  provision of this
Purchase Option. No waiver of any breach,  non-compliance or  non-fulfillment of
any of the  provisions  of this  Purchase  Option shall be effective  unless set
forth in a written  instrument  executed by the party or parties against whom or
which  enforcement  of such waiver is sought;  and no waiver of any such breach,
non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of
any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

         9.7 Execution in Counterparts.  This Purchase Option may be executed in
one or more  counterparts,  and by the  different  parties  hereto  in  separate
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
taken together shall  constitute  one and the same  agreement,  and shall become
effective when one or more  counterparts  has been signed by each of the parties
hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto.

         9.8 Exchange  Agreement.  As a condition  of the  Holder's  receipt and
acceptance of this Purchase Option, Holder agrees that, at any time prior to the
complete  exercise  of this  Purchase  Option by Holder,  if the Company and GUN
enter into an agreement ("Exchange Agreement") pursuant to which they agree that
all outstanding  Purchase  Options will be exchanged for securities or cash or a
combination of both, then Holder shall agree to such exchange and become a party
to the Exchange Agreement.

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has caused  this  Purchase
Option to be signed by its duly  authorized  officer as of the 18th day of June,
1997.

                                             H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                                             By:    /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                                --------------------------------
                                                S. Steven Carl, Chief Executive 
                                                Officer
                                       9
<PAGE>
Form to be used to exercise Purchase Option:


H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated
2202 West Lone Cactus Drive, #15
Phoenix, Arizona 85027



Date:___________________,19__

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated and hereby makes payment of $_____________  (at
the rate of $_____________  per Share) in payment of the Exercise Price pursuant
thereto.  Please  issue the  Common  Stock as to which this  Purchase  Option is
exercised in accordance with the instructions given below.

                                       or
                                       --

         The  undersigned  hereby  elects  irrevocably  to  exercise  the within
Purchase Option and to purchase ____ Shares of Common Stock,  $.Ol par value, of
H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated by surrender of the unexercised  portion of the
within Purchase Option or other security of H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated (with
a "Value" of  $___________  based on a "Market Price" of  $___________ ). Please
issue the Common Stock in accordance with the instructions given below.


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature Guaranteed

                  NOTICE:  The signature to this form must  correspond  with the
name as written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every  particular
without  alteration  or  enlargement  or  any  change  whatsoever  and  must  be
guaranteed  by a bank,  other than a savings bank, or by a trust company or by a
firm having membership on a registered national securities exchange.


          Please issue securities as follows: Name:
                                                   -----------------------------

                                              Address:
                                                      --------------------------

                                              ----------------------------------

                                              I.D.#:
                                                    ----------------------------
                                       10
<PAGE>
Form to be used to assign Purchase Option:

                                   ASSIGNMENT

         (To be  executed by the  registered  Holder to effect a transfer of the
within Purchase Option):

         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  _______________________________  does hereby sell,
assign and transfer unto  _______________________________  the right to purchase
_______________________________  Shares of  Common  Stock of  H.E.R.C.  Products
Incorporated ("Company") evidenced by the within Purchase Option and does hereby
authorize the Company to transfer such right on the books of the Company.


Dated: ______________, 19__


                                             -----------------------------------
                                             Signature



         NOTICE:  The  signature to this form must  correspond  with the name as
written upon the face of the within Purchase Option in every particular  without
alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.
                                       11

                     AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


                  Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, effective as of March
28,  1997,  by and between  Gary S. Glatter  ("Glatter")  and H.E.R.C.  Products
Incorporated ("Corporation").

                  WHEREAS,   Glatter  and  the   Corporation   entered  into  an
Employment  Agreement  dated as of  January 1,  1994,  as  amended  ("Employment
Agreement"); and

                  WHEREAS, Glatter and the Corporation wish to further amend the
Employment  Agreement  to provide for the terms of the  severance  of  Glatter's
employment.

                  NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of the covenants set forth
herein, it is agreed:

                  1.  Through  June 30,  1997,  all the terms of the  Employment
Agreement, prior to this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect.

                  2. As compensation after June 30, 1997, in substitution of the
provisions  of Sections  3.1 (Base  Salary)  and 3.2  (Bonus) of the  Employment
Agreement, the Corporation will pay Glatter the following amounts:

                           (a)  On  the  first  day  of  each  month,  from  and
including  July 1, 1997  through  December 31, 1997,  the  Corporation  will pay
Glatter $7,500; and

                           (b)  On  the  first  day  of  each  month,  from  and
including  January 1, 1998 through  December 31, 1998, the Corporation  will pay
Glatter $5,000.

                  3. In substitution of the provisions of Section 3.3 (Benefits)
after June 30,  1997,  the  Corporation  will  provide  Glatter with his current
family medical and dental  insurance  coverage in the manner  provided under the
COBRA rules and regulations after June 30, 1997 through December 31, 1998.

                  4.  Section  3.5  of the  Employment  Agreement  shall  remain
operative through October 31, 1997. In addition, Glatter shall have the right to
purchase on or before  November 1, 1997 from the  Corporation  the 1995 WindStar
Van which he is currently  using and all its  accessories  at the lesser of book
value on the books of the  Corporation or dealer  wholesale "blue book" value on
the date of purchase.

                  5.  Section 4 is amended as  provided in the  separate  Option
Agreement, as amended.

                  6.  Section  5 is  amended  to  provide  that the  term  shall
continue through June 30, 1997.

                  7.  Section 8 is  amended  to provide  that  Glatter  shall be
deemed to have  resigned as a director  and officer of the  Corporation  and any
subsidiary or affiliate of the Corporation on June 30, 1997.
<PAGE>
                  8.  Sections  1,  2,  3.4,  3.6,  6  and 7 of  the  Employment
Agreement  shall  cease to be  operative  on and after July 1,  1997.  Except as
modified in this  Amendment,  all the other terms of the  Employment  Agreement,
including,  but not limited to, Sections 3.8 and 9 thereof, shall remain in full
force and effect after June 30, 1997.

                  9. Terms not otherwise  defined in this  Amendment  shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Option Agreement.

                                      H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED



                                      By:  /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         S. Steven Carl, Chief Executive Officer


                                      /s/ Gary S. Glatter
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                                   GARY S. GLATTER
                                       2

                     Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement


Reference is made to an employment  agreement  dated January 1, 1994, as amended
by an Amendment to Employment  Agreement  dated as of September 23, 1994, and as
further amended by Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement effective as of March
28, 1997 ("Second Amendment") between HERC Products Incoporated  ("Company") and
Gary S. Glatter ("Glatter").

Pursuant to Paragraph 4 of the Second Amendment,  Glatter has agreed to purchase
the 1995  Windstar  Van  ("Van")  and the  Company has agreed to sell the Van to
Glatter on the following terms:

1.       The purchase price of the Van shall be $10,685.80  ("Purchase  Price"),
         the book value of the Van on the books of the Company as of October 31,
         1997.

2.       The  Purchase  Price shall be paid by way of  modifying  the  Company's
         obligations to Glatter, so that the two last $5,000.00 payments owed by
         the  Company  to  Glatter  pursuant  to  Paragraph  2(b) of the  Second
         Amendment are hereby  waived,  and on October 1, 1998 the Company shall
         make the last payment ot Glatter in the amount of $3,461.86.  This last
         payment  reflects  interest on the Purchase Price at the rate of 9% per
         annum for the period November 1, 1997 - September 30, 1998.

3.       Except as modified by this Amendment, all other terms of the Employment
         Agreement,  as  previously  amended,  shall  remain  in full  force and
         effect.


DATED this 31st day of October, 1997



H.E.R.C. Products Incorporation


By: /s/ Kristi A. Cordray
   -------------------------------
         KRISTI A. CORDRAY
         Vice President of Administration


/s/ Gary S. Glatter
- -------------------------------
GARY S. GLATTER

                                 LOAN AGREEMENT


H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated, a Delaware corporation, with its principal
office at 2202 W. Lone Cactus Drive, #15, Phoenix, Arizona 85027 (hereinafter
referred to as ("Borrower"), and InterEquity Capital Partners, L.P., a Delaware
limited partnership, having an office at 220 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10001
(hereinafter referred to as "Lender"), hereby enter into this Loan Agreement
("Agreement") dated as of September 15, 1997.
SECTION 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
         1.1   The following terms used in this Agreement will have the meanings
given below:

"Affidavit of Confession of Judgment"     Defined in Section 7.1(c).

"Claims and Expenses"                     Any and all  claims,  lawsuits  of any
                                          kind,  judgments,   losses,   damages,
                                          liabilities,   penalties,   costs  and
                                          reasonable  expenses  arising  out  of
                                          transactions  contemplated  under this
                                          Agreement  or  under  the   Collateral
                                          Documents,  including all "Legal Costs
                                          and Expenses" (defined below) incurred
                                          in connection therewith.

Collateral Documents                      The Notes, the Security Agreement, the
                                          Guaranty,  the Affidavit of Confession
                                          of Judgment,  the Patent and Trademark
                                          Assignment, the Subsidiaries' Security
                                          Agreement  and  the   applicable   UCC
                                          Statements.

EBITDA                                    Earnings   before   interest,   taxes,
                                          depreciation and amortization.

"Event of Default" or default             Defined in Section 13.1.

The "First Note"                          Defined in Section 2.2.

The "First Loan"                          Defined in Section 2.1.

First Loan Amortization  Commencement     March 1, 1998.
Date

The "First Loan Maturity Date"            August 30, 2002.
<PAGE>
Loan covenants

10.1                                      Prompt payment of interest - yes.

10.2.1                                    Net  worth  of $2.6 - yes but  will be
                                          under at year end

          m.         EBIDITA of ($1.4 million) for you - No



                     Son -                              2.2
                     Dep & Amortization                 (.3)
                                                       -----
                                                       $1.9


          n.        Revenues of $6 million - $1 million short
<PAGE>
Fixed Charge Coverage                     Net after tax income plus depreciation
                                          and   amortization   divided   by  all
                                          payments   of    principal    on   any
                                          indebtedness and all cash expenditures
                                          for   capital    expenses    including
                                          capitalized leases.

The "Guaranty"                            The  Guaranty by the  Subsidiaries  of
                                          the Notes.

Interest Coverage                         EBITDA divided by interest  charges on
                                          all    indebtedness    including   the
                                          outstanding Notes.

"Legal Costs and Expenses"                Any and all reasonable attorneys' fees
                                          and  disbursements,  court  costs  and
                                          other litigation expenses.

The "Loans"                               The First  Loan and the  Second  Loans
                                          collectively.

The "Notes"                               The  First  Note and the  Second  Note
                                          collectively.

The Patent and Trademark Assignment       Defined in Section 7.1(b).

"Prepayment Fee"                          Defined in Section 2.3(c)(ii).

The "Second" Loan"                        Defined in Section 3.1.

Second Loan Amortization Commencement     Defined in Section 3.2A(i)
Date

"Second Loan Funding Date"                Defined in Section 3.2A

"The Second Loan Maturity Date"           Defined in Section 3.2A(ii)

The "Second Note"                         Defined in Section 3.2.

Subsidiaries                              H.E.R.C.  Consumer Products,  Inc. and
                                          CCT Corporation which corporations are
                                          wholly owned by Borrower.

Subsidiaries' Security Agreement          Security Agreement by the Subsidiaries
                                          collateralizing the Guaranty.
                                       2
<PAGE>
SECTION 2. THE FIRST LOAN

         2.1  Simultaneously  with the  execution of this  Agreement,  Lender is
making the loan (the "First  Loan") to Borrower in the  principal  amount of Two
Hundred Fifty Thousand US Dollars (US $250,000.00);

         2.2 The First Loan is evidenced by a promissory note ("the First Note")
of the  Borrower in favor of Lender,  which is being  executed  by Borrower  and
delivered  to Lender  contemporaneously  herewith.  A copy of the First  Note is
attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 1.

         2.3 The First Note is payable in accordance  with its provisions  which
include, inter alia;

         (a) interest at the rate of 14% per annum on the unpaid  balance of the
         First  Note  payable in arrears on October 1, 1997 and on the first day
         of each of the next five successive months thereafter;

         (b) commencing April 1, 1998, and continuing  successively on the first
         day of each of the next 52 months  thereafter,  payments of  $6,266.17,
         with a 54th and  final  payment  of  $6,266.14  plus any  other  unpaid
         principal and interest being due and payable on the First Loan Maturity
         Date, each such payment  reflecting  interest at the annual rate of 14%
         (computed  from the  First  Loan  Amortization  Commencement  Date) and
         amortization  of  principal  (based  on  a  54-month   self-liquidating
         schedule);

         (c) the right of Borrower,  exercisable  at any time prior to the First
         Loan  Maturity  Date to prepay all or part (in multiples of $100,000 or
         covering the unpaid balance of the Note) of the unpaid principal amount
         and accrued  interest  thereon of the First Note upon Borrower  giving,
         and Lender receiving:

                  (i) not less than 30 days' prior written  notice of Borrower's
         intention to prepay; and

                  (ii) if the  prepayment  pursuant  to such  notice is received
         after the  expiration  of two years from the date of the First Note, an
         additional  amount (the "Prepayment  Fee") equal to a percentage of the
         then unpaid principal amount (as of the date immediately  prior to such
         prepayment)  of the  First  Note,  such  percentage  to  equal 5% for a
         prepayment received by Lender during the 12-month period beginning upon
         the  expiration  of two  years  from  the  date of the  First  Note and
         declining to 4% for a prepayment received by the Lender during the next
         twelve month period and to 3% for a prepayment received by Lender after
         the expiration of four years from the date of the First Note.
                                       3
<PAGE>
         (d) The principal of the First Note and accrued  interest thereon shall
         become  immediately  due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of
         Default.

SECTION 3. THE SECOND LOAN

         3.1  Lender  shall  make an  additional  loan  (the  "Second  Loan") to
borrower if drawn down by Borrower in its  discretion  by December 31, 1997 upon
the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.3.

         3.2 A. The Second Loan shall be  evidenced  by a  promissory  note (the
"Second  Note") dated the day it is drawn down (the "Second Loan Funding  Date")
and shall be payable in accordance with its provision which shall include, inter
alia:

                  (i) a payment of  interest at the rate of 14% per annum on the
                  unpaid  balance of the Second  Note  payable in arrears on the
                  first day of the month  immediately  following the Second Loan
                  Funding  Date,  and on the  first day of each of the next five
                  (5) successive  months thereafter (the scheduled date on which
                  the last  payment of interest is due as  hereinabove  provided
                  being  referred  to herein as the  "Second  Loan  Amortization
                  Commencement Date");

                  (ii)  commencing  on the first day of the month  following the
                  month in which the Second Loan Amortization  Commencement Date
                  occurs,  and continuing  successively on the first day of each
                  of the next 52 months thereafter, payments of $6,266.17 with a
                  54th and final  payment  of  $6,266.14  plus any other  unpaid
                  principal and interest  payable on the expiration of 54 months
                  after the Second Loan  Amortization  Commencement  Date,  each
                  such  payment  representing  interest  at the  rate of 14% per
                  annum computed from the Second Loan Amortization  Commencement
                  Date and  amortization of principal  (based on a 54-month self
                  liquidating schedule);

                  (iii) the right of  Borrower  to prepay the Second Note on the
                  same terms as permitted  under the First Note,  including  the
                  payment  of a  Prepayment  Fee in the same  amount as would be
                  payable under the First Note if a prepayment of that Note were
                  made at the same time as the  prepayment  is sought to be made
                  of the Second Note.

                  B. Except as indicated  above, the Second Note, which shall be
substantially  in the form attached  hereto as Exhibit 2, shall contain the same
provisions as contained in the First Note.
                                       4
<PAGE>
         3.3 The  obligation  of  Lender  to  make  the  Second  Loan  shall  be
conditioned  on the  satisfaction  of the following  conditions as of the Second
Note Funding Date.

                  (a) Borrower shall be in compliance  with all of its covenants
                  under this Agreement and under the Collateral  Loan Documents,
                  and no Event of Default  hereunder  or  thereunder  shall have
                  occurred  and be then  continuing,  or such  noncompliance  or
                  Event of Default  shall have been waived,  in writing,  by the
                  Lender hereunder,

                  b)  Borrower  shall  have  recorded,  on a  cumulative  basis,
                  revenues and EBITDA for the period (the "Period") from June 1,
                  1997 to the last day of the month  immediately  preceding  the
                  month in which the Second Loan  Funding Date occurs in amounts
                  at least equal to the amounts reflected for such items for the
                  Period on Borrower's  Consolidated  Budget  annexed  hereto as
                  Exhibit 3;

                  (c) All of the warranties and  representations of Borrower set
                  forth  herein  shall be true and correct as of the Second Loan
                  Funding Date to the same effect as if made as of such date;

                  (d)  Subsequent  to June 1,  1997,  the  Borrower  shall  have
                  obtained binding  commitments from its customers (with respect
                  to services  not  theretofore  contracted  for) which by their
                  terms will provide Borrower with $800,000 in revenue.

                  (e)  Borrower's  President  shall have  delivered  to Lender a
                  certificate  certifying to the  fulfillment  of the conditions
                  set  forth in (a),  (b),  (c) and (d) above and in (g) and (i)
                  below;

                  (f) Lender  shall  have  received  an  opinion  of  Borrower's
                  attorneys,  addressed to the Lender  substantially  similar in
                  content  to the  opinion  of  Borrower's  attorneys  given  in
                  connection with the First Loan (a copy of which is attached as
                  Exhibit 10 to this  Agreement) and otherwise  satisfactory  in
                  form, scope and substance to the Lender and its attorneys;

                  (g)  There   shall  be  full   compliance   with  the   rules,
                  regulations,  procedures  and  requirements  of the U.S. Small
                  Business  Administration  as they relate to the Small Business
                  Investment Company program and this transaction;

                  (h) Lender shall have received all documents  required by this
                  Agreement;

                  (i) There shall not have been a material adverse change in the
                  condition  (financial or otherwise) from that  contemplated in
                  this Agreement (whether under Section 9, Section 10.2, Section
                  11 or  otherwise),  or in the business or in the  prospects of
                  Borrower or either of the  Subsidiaries,  it being  understood
                  that  losses   consistent   with  the  operating   projections
                  reflected  on  Borrower's   Consolidated
                                       5
<PAGE>
                  Budget  attached as Exhibit 3 shall not for this reason  alone
                  be regarded as a materially adverse change;

                  (j)  Borrower  shall have  delivered  to Lender a  certificate
                  signed by its  President  setting forth in detail the specific
                  purposes  for which the  proceeds  of the Second  Loan will be
                  applied, it being the understanding that the proceeds will not
                  be used for  equipment  purchases  and  upgrades  of  existing
                  equipment and fulfilling new contracts, unless at least 25% of
                  the  internal  cash  balance of Borrower as at the Second Loan
                  Funding  Date (not  including  the proceeds of the Second Loan
                  and the proceeds from the receivable  financing referred to in
                  Section 11(a)) has been allocated for use for such purposes.

                  (k) Lender at its  request  shall have  received a letter from
                  Paul Pollock,  an associate of Lender,  or such other employee
                  of Lender as Lender  shall  direct,  which letter shall not be
                  unreasonably  withheld,  that  based  solely  on a  review  of
                  Borrower's  consolidated  financial  statements  delivered  to
                  Lender and  discussions  with the Chief  Financial  Officer of
                  Borrower  and  Borrower's   independent  outside  accountants,
                  nothing has come to his attention  that would indicate that as
                  of a date within  five days prior to the Second  Loan  Funding
                  Date  Borrower  is  or is  likely  to be  in  default  of  its
                  financial  representations and covenants contained in Sections
                  9 and 10.2 upon the consummation of the Second Loan.

                  (l) Lender shall have  received  from Borrower an Affidavit of
                  Confession  of  Judgment   relating  to  certain  defaults  of
                  Borrower of the Second Loan, in substantially the same form as
                  Exhibit 7 referred to in Section 7.1(c) herein.

         3.4  Interest   Limitation.   Notwithstanding  any  provision  in  this
Agreement  or the First or Second  Note to the  contrary,  in no event shall the
interest  rate  applicable  to the Loans  exceed that  permitted  by the laws or
governmental  regulations  applicable to the Lender that limit rates of interest
that may be charged or  collected  by the Lender.  If any payment  hereunder  or
under  the First or  Second  Note  shall be found to  constitute  a  payment  of
interest in excess of that permitted under the laws or governmental  regulations
applicable  to the Lender that limit  rates of  interest  that may be charged or
collected  by the  Lender,  then the  amount  of such  excess  payment  shall be
refunded to the Borrower.
                                       6
<PAGE>
SECTION 4. PROCESSING FEE

         4.1 The  Processing  Fee payable by Borrower to Lender is $15,000,  and
has been paid as follows:

         o        $12,500 has heretofore been paid to Lender.

         o        The  final   $2,500  is  being  paid  by  Borrower  to  Lender
                  simultaneously herewith.

SECTION 5. WARRANTS

         5.1 Simultaneously with the Closing hereunder Borrower has delivered to
Lender two Warrants,  Warrant A and Wan-ant B, each to purchase 62,500 shares of
Borrower's  Common Stock,  which Warrants are alike in all respects  except that
the exercise price for Warrant A is $1.18 while the exercise price of the Second
Warrant is $1.475. The exercise price of both Warrants, and the number of shares
covered  thereby.  are subject to adjustment as set forth in the Wan-ants copies
of which are attached hereto as Exhibits 4 and 5.

         5.2 At the closing of the Second Loan  Borrower  will deliver to Lender
two  additional  Warrants  each  providing  for the purchase of 62,500 shares of
Borrower's  Common  Stock.  One of these  Warrants  shall  provide  for the same
exercise  price as  contained  in Warrant  A, and the other  shall have the same
exercise price as contained in Warrant B. Except for their dates of issuance the
Wan-ants to be issued at the Second Loan  Funding  Date shall in all respects be
the same as Warrants A and B, respectively, including their dates of expiration.

         5.3 If,  upon the  expiration  of two years from the date  hereof,  the
outstanding  Loans have not been  prepaid in full by  Borrower,  Borrower  shall
deliver  to Lender  additional  Warrants  identical  to the  Warrants  that were
heretofore  issued to Lender  thereby  doubling the number of Warrants that will
have been issued to Lender hereunder.
                                       7
<PAGE>
SECTION 6. USE OF PROCEEDS

         A. The  proceeds of the Loans will be used by the  Borrower to purchase
pipe cleaning  equipment to secure and fulfill new  industrial  contracts and to
insure its ability to work at multiple  locations  simultaneously and to upgrade
existing  equipment and provide working capital for fulfilling new contracts and
for costs and expenses of Borrower relating to the transactions hereunder.

         B.  Borrower  shall not use the proceeds of either of the Loans for any
purpose contrary to the purposes  contemplated by the Small Business  Investment
Act of 1958, as amended, including any subsequent amendments, or for any purpose
that may be in conflict with any regulations  issued by the U. S. Small Business
Administration as they relate to the Small Business Investment Company program.
Such prohibited uses include:

                  (i) personal use by  shareholders,  officers and  employees of
                  Borrower or the Subsidiaries;

                  (ii) use for any  relending or  reinvesting  purposes,  if the
                  primary business activity of such person involves, directly or
                  indirectly,  providing  funds to others,  the purchase of debt
                  obligations, factoring, or long term leasing of equipment with
                  no provision for maintenance or repair;

                  (iii) use for purchasing any stock in or providing  capital to
                  any small business investment company;

                  (iv) use for making any real estate purchases if a Borrower or
                  a  Subsidiary  as the case may be, is  classified  under Major
                  Group  65 of the  Standard  Industrial  Classification  Manual
                  unless such transaction would otherwise be exempt by virtue of
                  Section   901(c)   of  the   Small   Business   Administration
                  Regulations pertaining to Small Business
                  Investment Companies,

                  (v)  use  for  purposes   contrary  to  the  public  interest,
                  including but not limited to activities which are in violation
                  of law, or inconsistent with free competitive enterprise; or

                  (vi) use for  foreign  investment  and use  outside the United
                  States except as may be permitted under Section 901 (e) of the
                  Small Business Administration  Regulations pertaining to Small
                  Business Investment Companies.
                                       8
<PAGE>
SECTION 7. COLLATERAL

         7.1 The Loans are secured by the following  documents,  which are being
executed and delivered simultaneously with this Agreement:

         (a) a  security  agreement  from  Borrower  in  substantially  the form
         attached hereto as Exhibit 6 granting Lender the security interests set
         forth therein (the "Security Agreement");

         (b) a collateral assignment of all of Borrower's patents and trademarks
         in form  appropriate for recording and satisfactory to Lender's Counsel
         (the "Patent and Trademarks Assignment");

         (c) an Affidavit of  Confession of Judgment  against,  and executed by,
         Borrower in favor of Lender (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 7);

         (d) UCC-I Financing  Statements  granting Lender a security interest in
         property  of  Borrower  and  the   Subsidiaries  in  form  and  content
         satisfactory to Lender;

         (e) a guaranty of the Notes by the  Subsidiaries in  substantially  the
         form annexed hereto as Exhibit 8 (the "Guaranty"); and

         (f) a Security  Agreement from the  Subsidiaries,  in substantially the
         form annexed  hereto as Exhibit 9  collateralizing  their guaranty (the
         "Subsidiaries' Security Agreement").

         7.2 It is acknowledged  and agreed by Lender that Borrower will seek to
secure a receivable facility in an aggregate amount of up to $1.5 million from a
third party ("Third  Party"),  pursuant to which  Borrower shall sell certain or
all of its  receivables to Third Party. It is further agreed that Borrower shall
be  entitled  to sell such  receivables  to Third  Party and  Lender's  security
interest in Borrower's unsold  receivables and inventory,  to the extent covered
by the  security  interest to be given to Third  Party  ("Third  party  Security
Interest"), shall be subordinate to such Third Party Security Interest. Further,
Lender  hereby  agrees to enter  into  such  intercreditor  agreement  as may be
reasonably requested by Third Party consistent with the provisions herein.

SECTION 8. CLOSING DOCUMENTS

         8.1  Simultaneously  with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
the First  Loan is being  funded  and  Borrower  is  delivering  to  Lender  the
following "Collateral  Documents",  duly executed and (where required) witnessed
or notarized:

         (a) the First Note;

         (b) the documents set forth in Section 7.1;
                                       9
<PAGE>
         (c) Secretary's  Certificate of Borrower as to resolutions of its Board
         of  Directors  authorizing  (i) the  borrowing  hereunder  and (ii) the
         execution  and  delivery  of  this   Agreement  and  the   transactions
         contemplated hereby and thereby;

         (d)  Opinion  Letter of  Attorneys  for  Borrower  (in form and content
         attached hereto as Exhibit 10).

         8.2 Simultaneously  with the funding of the Second Loan, Borrower shall
deliver or cause to be delivered to Lender,  duly executed and (where  required)
witnessed or notarized,  closing  documents  substantially  similar to the First
Loan Closing Documents.

SECTION 9. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS

         9.1  To  induce  Lender  to  make  the  Loan  hereunder,  the  Borrower
represents, warrants and agrees that;

         (a) Borrower and each Subsidiary validly exists and is in good standing
         under  the laws of their  respective  states  of  incorporation  and is
         qualified to do business in each state where the  ownership of property
         or the nature of the business conducted requires such qualification.

         (b) Borrower has the requisite  corporate  authority and power to enter
         into this Agreement,  to borrow money as contemplated  hereby, to issue
         the Notes and  Warrants  described  herein,  and to execute and deliver
         each of those documents required and described in this Agreement.

         c)  Borrower's  Form 10-KSB for the year ended on December 31, 1996 and
         its Forms 1O-QSB for the quarters ending on March 31, 1997 and June 30,
         1997 are true and correct in all material  respects  and the  financial
         statements  contained therein present fairly the financial  position of
         Borrower and its  Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis as of the dates
         of their respective  balance sheets included therein and the results of
         their operations for the applicable periods then ended.

         (d) All representations made by Borrower to Lender in this Agreement or
         in any  Collateral  Document  are  true  and  correct  in all  material
         respects as of this date.

         (e) Neither  Borrower nor any  Subsidiary  is a party to, or threatened
         by, any suits,  actions,  claims, or investigations by any governmental
         body or  legal,  administrative  or  arbitration  proceeding  which may
         result,  either  singly or in the  aggregate,  in any material  adverse
         change in the  business,  property  or assets  of the  Borrower  or any
         Subsidiary.

         (f) There are no outstanding orders,  judgments,  writs, injunctions or
         decrees of any court,  governmental  agency,  or  arbitration  tribunal
         which may result,  either singly or in the
                                       10
<PAGE>
         aggregate, in any material adverse change in the business,  property or
         assets of Borrower or any Subsidiary.

         (g) Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to, or bound by, any
         contract or  instrument  which would be in breach as a result of any of
         the Loans covered by this Agreement.

         (h) Except to the extent  indicated  below,  neither  Borrower  nor any
         Subsidiary is in breach of, in default  under,  or in violation of, any
         applicable law, decree,  order,  rule or regulation,  or any indenture,
         contract,  agreement,  deed, lease, loan agreement,  commitment,  bond,
         note,  deed of trust,  restrictive  covenant,  license,  instrument  or
         obligation to which it is a party or by which it is bound,  or to which
         any of its assets is  subject,  in each case which  breach,  default or
         violation  would have a material  adverse  effect on  Borrower  and the
         Subsidiaries  taken  as  a  whole,  and  the  execution,  delivery  and
         performance  of this  Agreement and the  Collateral  Documents will not
         constitute any such breach, default or violation, or require consent or
         approval of any court,  governmental  agency, or body, except as may be
         expressly provided herein or shall have been obtained. Borrower and its
         Subsidiaries are currently  delinquent in the payment of obligations in
         an amount less than  $500,000 in the  aggregate.  For  purposes of this
         subparagraph  an obligation  shall be deemed past due and delinquent if
         it has not been paid when due in accordance with the  understanding  of
         the parties to such transaction or, if there is no such  understanding,
         has not  been  paid  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  date  such
         obligation  was  incurred.  It is expected  that the  $500,000  maximum
         delinquent   amount  will  be  reduced  by  $100,000  per  month  until
         extinguished.  Consequently,  when this  representation and warranty is
         repeated as a condition to the making of the Second Loan,  the $500,000
         amount shall be deemed reduced to the amount  determined by taking into
         account the reductions as set forth in the preceding sentence.

         (i)  There has not been a  material  adverse  change  in the  condition
         (financial or otherwise) of the Company or the  Subsidiaries  from that
         shown in the Company's financial statements included in its Form 10-QSB
         for the  quarter  ending on June 30,  1997,  it being  understood  that
         losses   consistent  with  the  operating   projections   reflected  in
         Borrower's Consolidated Budget attached as Exhibit 3 shall not for this
         reason alone be regarded as a materially adverse change.

         (j) Borrower is a small  business  concern,  as defined under the Small
         Business  investment Act and  Regulations,  in accordance with SBA Form
         480 thereunder  and  accordingly is entitled to receive the proceeds of
         this Loan.

         (k) There are no liens,  security interests or encumbrances of any kind
         on any of the assets of Borrower or any  Subsidiary  which are intended
         to secure the Notes or the Guaranty other than  immaterial  liens,  and
         Lender shall upon the filing of UCC statements as  appropriate  and the
         recording of the Patent and Trademark Assignment have a first perfected
         security  interest  in all such  assets,  except  for a prior  security
         interest  granted or to be granted by  Borrower  of the type  permitted
         under  Section  11 (a) and  the  security  interest  given  to  bonding
         institutions  to  secure   Borrower's   performance  under  outstanding
         municipal contracts.
                                       11
<PAGE>
         (l) Mr. S. Steven  Carl's  employment  agreement  with the Borrower has
         been amended  effective on the date hereof to eliminate  any  incentive
         bonus based on the revenues of CCT Corporation.

         (m) Prior to the date  hereof,  S.  Steven Carl and Shelby Carl and his
         wife, have made equity  investments in Borrower and/or the Subsidiaries
         in an aggregate amount of not less than $1,300,000.

         n) There has not since  December 31, 1996 been any  material  change in
         the ownership or control of Borrower or in the  corporate  structure or
         business of Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries  except as reflected in
         Borrower's  Forms  10-QSB  referred to in Section  9.1(c) and its Proxy
         Statement dated July 8, 1997 (the "Proxy Statement").

         9.2 The representations, warranties and agreements in Section 9.1 apply
to each Loan and shall be deemed to have been made as of the Second Loan Funding
Date by the Borrower to induce Lender to fund the Second Loan.

SECTION 10. CERTAIN AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

         10.1 The  covenants  and  agreements  in this  Section 10 apply to each
Loan.

         10.2 While either Note is outstanding,  the Borrower will do and comply
with the following:

         (a)  Borrower  will  promptly  make all payments of the  principal  and
         interest on each Note when due;

         (b)  Borrower  will  comply  with  the  terms  and  conditions  in this
         Agreement and in those contained in each Collateral Document;

         (c) Borrower  will keep  accurate  and  complete  books and records and
         maintain them at its principal  office set forth in the first  sentence
         of the Agreement.

         (d)      Borrower will furnish to Lender:

                  (i) within  ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year
                  consolidated and consolidating  balance sheets of Borrower and
                  consolidated and  consolidating  income statements of Borrower
                  showing the financial condition as of the close of such fiscal
                  year and the  results of its  operations  for such fiscal year
                  and consolidated and consolidating statements of shareholders'
                  equity  of  Borrower  and   consolidated   and   consolidating
                  statements  of cash flows of  Borrower.  All of the  foregoing
                  Consolidated   Financial   Statements  to  be  audited  by  an
                  independent certified public
                                       12
<PAGE>
                  accountant   ("CPA")   selected  by  Borrower  and  reasonably
                  acceptable to Lender; it being agreed that Borrower's  current
                  CPAs are acceptable to Lender;

                  (ii) within  forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal
                  quarter,  unaudited  consolidated  and  consolidating  balance
                  sheets, income statements,  statements of shareholders' equity
                  and statements of cash flows of Borrower as of the end of such
                  quarterly   period,   prepared  and  certified  by  the  Chief
                  Financial   Officer  of  Borrower  as  presenting  fairly  the
                  financial  condition and results of operations of Borrower and
                  having been prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
                  accounting principles subject to year-end adjustments;

                  (iii) copies of each report of Borrower  filed pursuant to the
                  Securities Exchange Act of 1934,  simultaneous with its filing
                  with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         (e) For purposes of verifying Borrower's compliance with the provisions
         of this Agreement,  Borrower shall permit any authorized representative
         of Lender and its attorneys  and  accountants  to inspect,  examine and
         make  copies  and  abstracts  of the books of  account  and  records of
         Borrower and the  Subsidiaries  at  reasonable  times and upon five (5)
         business day's notice during normal business hours,  and to inspect the
         collateral given as security for the Loans and the Guaranty;

         (f) Borrower shall notify Lender of (i) litigation involving amounts of
         $25,000.  or more to  which  Borrower  or a  Subsidiary  is a party  by
         mailing to Lender by certified  mail within five (5)  business  days of
         receipt thereof, a copy of the complaint, motion for judgment, or other
         such  pleadings  served on or by Borrower or a Subsidiary  and (ii) any
         litigation  to which  Borrower or a Subsidiary is not a party but which
         could substantially and adversely affect the operation of Borrower's or
         a  Subsidiary's  business  or the  collateral  pledged for this Loan by
         mailing to Lender by certified  mail, a copy of all pleadings  obtained
         by  Borrower  or a  Subsidiary  regarding  such  litigation,  or  if no
         pleadings are obtained,  a letter setting out the facts known about the
         litigation  within five (5) business days of receipt thereof.  Mailings
         under this paragraph shall be addressed to:

                         Abraham Goldstein, Managing Director
                         InterEquity Capital Partners, L.P.
                         220 Fifth Avenue
                         New York, New York 10001

         (g)  Borrower  shall  continue,  and shall  cause the  Subsidiaries  to
         continue, their respective businesses in substantially the same general
         character and manner as conducted as of the date of this  Agreement and
         to  maintain,  preserve and keep,  in all  material  respects all their
         respective properties,  buildings, equipment and fixtures necessary for
         the operation of their respective  businesses in reasonable  repair and
         condition  and  promptly  pay and  discharge  or  cause  to be paid and
         discharged  as and  when  due any  and all  income  taxes,  federal  or
         otherwise,  lawfully  assessed and imposed  upon them,  and any and all
         lawful  taxes,  rates,  levies and  assessments  whatsoever  upon their
         respective properties and every part thereof,
                                       13
<PAGE>
         provided  however that nothing  contained  herein shall be construed as
         prohibiting  Borrower or a Subsidiary from contesting in good faith the
         validity of any such income taxes, federal or otherwise,  or such other
         taxes, rates, levies or assessments;

         (i) Borrower shall defend and cause the  Subsidiaries  to defend at all
         times any claim by a third  party  relating  to the  possession  of, or
         interest in, their respective assets;

         (j) Borrower shall make and cause the Subsidiaries to make all payments
         to  creditors  as shall be  necessary  to  preserve  Lender's  security
         interests in the collateral given to secure the Loans and the Guaranty;

         (k) Borrower  shall execute and deliver and cause the  Subsidiaries  to
         execute and deliver to Lender  either before or after  disbursement  of
         either  Loan,  all  documents  necessary to perfect  Lender's  security
         interests or mortgages in the collateral  given (A) to secure the Loans
         including   (but  not  limited  to)  extensions  of  the  Affidavit  of
         Confession   of   Judgment   referred  to  in  Section  7  and  (B)  to
         collateralize the Guaranty;

         (l) The consolidated net worth of Borrower shall at all times up to and
         including December 30, 1998 exceed  $2,600,000,  and at all times on or
         after December 30, 1998 shall exceed $2,800,000.

         (m) The (i)  consolidated  EBITDA  of  Borrower  for  the  year  ending
         December 31, 1997 shall not result in a loss  greater  than  $1,400,000
         and (ii) the consolidated EBITDA of Borrower for each year beginning on
         or after January 1, 1998 shall exceed $700,000.

         (n) The  Consolidated  Revenues  of  Borrower  for  1997  shall  exceed
         $6,000,000 and for each year thereafter shall exceed $8,500,000.

         (o) The Interest  Coverage for each year  beginning on or after January
         1, 1998 shall be not less than 1.5 to 1.

         (p) The  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  for each year  beginning  on or after
         January 1, 1998 shall be not less than 1.1 to 1.

         (q) The President or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower shall submit a
         semi-annual  certification to Lender that to the best of such officer's
         knowledge and belief,  Borrower is in compliance with all of the terms,
         provisions, conditions and covenants set forth in this Loan Agreement.

         (r) Borrower  shall,  at all times,  keep  reserved  for issuance  that
         number of shares of capital  stock as may be  required  to be issued in
         connection  with the exercise of the  Warrants  issued and to be issued
         hereunder.

         (s) Employment and Non-Compete  Agreements with S. Steven Carl and John
         Johnson and with such other key operating  and  technical  personnel as
         requested  by  Lender,  copies of 
                                       14
<PAGE>
         which  have been  delivered  to Lender  shall  remain in full force and
         effect without any modification or amendment thereof.

         (t)  Borrower  shall  maintain  insurance  on the  business  assets  of
         Borrower and key man life  insurance on the lives of S. Steven Carl and
         John  Johnson in the amounts of at least  $500,000 for each such person
         from licensed  carriers,  all in accordance with its current  practice,
         with the  policies  thereon  made payable to Lender as its interest may
         appear.

         (u) Borrower and each Subsidiary  shall comply with all federal,  state
         and local laws, ordinances,  regulations and requirements applicable to
         them and to their respective businesses, including (without limitation)
         federal and state securities laws and zoning laws and ordinances except
         where the failure to so comply would not have a material adverse effect
         on Borrower and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

SECTION 11. CERTAIN NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         Until  such date as the Loans are repaid in full,  and except  with the
prior  written   consent  of  Lender  (whose  consent  may  be  refused  without
explanation and without any legal recourse by Borrower), Borrower will not:

         (a) except for a loan up to $1,500,000 from a financial  institution to
         be secured by  Borrower's  accounts  receivable  and inventory on terms
         acceptable to Lender and equipment  leases and purchase  money security
         interests  and  credit  card  obligations  in the  ordinary  course  of
         business,  borrow any money or permit a Subsidiary  to borrow any money
         except  for intra  corporate  borrowings  between  the  Borrower  and a
         Subsidiary or between Subsidiaries.

         (b)  engage or permit a  Subsidiary  to engage in any line of  business
         materially different from those which Borrower and the Subsidiaries are
         now engaged in;

         (c) become,  or permit a Subsidiary to become, a party to any merger or
         consolidation  with any  corporation,  company  or  entity  of any kind
         whatsoever,  or sell  substantially  all of its  assets,  or  otherwise
         liquidate or dispose of its  business,  provided  that  nothing  herein
         shall prevent a merger or sale of assets  between or among Borrower and
         the Subsidiaries;

         (d)  become,   or  permit  a  Subsidiary  to  become,  a  guarantor  of
         obligations of any other person, firm, corporation or entity, except in
         connection with depositing checks and other instruments for the payment
         of money acquired in the normal course of their respective businesses;

         (e) except as otherwise contemplated herein,  transfer,  sell, lease or
         in any other  manner  convey or  permit a  Subsidiary  to so do, to any
         person other than in the ordinary course of its business any equitable,
         beneficial or legal interest in any of the  collateral  securing a Loan
         or the Guaranty;
                                       15
<PAGE>
         (f) except as otherwise  contemplated herein, create or permit to exist
         any mortgage  interest,  pledge,  security  interest,  title  retention
         device, or other  encumbrance in the collateral  securing the Notes and
         the  Guaranty  junior to Lender's  lien or security  interest  thereon,
         except for liens of taxes and  assessments  not delinquent or contested
         in  good  faith,  nonmaterial  liens  for  workman's  compensation  and
         unemployment obligations or those machinery and equipment purchases and
         leases  which  may  arise  in the  ordinary  and  necessary  course  of
         business;

         (g)  knowingly  permit any  judgment  obtained  against  Borrower  or a
         Subsidiary in an amount exceeding $10,000 to remain unpaid for a period
         of thirty (30) days  following the entry thereof,  without  obtaining a
         stay of execution or bonding or causing such judgment to be bonded;

         (h) pay any dividends or make any other  distributions  with respect to
         its capital stock;

         (i) pay any bonus to or  increase  the  salary of any  employee  if the
         effect of such payment would cause a breach of any other representation
         or  covenant  made by Borrower in this  Agreement,  including,  without
         limitation, the covenants set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement;

         (j) increase the salary of and/or pay a bonus to any executive  officer
         of Borrower which in the aggregate  exceed 5% of his  compensation  for
         any year;

         (k) make any payment to any  executive  officer of Borrower for salary,
         bonus or otherwise  (whether or not such salary has been earned or such
         other  payment  is due) if the  effect of such  payment  would  cause a
         breach of any other representation or covenant made by Borrower in this
         Agreement,  including,  without limitation,  the covenants set forth in
         Section 10 of this Agreement; provided that any payment so deferred may
         thereafter  be made to the extent that such  payment  would not cause a
         breach of any other  representation  or covenant  made by  Borrowers in
         this Agreement,  including, without limitation, the covenants set forth
         in this Section or in Section 9 or 10 of this Agreement.

SECTION 12. REPRESENTATION ON BORROWER'S BOARD OF DIRECTORS

         12.1 Upon request of Lender,  Borrower shall cause a person  designated
by Lender,  to be elected to serve as a member of Borrower's  Board of Directors
for so long as either of the Notes remain unpaid.

         12.2 If Lender does not elect to  designate  a nominee for  election to
the Borrower's Board of Directors it shall have the right to send an observer to
all  meetings of the Board in which case it
                                       16
<PAGE>
shall be entitled to receive notice of all Board meetings in the same course and
manner as the directors comprising the Board.

         12.3  Upon the  occurrence,  and  continuation,  for six  months,  of a
default by Borrower of any of its covenants under this Agreement, Borrower shall
at Lender's request cause a second person  designated by Lender to be elected to
its Board of  Directors,  such person to serve as a director  until all defaults
under this Agreement are cured.

SECTION 13. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         13.1 The  occurrence  of each of the following is an "Event of Default"
or "default" under this Agreement and under each Collateral Document:

         (a)  the  failure  to  make  any   payment   (whether   for   interest,
         amortization,  unpaid principal or otherwise) under this Agreement or a
         Note within ten (10) days after being due;

         (b) the failure of  Borrower to perform,  observe or comply with any of
         the covenants, agreements,  obligations,  requirements or provisions in
         this Agreement or in a collateral Document,  and such failure continues
         for ten (10) days after written notice thereof is given;

         (c) any representation or warranty in this Agreement or in a Collateral
         Document  is  not  true  or  correct  as of  the  date  or  dates  such
         representation is deemed made;

         (d) the failure by a Subsidiary to comply with the Guaranty;

         (e) Borrower or a Subsidiary  shall commit an act of bankruptcy  within
         the  meaning  of  the  Federal   Bankruptcy   code  or  a   bankruptcy,
         receivership, insolvency,  reorganization,  dissolution, liquidation or
         other similar  proceeding shall be instituted by or against Borrower or
         a Subsidiary and in the case of a  non-voluntary  proceeding such party
         consents  thereto or fails to cause such  proceeding to be dismissed or
         discharged within sixty (60) days;

         (f) Except as  described  in Section  9.1(h),  Borrower or a Subsidiary
         shall be in default after expiration of all cure periods on any debt or
         obligation greater than $25,000.00 whether or not secured by any of the
         collateral given to secure a Loan; and

         (g) a judgment or tax lien is filed  against  Borrower or a  Subsidiary
         and it is not paid or  discharged  by bond or otherwise  stayed  within
         thirty (30) days;

         (h)  the  death  or  permanent  disability  of S.  Steven  Carl or John
         Johnson;
                                       17
<PAGE>
         (i) there has occurred since December 31, 1996 a material change in the
         ownership  or control of  Borrower  or in the  corporate  structure  of
         Borrower or any of the  Subsidiaries  except as  reflected in either of
         Borrower's  Forms  1O-QSB  referred  in Section  9.1(c) or in the Proxy
         Statement.

         13.2 Borrower hereby waives  presentment,  demand,  notice of dishonor,
protest or further notice of any kind. As a result,  if any installment or other
sum is not paid when due, Lender does not have to notify Borrower before
enforcing its rights to collect all amounts due.

SECTION 14. IRREGULAR PAYMENT

         14.1 Lender may accept late  payments and partial  payments even though
marked "payment in full" or words of similar  import,  without losing any of its
rights under this Agreement or under the Notes.

SECTION 15. DELAY IN ENFORCEMENT

         15.1 Lender may delay in enforcing its rights under this Agreement or a
Collateral Document without losing or prejudicing such rights.

SECTION 16. NO BROKER

         16.1 Borrower  represents  and warrants to Lender that it has not dealt
with any broker or finder,  whether or not  licensed,  in  connection  with this
Agreement or the loan transactions under this Agreement.

         16.2 Borrower agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Lender from
any and all Claims and Expenses  based on, or arising from,  its  representation
and warranty in Section 16.1.

SECTION 17. LOAN EXPENSES

         17.1  Borrower  agrees  to pay,  promptly  after  demand  is made,  all
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred by Lender in  connection  with the
making, perfection or enforcement of the loan transactions which are the subject
of this  Agreement,  including  (but not  limited  to)  Lender's  legal
                                       18
<PAGE>
fees and disbursements and other miscellaneous expenses.  Borrower has delivered
its check for $7,500 to Lender's counsel Morse,  Zelnick,  Rose & Lander, LLP on
account of legal fees and  disbursements to be incurred by it in connection with
this  transaction  and will  deliver  a check  for the  balance  of its fees and
disbursements   incurred  in  connection   therewith  at  the  Closing   against
presentation of a bill for such service and disbursements.

SECTION 18. NOTICES

         18.1 Unless otherwise  expressly  provided elsewhere in this Agreement,
any notice, request, consent, election, demand or other communication ("notice")
to be given or made by the parties under this  Agreement  must be in writing and
either:

         (a)  delivered by hand,  telecopier  or  overnight  delivery by Federal
         Express or other recognized carrier; or

         (b) sent by certified or registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested,
         postage prepaid.

         18.2 Each notice to be given:

         (a) to Lender, will be addressed to:

                    Abraham Goldstein, Managing Director
                    InterEquity Capital Partners, L.P.
                    220 Fifth Avenue
                    New York, New York 10001

         (b) to  Borrower,  will be  addressed to it at its address set forth in
         the preamble on page 1 of this Agreement.

         18.3 A copy of each  notice  must  be sent  simultaneously  and in like
manner to the following persons:

         (a) (in case of a notice to Lender) to:

                    Morse, Zelnick, Rose & Lander, LLP
                    450 Park Avenue, Suite 902
                    New York, New York 10022
                    Att'n: Howard L. Weinreich, Esq.
                                       19
<PAGE>
         (b) (in the case of a notice to Borrower) to:

                    Graubard, Mollen & Miller
                    600 Third Avenue
                    New York, New York 10016
                    Att'n: David Alan Miller

         18.4  Borrower  and Lender  may,  by notice to the  others,  change the
address to which future notices are to be sent or add or change a person to whom
a notice or a copy of a notice is to be sent.

         18.5 Unless otherwise provided elsewhere in this Agreement, each notice
shall be considered to be given on:

         (a)  the  date  delivered  by hand or  telecopier  (unless  it is not a
         business  day or is not  received  before 5:30 P.M.,  in which case the
         notice shall be  considered  given on the next business day after being
         sent);

         (b) the next business day after being sent by overnight courier;

         (c) the third full business day  following the date of mailing  postage
         prepaid in the United States Mail.

However,  a notice of a change of address  of person  pursuant  to Section  18.4
shall not be deemed given until received.

         18.6 A notice that is mailed must be  deposited  into an official  mail
depository  maintained by the United States Postal Service or (if mailed outside
the United States) by an equivalent postal authority.

         18.7  Failure  to accept a notice is deemed  receipt of it and does not
invalidate the notice or excuse the performance of an obligation.

SECTION 19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

         19.1  All  prior  and  contemporaneous   statements,   representations,
promises, understandings,  agreements, projections and opinions, whether written
or oral made to each other 
                                       20
<PAGE>
with regard to this transaction, are merged in this Agreement and have no effect
unless  they  are  expressly   contained  in  this  Agreement.   This  Agreement
constitutes our entire agreement.

SECTION 20. CHANGES AND WAIVERS

         20.1 A provision  of this  Agreement  will be  considered  to have been
changed  or waived  only if the  change or waiver is  expressly  made in writing
signed by the party to be charged.

         20.2 The failure to insist on strict  performance of any provision will
not mean  that  the  provision  has been  waived  or that  the  right to  insist
thereafter on strict performance of that or any other provision has been waived.

SECTION 21. PARTIES TO COOPERATE

         21.1 Each party will reasonably cooperate with the other to close these
loan transactions.

         21.2 In  furtherance  of such  cooperation,  each  party  will  obtain,
execute and deliver such  documents as are in its  possession or control and are
reasonably  necessary in order to close or effectuate or confirm any  provisions
of this Agreement.

SECTION 22. GOVERNING LAW; VENUE FOR LAWSUITS

         22.1 The laws of the State of New York will govern this  Agreement  and
the  interpretation  and enforcement of its provisions,  without regard to legal
principles of conflict of laws.

         22.2 The parties each hereby agree that any action,  suit or proceeding
under this  Agreement  shall be brought in the State of New York, and each party
hereby submits to the  jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York (both
State and Federal).  Borrower  hereby  irrevocably  appoints  Messrs.  Graubard,
Mollen & Miller,  600 Third Avenue,  New York,  New York 10016 as its authorized
agent upon whom  process may be served in any such action,  suit or  proceeding.
Borrower  agrees  that  service  of  process  on such  agent with a copy of such
process  delivered to Borrower in the manner  permitted  under  Section 18 shall
constitute  effective  service  
                                       21
<PAGE>
upon it Borrower agrees to take any and all actions, including the execution and
filing of all documents and  instruments,  as may be necessary or appropriate to
effect and continue the  appointment of such agent in full force and effect,  or
if  necessary  by reason of any fact or  condition  relating to such  agent,  to
replace  such agent to the  satisfaction  of Lender  and  Borrower  agrees  that
service of process upon such agent or any  replacement  therefore with a copy to
it shall be deemed in every  respect  effective  service  of process in any such
suit, action or proceeding in any such court.

SECTION 23. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

         23.1 Each Party  waives the right to a trial by jury in any  litigation
arising under this agreement or under any ancillary document.

         23.2 Any claim for which a jury trial  cannot  legally be waived  shall
not be  asserted  as a  counterclaim  or joined with any lawsuit in which a jury
trial is waived,  unless the  failure to assert it would  prevent the claim from
being made later.

SECTION 24. INVALID PROVISIONS SEVERED

         24.1  The  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any  provision  of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity of the other provisions,  which shall be
enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

SECTION 25. CAPTIONS; EXHIBITS; AND GRAMMAR

         25.1 The paragraph captions are for convenience only. They are not part
of the  text  of  this  Agreement  and  are  not to be  used  to  interpret  its
provisions.

         25.2 All Exhibits to this Agreement are  incorporated  in, and are part
of, this Agreement as fully as though set forth herein.

         25.3 All  references  in this  Agreement  to a  Section,  paragraph  or
Exhibit mean a Section or paragraph of this Agreement or an Exhibit  attached to
this Agreement.
                                       22
<PAGE>
         25.4 The use of the  singular  includes  the  plural and the use of any
gender  includes  any  other  gender  whenever  required  by the  sense  of this
Agreement

SECTION 26. REIMBURSEMENT FOR ENFORCEMENT

         26.1 In the event  Borrower  fails to  perform  any of its  obligations
under this Agreement or under any Collateral  Document,  then Borrower shall pay
any and  all  Claims  and  Expenses  incurred  by the  Lender  in  enforcing  or
establishing its rights hereunder or thereunder.

SECTION 27. NO NEGATIVE CONSTRUCTION AGAINST DRAFTING PARTY

         27.1  The  parties  acknowledge  that  they are  sophisticated  and are
represented by experienced,  knowledgeable attorneys. The parties agree that the
normal  rules of  construction  to resolve  ambiguities  against the party whose
counsel  drafted this Agreement shall not be followed in the  interpretation  of
this Agreement.  Consequently,  no negative inference or interpretation shall be
made by a court in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement against the party
whose attorney drafted this Agreement.

SECTION 28. NO OTHER PARTIES

         The  representations,  warranties and agreements of Borrower  contained
herein are intended solely for the benefit of Lender, and shall confer no rights
hereunder,  whether legal or equitable,  in any other third person, and no other
person shall be entitled to rely thereon.

SECTION 29. COUNTERPARTS

         29.1 This Agreement may be signed in  counterparts,  each of which will
be deemed an original  document.  All counterparts  will constitute one document
which may be sufficiently  evidenced by one such  Counterpart.  Each counterpart
will be binding on the signatory to such counterpart  notwithstanding that it is
not signed by both signatories to this Agreement.
                                       23
<PAGE>
SECTION 30. INDEMNIFICATION

         30.1 Borrower indemnifies Lender, its officers,  directors,  principals
and affiliates from and against any Claims and Expenses  incurred or suffered by
them or any of them  arising  out of the  transactions  contemplated  hereunder,
except that this  indemnification  shall not apply to any liability  incurred by
the Lender to the Borrower or to any Person as a result of the gross  negligence
or willful misconduct of the Lender, its officers, directors,  employees, agents
and participating lenders.

SECTION 31. LENDER'S RIGHT TO TRANSFER AND ASSIGN

         31.1 Lender has the right, in its sole and absolute discretion, without
consent or  affecting  the  obligations  of  Borrower,  to  transfer  and assign
participation  interests  in one or both  Notes  given  to it  pursuant  to this
Agreement  together  with its  rights  hereunder  under one or more of the other
Collateral  Documents,  provided  that if  there is more  than  one  participant
(including Lender) then all participants shall designate one party who shall for
all purposes of the transactions  contemplated  under this Agreement act for and
on behalf of all participants.

SECTION 32. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

         32.1 This Agreement shall bind Borrower and its successors.

         32.2  This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon and  shall  inure to the
benefit of Lender,  its successors and assigns.  Any reference in this Agreement
to Lender shall include its successors and assigns. 
                                       24
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Borrower and Lender have executed this  Agreement
and  affixed  their  seals as of the date first above  stated.  

(SEAL)                                  H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                                        By: /s/ John P. Johnson
                                           -------------------------


                                        INTEREQUITY CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.P.


                                        By: /s/ [SIGNATURE ILLEGIBLE]
                                           -------------------------
                                       25
<PAGE>
                           Exhibit 3 to Loan Agreement



                H.E.R.C. Products Incorporated and Subsidiaries
                         2202 W. Lone Cactus Drive #15
                               Phoenix, AZ 85027



                                 1997 FORECAST
<PAGE>
HERC PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
                                                   CONSOLIDATED BUDGET 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D
Revenue                                   Jan         Feb        Mar        Apr        May       Jun        Jul
<S>                                    <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>        
Sales - PK                               50,570      18,270     33,750     19,000    170,175    113,066   111,260  
Sales - PW                               13,234      12,301      8,688      9,639      9,878      9,996    11,937  
Sales - WK                               14,657       6,645      5.065      5,100      8,000      4,580     6,395  
Sales - CH                               10,685       5,250          0      5,008      5,145      5,187     5,355  
Sales - HCP                             164,318     293,309    168,803    111,600    118,779    151,115   147,765  
Sales - CCT                              81,758     106.156    100,610    176,953    277,877    266,721    93,520  
                                                                                    
Total Revenue                           335,222     441,931    316,916    327,300    587,854    550,665   376,232  
                                                                                    
Cost of Goods Sold                                                                  
                                                                                    
COGS - PK                                23,202      21,982     14,695     44,988    149,254    233,675    68,047  
COGS - PW                                 3,319       4,902      2,458      4,145      2,976      2,587     3,165  
COGS - WK                                 9,525       1,961      1,902      1,440      2,132      1,190     2,008  
COGS - CH                                 1,684         819          0      1,166        872        706       999  
COGS - HCP                              139,786     202,406     42,142     68,733     75,433    103,578   102,656  
COGS - CCT                               40,132      41,086     55,691     89,649    155,592    149,858    47,616  
                                                                                    
Total Cost of Goods Sold                217,648     273,156     26,888    210,121    386,259    491,513   224,491  
                                                                                    
Gross Profit                            117,574     168,775    100,028    117,179    201,595     59,152   151,741  
                                        -------     -------    -------    -------    -------     ------   -------  
                                             35%         38%        32%        36%        34%        11%       40%  
                                                                                    
Selling Expenses                                                                    
                                                                                    
Selling Expenses - PK                    25,754      18,328     27,747     21,612     33,979     29,848    26,678  
Selling Expenses - PW                     7,280       6,867      6,051      7,906      5,604      6,220     5,624  
Selling Expenses - WK                     5,026       5,160      4,476      4,780      4,751      4,531     5,343  
Selling Expenses - CH                         0           0          0          0          0          0         0  
Selling Expenses - HCP                   44,339      58,449     49,890     47,379     30,874     31,434    39,683  
Selling Expenses - CCT                   42,419      49,409     70,917     47,810     54,897     38,394    36,807  
                                                                                    
Total Selling Expenses                  124,818     138,203    159,081    129,487    130,105    110,427   114,135  
                                                                                    
General & Administrative Expenses                                                                           
                                                                                    
G&A Expenses - PK                        36,661      32,618     39,654     72,500     29,283     75,149    65,664  
G&A Expenses - PW                           155         284        198        112        128        143       139  
G&A Expenses - WK                           517         125        325        549        347        130       245  
G&A Expenses - CH                             0           0          0          0          0          0         0  
G&A Expenses - HCP                          856       7,546     28,920      6,812      3,108      2,690     2,006  
G&A Expenses - CCT                       19,172      14,823      9,054     14,823     16,201     14,714    14,616  
G&A Expenses - Corporate                148,090     149,748    339,946    109,495    118,849    159,896   153,767  
                                                                                    
Total G & A Expenses                    205,451     205,144    418,907    204,291    165,916    252,722   236,437  
                                                                                    
Total SG&A Expenses                     330,269     343,347    577,178    333,778    296,021    363,149   350,572  
                                                                                    
Other Income Expenses                                                               
                                                                                    
Interest Income                           4,843      10,038      2,953       (472)     4,275      2,059       200  
Interest Expense                         (1,302)       (446)    (2,549)    (1,295)    (3,694)     1,935    (2,525) 
                                                                                    
Total Other Income/Expense                3,541       9,592        404     (1,767)        581     3,994    (2,325)  
                                                                                    
Net Income (Loss)                      (209,154)   (164,980)  (476,746)  (218,366)   (93,845)  (300,003) (201,156)  
                                       --------    --------   --------   --------    -------   --------  --------   
                                         -62.39%     -37.33%   -150.43%    -66.72%    -15.96%    -54.48%   -53.47%  



                                       A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D
                                                                       
Revenue                                   Aug          Sep          Oct          Nov         Dec             Total
<S>                                     <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Sales - PK                              129,500      130,000      345,300      115,000     125,000         1,860,591   
Sales - PW                               10,000       15,000       15,300       15,000      15,000           145,673   
Sales - WK                               10,000       25,000       25,300       20,000      20,000           141,442   
Sales - CH                                5,200       10,000       10,300       10,000      10,000            81,830   
Sales - HCP                             157,174      172,064      186,355      201,845     216,735         2,090,463   
Sales - CCT                             225,000      300,000      150,000       52,626      51,154         1,892,377   
                                                                                                                       
Total Revenue                           536,874      652,064      731.955      924,473     437,889         6,219,376   
                                                                                                                       
Cost of Goods Sold                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                       
COGS - PK                                80,073       89,740      157,071      306,073      83,921         1,272,721   
COGS - PW                                 3,200        4,800        4,800        4,800       4,800            45,952   
COGS - WK                                 3,400        8,500        8,500        6.800       6,800            54,077   
COGS - CH                                 1,768        3,400        3,400        3,400       3,400            21,614   
COGS - HCP                               97,088      105,642      114,972      124,302     133,632         1,410,370   
COGS - CCT                              128,255      155,023       75,661       33,543      20,055           992,161   
                                                                                                                       
Total Cost of Goods Sold                313,783      367,105      364,405      478,918     252,608         3,796,895   
                                                                                                                       
Gross Profit                            223,901      284,959      367,550      445,555     185,281         2,422,481   
                                        -------      -------      -------      -------     -------         ---------   
                                            42%          44%          50%          48%         42%               39%   
                                                                                                                       
Selling Expenses                                                                                                       
                                                                                                                       
Selling Expenses - PK                    20,855       21,275       24,600       24,600      19,050           294,324   
Selling Expenses - PW                     6,343        8,343        6,343        7,843       6,343            80,757   
Selling Expenses - WK                    13,264       10,728       10,728       10,328      10,328            89,443   
Selling Expenses - CH                         0            0            0            0           0                 0   
Selling Expenses - HCP                   42,889       39,088       40,922       40,922      41,267           505,937   
Selling Expenses - CCT                   54,938       57,934       27,614       27,614      24,832           547,739   
                                                                                                                       
Total Selling Expenses                  138,288      137,313      123,216      111,307     101,819         1,518,200   
                                                                                                                       
General & Administrative Expenses
                                                                                                                       
G&A Expenses - PK                        29,253       39,253       39,253       39,253      39,253           537,793   
G&A Expenses - PW                           190          190          190          190         190             2,109   
G&A Expenses - WK                           525          525          525          525         525             4,863   
G&A Expenses - CH                             0            0            0            0           0                 0   
G&A Expenses - HCP                          583        3,083          583        1,183         583            57,955   
G&A Expenses - CCT                       17,385       13,218       13,218       13,218      13,218           173,660   
G&A Expenses - Corporate                107,527      102,420       94,420       94,920      94,420         1,671,497   
                                                                                                                       
Total G & A Expenses                    155,463      158,689      148,189      149,289     148,189         2,447,876   
                                                                                                                       
Total SG&A Expenses                     293,751      296,002      271,405      260,596     250,008         3,966,077   
                                                                                                                       
Other Income Expenses                                                                                                  
                                                                                                                       
Interest Income                             200          200          200          200         200            24,896   
Interest Expense                         (3,757)      (8,006)     (11,715)     (13,735)    (13,731)          (80,820)  
                                                                                                                       
Total Other Income/Expense               (3,557)      (7,806)     (11,515)     (13,535)    (13,531)          (35,924)   
                                                                                                                       
Net Income (Loss)                       (74,217)     (18,848)      84,630      171,424     (78,258)       (1,579,520)   
                                        -------      -------       ------      -------     -------        ----------    
                                         -13.82%       -2.89%       11.58^       18.54%     -17.87%           -25.40%   
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
HERC PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
                                       CORPORATE BUDGET 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
General & Administrative                 A   C   T   U   A   L       P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D
                             Jan           Feb          Mar           Apr           May          Jun           Jul  
<S>                       <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         
Auto                          796         1,380          952         2,424         1,276         1,410         1,000     
Amortization                9,808         9,808        9,808         9,808         9,808        10,980        10,024     
Bank Charges                   20           570            1           157           173        12,941        13,700     
Depreciation Expense        5,100         5,100        5,100         5,100         5,100        (7,201)        3,050     
Dues & Subscriptions        4,000           261          107           962             0           200             0     
Education Expenses              0            65          299             0             0             0             0     
Meals and Entertainment     1,533           674        2,084         2,621           941         3,021         1,500     
Equipment Rental Office     4,193         2,766        2,858           572         2,858         2,858         2,858     
401K 10% Match                153             0          655           261           131           394           150     
Insurance - Health          6,153         4,927        7,676         4,154         5,051         7,061         6,143     
Insurance - Liab./D&O      17,270         6,956       14,330         9,644        12,602        11,940        12,500     
Legal & Professional       12,847        26,548       43,218        12,766        24,146        19,194        19,607     
Maint. & Repairs Office       927           213          849           678           298           676            54     
Moving Expenses                 0             0            0             0             0             0             0     
Patent Expenses                 0             0            3             4             0           (39)            0     
Payroll Office             11,715        11,251       10,212         9,422        11,263        13,393        12,794     
Payroll Officers           37,730        47,542      196,292        13,958        22,708        41,958        34,958     
Payroll Support             3,317         3,167        3,217         3,267         3,167         3,345         3,580     
Payroll Expenses            8,392         5,606        6,771         6,425         4,568         5,406         4,580     
Permits/Licenses/Fees           0             0            0            60             0         4,396            76     
Postage                     1,725           884          987         1,491           563         1,576         1,050     
Printing                      439           417        2,576           324           821           173         6,000     
Rent                        9,841         9,722        9,819         9,755         2,316         9,074         9,074     
R & D Expense                   0             0            0         1,035            61             5             0     
Supplies Office             3,051         1,688        2,151         1,843           896         3,130         2,000     
Telephone                   2,956         3,524        3,733         3,757         4,097         3,135         2,835     
Taxes - Other                   0             0        4,151             2            82         1,546            34     
Testing Expenses               42             0        3,787           (50)            0             0             0     
Travel                      5,465         5,481        7,309         7,657         3,229         8,524         5,000     
Utilities                     615             0          801         1,398           692           800         1,200     
                         
Total G&A Expenses        148,090       149,748      339,946       109,495       116,849       159,896       153,767     
                         
Other Income/Expense                      

Other Income (Expense)      4,843        10,038        2,953          (472)        4,275         2,059           200     
Interest Expense             (798)            0         (905)         (139)       (1,390)       (1,235)       (1,100)    
                         
Total Other Income/Expense  4,045        10,038        2,046          (611)        2,885           824          (900)    
                  


General & Administrative                 A   C   T   U   A   L       P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D

                               Aug           Sep           Oct           Nov           Dec         Total     
<S>                         <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>          
Auto                          1,000         1,000         1,000         1,000         1,000        12,240    
Amortization                 10,024        10,024        10,024        10,024        10,024       120,164    
Bank Charges                      0             0             0             0             0        27,562    
Depreciation Expense          3,050         3,050         3,050         3,050         3,050        36,599    
Dues & Subscriptions            100           100           100           100           100         8,030    
Education Expenses                0             0             0             0             0           364    
Meals and Entertainment       1,700         1,000         1,000         1,500         1,000        16,574    
Equipment Rental Office       2,858         2,858         2,858         2,858         2,858        33,253    
401K 10% Match                  300           300           300           300           300         3,244    
Insurance - Health            5,000         5,000         5,000         5,000         5,000        66,365    
Insurance - Liab./D&O        13,750        13,750        13,750        13,750        13,750       153,992    
Legal & Professional         13,219        12,200         4,700         4,700         4,700       197,845    
Maint. & Repairs Office         500           500           500           500           500         8,195    
Moving Expenses                   0             0             0             0             0             0    
Patent Expenses                   0             0             0             0             0           (32)   
Payroll Office               12,750        11,001        11,001        11,001        11,001       138,804    
Payroll Officers             15,334        15,334        15,334        15,334        15,334       471,816    
Payroll Support               3,506         3,506         3,506         3,506         3,506        40,590    
Payroll Expenses              3,862         3,223         3,223         3,223         3,223        59,701    
Permits/Licenses/Fees             0             0             0             0             0         4,532    
Postage                         900           900           900           900           900        12,776    
Printing                        200           200           200           200           200        11,750    
Rent                          9,074         9,074         9,074         9,074         9,074       104,971    
R & D Expense                     0             0             0             0             0         1,101    
Supplies Office               1,500         1,500         1,500         1,500         1,500        22,259    
Telephone                     2,700         2,700         2,700         2,700         2,700        37,537    
Taxes - Other                     0             0             0             0             0         5,815    
Testing Expenses                  0             0             0             0             0         3,779    
Travel                        5,000         4,000         4,000         4,000         4,000        63,665    
Utilities                     1,200         1,200           700           700           700        10,006    
                                                                                                             
Total G&A Expenses          107,527       102,420        94,420        94,420        94,420     1,671,497    
                                                                                                             
Other Income/Expense                                                                                         
                                                                                                             
Other Income (Expense)          200           200           200           200           200        24,896    
Interest Expense             (2,315)       (6,587)      (10,280)      (12,305)      (12,305)      (49,339)   
                                                                                                             
Total Other Income/Expense   (2,115)       (6,367)      (10,080)      (12,105)      (12,105)      (24,443)   
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
HERC PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
                                                PIPE KLEAN BUDGET 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D
                                Jan         Feb           Mar           Apr          May          Jun           Jul       
<S>                           <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>        <C>             <C>        
Net Sales                     50,570       18,270        33,750       19,000       170,175      113,066       111,260     


Cost of Goods Sold

Inventory                      3,176        1,305         2,868       16,486        26,556       10,248         3,245     
Meals - Operations               567          500             0        2,150         8,229        4,513         9,978     
Contract labor                     0          167           287           72        10,717        8,498         7,408     
Freight                        3,033        3,108           470        1,219         3,664        8,784         2,345     
Insurance - Health               708          628         1,374            0           660          659         4,800     
Lab Fees                           0          182             0          936             0            0             0     
Maint. & Repairs                   0          716           551            0         5,918       (4,463)          769     
Payroll - Operations           9,690        6,902         7,770       12,682        38,664       71,042        29,115     
Payroll Expenses                 817          528           589          787         2,846        3,073         2,832     
Subcontractors                     0            0             0            0         3,360       30,889        (5,130)    
Supplies                         675        4,175           333        1,667        14,341       11,998          1,28     
MRU Repairs                      368          150           188        1,925         1,083            0         1,230     
Travel - Operations            3,698        1,663           275        2,257        10,602       14,309        23,900     
Other                            470        1,852            60        2,448        10,365       49,387       (29,000)    
Rentals                            0          106             0        2,359        12,249       24,738        15,300     
Total COGS                    23,202       21,982        14,695       44,988       149,254      233,675        68,047     

Gross Profit                  27,368       (3,712)       19,055      (25,988)       20,921     (120,609)       43,213     
                              ------       ------        ------      -------        ------     --------        ------     
                                  54%        -20%            56%       -137%            12%       -107%            39%    
Selling Expenses

Advertising                    4,199        1,506         3,034        2,295         5,674          (50)          733     
Auto                           2,011          912           778          589         1,026        3,227         1,000     
Commissions                        0            0         2,846            0         5,261        4,038         3,338     
Consultants                        0            0             0            0             0        1,500             0     
Dues & Subscriptions             771            0             0           86           170          225             0     
Postage                          482           42            18          467           293          416           300     
Insurance - Health             2,123        1,200         1,321        2,043         2,259        1,460         1,777     
Payroll - Sales                7,333        9,086         8,635        8,317        11,650       11,650        12,917     
Payroll Expenses                 561          636           464          659           969          892           988     
Meals & Entertainment            493          184           890          232           244          985           400     
Travel                         5,189        4,242         3,914        3,743         4,705        2,187         3,000     
Supplies                         117          620           946        2,892         1,647        2,503         2,000     
Trade Shows                    2,475         (100)        4,900          289            81          815           225     


Total Selling Expenses        25,754       18,326        27,747       21,612        33,979       29,848        26,678     



                                      A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D
                       
                                 Aug          Sep          Oct          Nov         Dec         Total    
<S>                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>      
Net Sales                      129,500      130,000      345,000      615,000      125,000    1,860,591  
                                                                                                         
                                                                                                         
Cost of Goods Sold                                                                                       
                                                                                                         
Inventory                        8,650       10,500       21,500       48,500        8,750      161,784  
Meals - Operations               2,590        2,600        6,900       12,300        2,500       52,824  
Contract labor                   4,745        4,400       12,950       21,050        4,500       74,794  
Freight                            778          890        1,980        4,140          775       31,186  
Insurance - Health               5,600        5,600        6,350        6,350        6,350       39,079  
Lab Fees                           130          130          345          615          125        2,463  
Maint. & Repairs                 1,943        1,950        5,175        9,225        18,75       23,659  
Payroll - Operations            23,448       23,448       25,948       25,948       25,948      300,535  
Payroll Expenses                 1,993        1,993        2,206        2,206        2,206       22,075  
Subcontractors                  13,802       22,679       29,268      101,589       15,268      211,724  
Supplies                         3,885        3,900       10,350       18,450        3,750       74,782  
MRU Repairs                          0            0            0            0            0        4,944  
Travel - Operations              3,455        3,650        9,050       17,150        3,375       93,384  
Other                            5,170        4,100       14,700       20,100        4,750       84,402  
Rentals                          3,885        3,900       10,350       18,450        3,750       95,087  
Total COGS                      80,073       89,740      157,071      306,073       83,921    1,272,721  
                                                                                                         
Gross Profit                    49,427       40,260      187,929      308,927       41,079      587,870  
                                ------       ------      -------      -------       ------      -------  
                                    38%          31%          54%          50%          33%          32% 
Selling Expenses                                                                                         
                                                                                                         
Advertising                          0            0            0            0            0       17,391  
Auto                               800          800          800          800          800       13,543  
Commissions                      2,580        1,500        7,800        7,800        2,250       37,413  
Consultants                        200          200          200          200          200        2,500  
Dues & Subscriptions                 0            0            0            0            0        1,252  
Postage                            300          300          300          300          300        3,518  
Insurance - Health               1,500        1,500        1,500        1,500        1,500       19,683  
Payroll - Sales                  9,583        9,583        9,583        9,583        9,583      117,503  
Payroll Expenses                   767          767          767          767          767        9,003  
Meals & Entertainment              400          400          400          400          400        5,428  
Travel                           3,000        3,000        3,000        3,000        3,000       41,980  
Supplies                         1,725        1,725          250          250          250       14,925  
Trade Shows                          0        1,500            0            0            0       10,185  
                                                                                                         
                                                                                                         
Total Selling Expenses          20,855       21,275       24,600       24,600       19,050      294,324  
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
1997 PIPE KLEAN BUDGET CONTINUED

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
General Administrative                             A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D
                                           Jan         Feb         Mar         Apr         May         Jun         Jul. 
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>    
Auto                                      2,878         635       1,602         482         160         760         500 
Depreciation                              2,030       2,740       2,740       2,800       2,800      30,483       7,333 
Dues & Subscriptions                      4,712           0       1,497          99           0         (25)          0 
Education                                     0           0         149           0           0           0           0 
Entertainment                               396         383         628         441         435         584         500 
Equip. Rental Office                          0           0         102         908         149         354         300 
401k expense                                 55           0         233          75          47         110         110 
insurance - Health                          899         802       1,223         913         190         850       1,110 
Legal Fees                                2,930         178       2,331         357         103       7,881       1,986 
Maint. & Repairs Office                       0       1,250         100         371         287           0         150 
Moving Expenses                               0           0           0           0           0       2,499           0 
Payroll Admin                            12,833      12,833      12,833      12,833      12,708      13,000      13,000 
Payroll Expenses                            982        9820         982       1,346         972         994         995 
Licenses & Permits                           95         603           0          50         319          50           0 
Postage                                     249         112         361         520        (121)        521         335 
Printing                                    145       2,634         229           0         560         183           0 
Office Rent                                 469         641       2,781       2,619       2,619       2,571       2,619 
Research & Development                        0         472           0      45,000         178         260         139 
Office Supplies                             594       2,315       2,154        (950)        941       1,468       2,422 
Telephone                                 3,252           0       3,292       2,564       3,144       4,813       3,000 
Taxes Other                                   0          75           0         675          11        (225)        100 
Testing Expenses                          1,146       5,890       2,516         486       1,245       1,045         175 
Travel                                    2,996           0       3,395         765       1,932       6,489       3,500 
Uncollectible Accounts                        0          73           0           0           0           0      27,000 
Utilities                                     0         506         146         604         484         400         400 

Total G&A Expense                        36,661      32,618      39,654      72,500      29,283      75,149      65,664 

Total SG&A Expenses                      62,415      50,946      67,401      94,112      63,262     104,997      92,342 

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Expense                            (47)          0         (52)          0         (45)       (951)     (1,328)



Net Income                              (35,904)    (54,658)    (48,398)   (120,100)    (42,386)   (226,557)    (50,457)
                                        -------     -------     -------    --------     -------    --------     ------- 
                                         -69.40%    -299.17%    -143.40%    -632.11%     -24.91%    -200.38%     -45.35%


General Administrative                        A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D
                                           Aug         Sep          Oct          Nov         Dec        Total  
<S>                                      <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>      
Auto                                        500         500          500          500         500       9,517  
Depreciation                              7,333      17,333       17,333       17,333      17,333     127,591  
Dues & Subscriptions                        100         100          100          100         100       6,783  
Education                                     0           0            0            0           0         149  
Entertainment                               500         500          500          500         500       5,867  
Equip. Rental Office                        300         300          300          300         300       3,313  
401k expense                                110         110          110          110         110       1,180  
insurance - Health                        1,100       1,100        1,100        1,100       1,100      11,477  
Legal Fees                                1,000       1,000        1,000        1,000       1,000      20,766  
Maint. & Repairs Office                      50          50           50           50          50        2,40  
Moving Expenses                               0           0            0            0           0       2,499  
Payroll Admin                             8,834       8,834        8,834        8,834       8,834     134,210  
Payroll Expenses                            707         707          707          707         707      10,787  
Licenses & Permits                          100         100          100          100         100       1,014  
Postage                                     350         350          350          350         350       4,218  
Printing                                    250         250          250          250         250       2,479  
Office Rent                               2,619       2,619        2,619        2,619       2,619      29,407  
Research & Development                        0           0            0            0           0      46,218  
Office Supplies                             300         300          300          300         300       8,601  
Telephone                                 2,500       2,500        2,500        2,500       2,500      34,880  
Taxes Other                                 100         100          100          100         100       1,061  
Testing Expenses                            100         100          100          100         100       7,188  
Travel                                    2,000       2,000        2,000        2,000       2,000      34,967  
Uncollectible Accounts                        0           0            0            0           0      27,000  
Utilities                                   400         400          400          400       4,213              
                                                                                                               
Total G&A Expense                        29,253      39,253       39,253       39,253      39,253     537,793  
                                                                                                               
Total SG&A Expenses                      50,107      60,527       63,852       63,852      58,302     832,117  
                                                                                                               
Other Income (Expense)                                                                                         
                                                                                                               
Interest Expense                         (1,328)     (1,328)      (1,328)      (1,328)     (1,328)     (9,063) 
                                                                                                               
                                                                                                               
                                                                                                               
Net Income                               (2,008)    (21,595)     122,748      243,747     (18,552)   (253,310) 
                                         ------     -------      -------      -------     -------    --------  
                                          -1.55%     -16,61%        35.58%       39.63%    -14.84$     -13.61% 
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
HERC PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
                                                   CCT CORPORATION BUDGET 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D
                                    Jan.          Feb            Mar          Apr            May         Jun            Jul    
<S>                                <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>      
Sales                              81,758       106,158        100,610      176,953        277,877      266,721       93,520   

Cost of Good Sold                  40,132        41,086         55,691       89,649        155,592      149,858       47,616   

Gross Profit                       41,626        65,070         44,919       87,304        122,285      116,863       45,904   
                                   ------        ------         ------       ------        -------      -------       ------   
                                       51%           61%            45%          49%            44%          44%          49%  


Selling, General & Admin.

Accounting Fees                       169           111             (9)          56            146          124            0   
Advertising                           200             0              0            0              0            0            0   
Amortization                          207           207            206          206            207          207          207   
Bank Fes                                0             0             21            0              0            0            0   
Business Promotion                    628             0            112           11            287          (11)         200   
Commissions                         1,000             0          3,164        2,190          2,480        1,784          251   
Conferences & Meetings                388           260          1,111          116            575          103          410   
Consulting Fees                     2,575         2,500         19,000            2          9,334      (10,533)           0   
Depeciation Expenses                  474           474            474          474            474          474          474   
Dues & Publications                   370           760          1,525          268            334          145            0   
Education & Training                    0             0            108            0              0            0          120   
Employee Benefits                   3,083         3,394          1,637        2,269            104        2,430        1,672   
Entertainment                         912         1,067            531        1,054            988          646          613   
Equip. Rental                           0             0              0            0              0            0           95   
Gas & Oil                             144           111            476          385            554           72          748   
Insurance Hazard                       90             0             89           90             90           90           90   
Insurance Worker's Comp.              102             0              0            0              0            0            0   
License Fees                          759            46          1,264          182              0            0            0   
Misc. Expense                         196            75            110          515            411           25            0   
Office Supplies                     1,475           678            783          830            781          831          337   
Outside Services                        0             0             14          (35)         8,868        1,149            0   
Payroll Taxes                       3,994         3,103          2,476        2,976          2,481        2,595        2,834   
Plant Supplies                          0             0              0            0              0            0            0   
Postage                               546         1,029            217          515          1,011          619          110   
Printing                               21         2,610            561        3,319         (2,580)         842          467   
Professional Services               1,167         1,145             38          (10)             0            0            0   
Rent                                    0         1,695          3,390        1,695          1,695        1,695        1,695   
Repairs & Maint.                       98           815             98           98            295           98           98   
R & D                                   0         1,000          1,000          264            339            0            0   
Salaries Admin.                    11,959         6,203          1,137         7,10          8,084        6,797        6,699   
Salaries Officers                   7,213         8,620           ,917        7.717          8,117        7,917        7,917   
Salaries Sales                     13,092        16,842         22,256       17,598         16,842       18,902       18,902   
Mill Taxes                              0             0              0            0              0           52           52   
Telephone                           2,336         2,969          1,278        4,001          2,787        1,505        1,505   
Travel                              5,108         4,205          5,521        3,958          5,144        3,475        3,475   
Utilities                             105            96             92           93             12          122          122   
Vehicle Repair                          0             0              0            0              0            0            0   
Vehicle Rents                       1,306         1,516          1,174        1,441          1,504        1,455        1,455   
Vehicle Reimbursement               1,619         1,996          1,791        2,600          3,186        1,625        1,625   
Warehousing Costs                     255           705            409          640         (1,582)          60           60   

Total S, G&A Expenses              61,591        64,232         79,971       62,633         71,098       53,108       51,423   

Operating Income                  (19,965)          838        (35,052)      24,671         51,187       63,755       (5,519)  


Other Income/Expense

Other Income (Expense)               (457)         (446)        (1,592)      (1,156)        (2,259)       4,121          (97)  

Total Other Expense                  (457)         (446)        (1,592)      (1,156)        (2,259)       4,121          (97)  


Net Income                        (20,422)          392        (36.644)      23,515         48,928       67,876       (5,616)  
                                  -------           ---        -------       ------         ------       ------       ------   
                                  -24.998%         0.37%        -36.42%       13.29%         17.61%       25.45%       -8.01%  




                                                    A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D

                                          Aug            Sep            Oct            Nov            Dec          Total     
<S>                                     <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>         
Sales                                   225,000        300,000        150,000         62,628         51,514      1,892,377   
                                                                                                                             
Cost of Good Sold                       128,255        155,023         75,661         33,543         20,051        992,161   
                                                                                                                             
Gross Profit                             96,745        144,977         74,339         29,085         31,099        900,216   
                                         ------        -------         ------         ------         ------        -------   
                                             43%            48%            50%            46%            61%            48%  
                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                             
Selling, General & Admin.                                                                                                    
                                                                                                                             
Accounting Fees                             120            120            120            120            120          1,197   
Advertising                                   0              0              0              0              0            200   
Amortization                                207            207            207            207            207          2,482   
Bank Fes                                     60             60             50             50             50            291   
Business Promotion                          350            400            100            250              0          2,327   
Commissions                               4,624          8,996          1,588            970            193         27,240   
Conferences & Meetings                    1,500            250            250              0              0          4,963   
Consulting Fees                           3,032          3,061          3,010          3,010          3,001         37,992   
Depeciation Expenses                        474            474            474            474            474          5,688   
Dues & Publications                         125            210            100            100             50          3,987   
Education & Training                        225            725            175             75            275          1,703   
Employee Benefits                         3,043          3,043          3,043          2,535          2,535         28,788   
Entertainment                               760            415            415            340            302          8,043   
Equip. Rental                               145            145            120             20             20            545   
Gas & Oil                                   805            840            337            332            342          5,146   
Insurance Hazard                              0              0              0              0              0            539   
Insurance Worker's Comp.                      0              0              0              0              0            102   
License Fees                                125            125            125            125            125          2,876   
Misc. Expense                               432            812            138            138             20          2,873   
Office Supplies                             960            755            755            720            720          9,625   
Outside Services                              0              0              0              0              0          7,996   
Payroll Taxes                             3,309          3,893          2,975          1,371          1,303         33,310   
Plant Supplies                                0              0              0              0              0              0   
Postage                                     487            480            355            380            400          6,149   
Printing                                    572            307            290          1,627            127          8,163   
Professional Services                         0              0              0              0              0          2,349   
Rent                                      2,035          2,035          2,035          2,035          2,035         22,040   
Repairs & Maint.                             96             96             96             96             96          2,080   
R & D                                         0              0              9              0              0          2,603   
Salaries Admin.                          11,968          7,801          7,801          7,801          7,801         91,157   
Salaries Officers                         5,417          5,417          5,417          5,417          5,417         82,503   
Salaries Sales                           18,902         18,902         18,217          7,171          7,171        189,556   
Mill Taxes                                1,130          2,267            351              0              0         11,448   
Telephone                                 2,780          2,480          2,555            970            970         27,131   
Travel                                    4,584          3,640          2,880          1,622          2,020         45,206   
Utilities                                   150            150            150            150            150          1,503   
Vehicle Repair                              700              0              0              0              0            700   
Vehicle Rents                             1,958          1,806          1,376          1,776          1,176         17,693   
Vehicle Reimbursement                     1,760          1,750          1,180            650            650         20,431   
Warehousing Costs                           300            300            300            300            300          2,774   
                                                                                                                             
Total S, G&A Expenses                    72,323         71,152         54,986         40,832         38,050        721,399   
                                                                                                                             
Operating Income                         24,422         73,825         19,353        (11,747)        (6,951)       178,817   
                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                             
Other Income/Expense                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                             
Other Income (Expense)                     (114)          (111)          (107)          (102)           (98)        (2,418)  
                                                                                                                             
Total Other Expense                        (114)          (111)          (107)          (102)           (98)        (2,418)  
                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                             
Net Income                               24,308         73,714         19,246        (11,849)        (7,049)       176,399   
                                         ------         ------         ------        -------         ------        -------   
                                          10.80%         24.57%         12.83%        -18.92%        -13.78%          9.32%
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
HERC PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
                                              CONSUMER PRODUCTS BUDGET 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D

                                 Jan            Feb          Mar          Apr          May          Jun          Jul   
<S>                            <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
Sales                          202,880        318,392      173,434      114,365      123,515      148,548      144,314 
Discounts                       (3,605)        (4,844)      (3,658)      (3,721)      (4,147)      (4,677)      (3,719)
Allowances                     (29,736)       (18,466)           0       (1,568)           0            0            0 
Returns                         (5,221)        (1,971)      (4,114)        (907)      (1,927)     (10,601)      (3,001)
Product Claims                       0            198        3,141        3,431        1,338       17,847       10,171 

Net Sales                      164,318        293,309      168,803      111,600      118,779      151,115      147,765 

Cost of Goods Sold             107,304       156,5583       95,817       52,167       58,601       74,461       75,404 
Freight In                           0          2,530        2,614        1,980        2,651        2,639        1,228 
Freight Out                     32,036         42,380       39,193       14,400       12,014       24,845       25,735 
Warehouse Supplies                 446            913        4,518          186        2,167        1,633          289 

Total GOGS                     139,786        202,406      142,142       68,733       75,433      103,578      102,656 

Gross Profit                    24,532         90,903       26,661       42,867       43,346       47,537       45,109 
                                ------         ------       ------       ------       ------       ------       ------ 
                                    15%            31%          16%          38%          36%          31%          31%


Selling Expenses

Advertising                     18,074         18,962       17,728       17,999       16,593       18,739       16,612 
Auto                               609          1,250          709          952         (434)       1,189          500 
Commissions - Reps               7,341         13,790        8,446        5,580       (5,936)       8,289        7,388 
Commissions - Sales              2,936          4,466        2,917        1,399        1,542      (12,846)           0 
Customer Refunds                    36              0            0            0           47           25          (25)
Insurance - Health               1,082          1,031          989        1,064        1,064        1,082        1,082 
Payroll Sales                   11,894         11,542       13,207       13,506       12,792       10,029       10,893 
Payroll Expenses                   910            883        1,042        1,033          979        1,413          833 
Meals & Entertainment               55            902          486          569         (227)         310          350 
Travel                             675          3,548        2,902        3,485        1,529        2,145        1,500 
Trade Shows                        727          2,075        1,464        1,792        2,925        1,059          550 



Total Selling Expenses          44,339         58,449       49,890       47,379       30,874       31,434       39,683 


General & Administrative


Dues & Subscriptions                 0              0          250            0            0          128            0 
401k % Match                         0              0          119           16           32           48           50 
Licenses & Fees                      0              0          350           62           91          319           77 
Legal & Professional                 0            323          148          479        2,623          497          604 
Moving Expenses                      0              0       22,000           44       (2,092)           0            0 
Postage                            218            625          398          151           68           41           25 
Printing                            16             32          271           40           40        1,165           58 
Office Supplies                    133           2,46          118          172          496           88          170 
Product Development                (42)         3,316        3,672        4,765        1,196            0          704 
Telephone                          531            782        1,594        1,083          656          404          318 


Total G & A Expense                856          7,546       28,920        8,812        3,108        2,690        2,006 

Total SG&A Expenses             45,195         85,995       78,810       54,191       33,982       34,124       41,689 

Net Profit                     (20,663)        24,908      (52,149)     (11,324)       9,365       13,413        3,420 
                               -------         ------      -------      -------        -----       ------        ----- 
                                -12.58%          8.49%      -30.89%      -10.15%        7.88%        8.88%        2.31%



  
                                                 A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D

                                       Aug            Sep            Oct            Nov            Dec           Total   
<S>                                  <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>        
Sales                                155,000        170,000        185,000        200,000        215,000      2,150,446  
Discounts                             (1,771)        (1,943)        (2,114)        (2,286)        (2,475)       (38,943) 
Allowances                             3,500          3,500          3,500          3,500          3,500        (32,270) 
Returns                                 (192)          (192)          (192)          (192)          (192)       (28,702) 
Product Claims                           638            699            761            823            885         39,931  
                                                                                                                         
Net Sales                            157,174        172,064        186,955        201,845        216,735      2,090,463  
                                                                                                                         
Cost of Goods Sold                    82,048         89,998         97,948        105,898        113,848      1,110,078  
Freight In                                 0              0              0              0              0         13,642  
Freight Out                           14,725         15,300         16,650         18,000         19,350        274,628  
Warehouse Supplies                       314            344            374            404            433         12,022  
                                                                                                                         
Total GOGS                            97,088        105,642        114,972        124,302        133,632      1,410,370  
                                                                                                                         
Gross Profit                          60,087         66,422         71,983         77,543         83,104        680,093  
                                      ------         ------         ------         ------         ------        -------  
                                          38%            39%            39%            38%            38%            33% 
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Selling Expenses                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Advertising                           16,667         16,667         16,667         16,667         16,667        208,042  
Auto                                     500            500            500            500            500          7,275  
Commissions - Reps                     7,025          7,770          8,514          9,259         10,003         87,470  
Commissions - Sales                        0              0              0              0              0            414  
Customer Refunds                          50             50             50             50             50            333  
Insurance - Health                     1,082          1,082          1,082          1,082          1,082         12,804  
Payroll Sales                         10,893         10,893         10,893         10,893         10,893        138,328  
Payroll Expenses                         871            871            871            871            871         11,450  
Meals & Entertainment                    200            200            200            200            200          3,445  
Travel                                 4,000          1,000          1,000          1,000          1,000         23,784  
Trade Shows                            1,600              0              0            400              0         12,592  
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Total Selling Expenses                42,889         39,033         39,778         40,922         41,267        505,937  
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
General & Administrative                                                                                                 
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Dues & Subscriptions                       0              0              0              0              0            378  
401k % Match                              50             50             50             50             50            515  
Licenses & Fees                            0              0              0              0              0            899  
Legal & Professional                       0              0              0              0              0          4,674  
Moving Expenses                            0              0              0              0              0         19,952  
Postage                                  208            208            208            208            208          2,566  
Printing                                   0              0              0            600              0          2,222  
Office Supplies                          125            125            125            125            125          4,270  
Product Development                        0          2,500              0              0              0         16,111  
Telephone                                200            200            200            200            200          6,368  
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Total G & A Expense                      583          3,083            583          1,183            583         57,955  
                                                                                                                         
Total SG&A Expenses                   43,472         42,117         40,361         42,106         41,850        563,892  
                                                                                                                         
Net Profit                            16,614         24,305         31,621         35,437         41,253        116,201  
                                      ------         ------         ------         ------         ------        -------  
                                       10.57%         14.13%          6.91%         17.58%         19.03%          5.56% 
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
HERC PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
                                                WELL KLEAN BUDGET 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D

                         Jan.   Feb.    Mar.    Apr.    May.    Jun.    Jul.    Aug.   Sep.    Oct.    Nov.     Dec.        Total
<S>                     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>         <C>    
Sales                   4,657  6,645   5,065   5,100   6,000   4,580   6,395  10,000  25,000  25,000  20,000   20,000      148,442
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
Cost of Goods Sold      9,525  1,961    1902   1,440   2,132   1,109   2,008   3,400   8,500   8,500   6,800   6,8005       54,077
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
Gross Profit            5,132  4,684   3,163    3,60   3,868   3,471   4,387   6,660  16,500  16,500  13,200   13,200       94,365
                        -----  -----   -----    ----   -----   -----   -----   -----  ------  ------  ------   ------       ------
                           35%    70%     62%     72%     64%     76%     69%     55%     66%     66%     66%     66^          64$
Selling Expenses                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
Advertising               904      0       0     163       0     150       0     733     733     733     733      733        4,882
Auto                        0    376     167     317     186      11     410     400     400     400     400      400        3,467
Consultant Fees             0      0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0        0            0
Payroll - Sales         3,000  3,000   3,000   3,000   3,000   3,000   3,000   7,000   4,000   4,000   4,000    4,000       44,000
Payroll Expenses          230    242     246     248     271     251     237     560     320     320     320      320        3,565
Commissions                 0    161     211     236     541     287     191     800   2,000   2,000   1,600    1,600        9,627
Trade Shows                 0    101       0       0       0       0     212     250     250     250     250      250        1,563
Travel                    260    659     216     175     130     283     670   2,000   2,000   2,000   2,000    2,000       12,393
Postage                    68      0      41      28       0      11      50     200     200     200     200      200        1,198
Insurance - Health        564    481     498     498     498     498     498     996     500     500     500      500        6,531
Meals & Entertainment       0    140      97     115      45      40      75     250     250     250     250      250        1,762
Supplies                    0      0       0      80       0       0      75      75      75      75      75      455      
                                                                                                                           
Total Selling Expenses  5,026  5,160   4,476   4,780   4,751   4,531   5,343  13,264  10,728  10,728  10,328   10,328       89,443
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
General &                                                                                                                  
Administrative                                                                                                             
                                                                                                                           
401K 10% Match              0      0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0        0            0
Dues & Subscriptions      464      0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0        0          464
Employee Benefits           0      0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0        0            0
Equipment Rental            0      0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0        0            0
Legal & Prof.               0      0     235     102       0       0       0       0       0       0       0        0          337
License & Permits           0      0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0        0            0
Postage                     0     41       0       0       0      26      87       0       0       0       0        0          154
Printing                    0      0       0       0       0       0       0      25      25      25      25       25          125
R & D Expense               0      0       0     277     200       0       0       0       0       0       0        0          477
Taxes Other                 0      0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0       0        0            0
Telephones                 53     84      90     170     147     104     158     500     500     500     500      500        3,306
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
Total G & A Expenses      517    125     325     549     347     130     245     525     525     525     525      525        4,863
                                                                                                                           
Total SG&A Expenses     5,543  5,285   4,801   5,329   5,098   4,661   5,588  13,789  11,253  11,253  10,853   10,853       94,306
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                           
Net Profit               (411)  (601) (1,638) (1,669) (1,230) (1,190) (1,201) (7,189)  5,247   5,247   2,347    2,347           59
                        -----  -----   -----  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------  ------   ------       ------
                           -3%    -9%    -32%    -33%    -21%    -26%    -19%    -72%     21%     21%     12%      12%           0%
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
HERC PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
                                                PROCESS WATER BUDGET 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D

                        Jan.    Feb.    Mar.    Apr.    May     Jun.    Jul.    Aug.   Sep.     Oct.  Nov.    Dec.         Total
<S>                    <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>          <C>    
Sales                  13,234  12,301  8,688   9,639   9,878   9,996   11,937 10,000  15,000  15,000 15,000  15,000       145,673
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Cost of Goods Sold      3,319   4,902  2,458   4,145   2,976   2,587    3,165  3,200   4,800   4,800  4,800   4,800        45,952
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Gross Profit            9,915   7,399  6,230   5,494   6,902   7,409    8,772  6,800  10,200  10,200 10,200  10,200        99,721
                        -----   -----  -----   -----   -----   -----    -----  -----  ------  ------ ------  ------        ------
                           75%     60%    72%     57%     70%     74%      73%    68%     68%     68%    68%     68%           68%
                                                                                                                         
Selling Expenses                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Advertising                 0       0      0     193    (193)      0        0      0   2,000       0      0       0         2,000
Auto                      520     611      0     130       0     271      150    250     250     250    250     250         2,932
consulting Fees             0       0      0       0       0       0        0      0       0       0      0       0             0
Dues & Subscriptions      375       0      0       0       0       0        0      0       0       0      0       0           375
Freight & Postage           3      31      8      29       0      24       31     50      50      50     50      50           376
Insurance - Health        495     495    512     512     512     511      512    512     512     512    512     512         6,109
Meals & Entertainment     215     424    149     468       0     205      125    125     125     125    125     125         2,211
Payroll Expenses          306     306    306     306     306     306      306    306      30     306    306     306         3,672
Payroll Sales           4,000   4,000  4,000   4,000   4,000   4,000    4,000  4,000   4,000   4,000  4,000   4,000        48,000
Supplies                   84     242      0      41       0      85        0    100     100     100    100     100           952
Trade Shows                 0       0      0      60     979       0        0      0       0       0  1,500       0         2,539
Travel                  1,282     748  1,076   2,167       0     818      500  1,000   1,000   1,000  1,000   1,000        11,591
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Total Selling Expenses  7,280   6,857  6,051   7,906   5,604   6,220    5,624  6,343   8,343   6,343  7,843   6,343        80,757
                                                                                                                         
General &                                                                                                                
Administrative                                                                                                           
                                                                                                                         
401K Expense               10       0     50      20      10      60       40     40      40      40     40      40           390
Dues & Subscriptions        0       0      0       0       0       0        0      0       0       0      0       0             0
Employee Benefits           0       0      0       0       0       0        0      0       0       0      0       0             0
Printing                    0       0      0       0      12       0        0      0       0       0      0       0            12
Supplies                   11       0      0       0       0       0        7      0       0       0      0       0            18
Taxes Other                 0       0      0       0       0       0        0      0       0       0      0       0             0
Telephone                 134     284    148      92     106      83       92    150     150     150    150     150         1,689
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Total G&A Expenses        155     284    198     112     128     143      139    190     190     190    190     190         2,109
                                                                                                                         
Total SG&A Expenses     7,435   7,141  6,249   8,018   5,732   6,363    5,763  6,533   8,533   6,533  8,033   6,533        82,866
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                                         
Net Profit              2,480     258    (19) (2,524)  1,170   1,046    3,009    267   1,667   3,667  2,167   3,667        16,855
                        -----     ---    ---  ------   -----   -----    -----    ---   -----   -----  -----   -----        ------
                           19%      2%     0%   -26%      12%     10%     255      3%     11%     24%    14%     24%           12%
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
HERC PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                                           CHLORID BUDGET 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           A   C   T   U   A   L     P   R   O   J   E   C   T   E   D

                       Jan     Feb.    Mar.    Apr.     May.    Jun.    Jul.    Aug.    Sep.    Oct.     Nov.     Dec.      Total
<S>                  <C>      <C>        <C>  <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>   
Sales                10,685   5,250      0    5,008    5,145   5,187   5,355   5,200  10,000  10,000   10,000   10,000     81,830
                                                                                                                          
Cost of Goods Sold    1,684     819      0    1,166      872     706     999   1,768   3,400   3,400    3,400    3,400     21,614
                                                                                                                          
Gross Profit          9,001   4,431      0    3,842    4,273   4,481   4,356   3,432   6,600   6,600    6,600    6,600     60,216
                                                                                                                          
Net Profit            9,001   4,431      0    3,842    4,273   4,481   4,356   3,432   6,600   6,600    6,600    6,600     60,216
                      -----   -----   ----    -----    -----   -----   -----   -----   -----   -----    -----    -----     ------
                      84.24%  84.40%  0.00%   76.72%   83.05%  86.39%  81.34%  66.00%  66.00%  66.00%   66.00%   66.00%     73.59%
</TABLE>


                     ACCOUNT TRANSFER AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT


This Account  Transfer  Agreement  (this  "Agreement") is dated this 22nd day of
September,  1997,  and is between KBK  Financial,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation
authorized  to do  business in Texas and doing  business  as HER/KBK  Acceptance
Corporation ("KBK"), H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation, and
H.E.R.C.  CONSUMER PRODUCTS, INC., an Arizona corporation (collectively referred
to herein as "Seller").  This Agreement shall become  effective as of the day it
is accepted in the State of Texas by KBK as  indicated  at the end hereof by the
date and signature on behalf of KBK.

         WHEREAS,  KBK is in the  business  of  purchasing  accounts  receivable
         ("accounts"); and

         WHEREAS,  Seller  desires,  from time to time  during  the term of this
         Agreement, to sell accounts to KBK; and

         WHEREAS,  the parties  hereto  desire to enter into this  Agreement  to
         govern the purchase and sale of accounts;

         NOW THEREFORE,  in consideration of the premises, the mutual agreements
         herein  contained  and for other good and valuable  consideration,  the
         receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties
         agree as follows:

1.       Offer of Accounts. At its election from time to time during the term of
         this  Agreement,  Seller agrees to offer for sale to KBK certain of its
         accounts  arising  out of sales of  goods,  or  services  rendered,  by
         Seller,  and to sell to KBK on the terms  set  forth in this  Agreement
         such of the  offered  accounts  as KBK may accept for  purchase  in the
         State  of  Texas.  KBK  shall  have  the  absolute  right  in its  sole
         discretion  to reject any or all offered  accounts,  whether or not KBK
         has  previously  purchased  accounts of any  particular  account debtor
         hereunder.  The parties  agree that,  without the prior consent of KBK,
         the maximum  Gross Amount (as defined  below) of accounts  that KBK may
         purchase  hereunder  at any time,  together  with the  Gross  Amount of
         accounts  previously  purchased by KBK from Seller hereunder which then
         remain  outstanding,  will not exceed Six Hundred  Thousand  and No/100
         Dollars  ($600,000.00)  (the  "Facility  Amount").   KBK's  consent  to
         purchase  accounts in excess of such amount may be  evidenced  by KBK's
         acceptance for purchase of such offered accounts.

2.       Purchase and Sale of Accounts.  Each account  purchase by KBK hereunder
         shall be purchased by KBK without recourse  against Seller.  All losses
         incurred by KBK from the financial  inability of the applicable account
         debtor to pay such account over and above any and all Residual Payments
         (as hereinafter  defined) and Reserve (as hereinafter  defined) amounts
         offset shall be borne solely by KBK; provided, however, that nothing in
         this Agreement  shall be construed to relieve Seller from liability for
         any breach by Seller of any representation,  warranty,  or agreement of
         Seller  contained  herein.   Notwithstanding   any  provision  in  this
         Agreement to the contrary,  it is  contemplated by and the intention of
         the  parties  hereto  that  accounts  of Seller may be  considered  and
         purchased as one account (herein a "batch") and the terms "account" and
         "accounts"  as used  herein  may also  refer to and mean a  "batch"  or
         "batches," as the case may be.

         In  connection  with each offer of  accounts to KBK,  Seller  agrees to
         deliver to KBK a written  assignment of such accounts,  together with a
         copy  of all  invoices  relating  to such  accounts,  and  evidence  of
         delivery of the related goods or  performance  of the related  services
         (and, if requested,  the original  purchase  orders from the applicable
         customers),  all in a form reasonably satisfactory to KBK. In order for
         an account to be eligible for purchase by KBK, the related invoice must
         set forth,  as the sole address for payment,  the following post office
         box:  P.O.  Box  52849,   Phoenix,   Arizona  85072-2849   ("Authorized
         Remittance Address") (or, upon notice from KBK, another post office box
         of KBK) and, in the case of payments to be effected by wire transfer or
         other electronic means, the related invoice must set forth, as the sole
         bank account for such payment,  a bank account of KBK (or a third party
         designated by KBK)  designated by KBK from time to time (except in each
         case as  otherwise  agreed in writing  by KBK).  KBK's  acceptance  for
         purchase of offered  accounts shall be evidenced by KBK's  tendering of
         the Initial  Payment (as  hereinafter  defined) to Seller or  otherwise
         delivering  to Seller a schedule of accounts  accepted  for purchase by
         KBK.  Seller's  transference of offered accounts shall not be effective
         as to any accounts not accepted for purchase by KBK.

         Seller hereby sells,  transfers,  assigns and otherwise  conveys to KBK
         (as a sale by Seller and a purchase by KBK, and not as security for any
         indebtedness or other obligation of Seller to KBK) all right, title and
         interest of Seller in and to all accounts  accepted by KBK for purchase
         hereunder,  together with all related rights (but not  obligations)  of
         Seller with respect thereto, including all contract rights, guarantees,
         letters  of  credit,  liens in favor of  Seller,  insurance  and  other
         agreements  and  arrangements  of whatever  character from time to time
         supporting or securing  payment of such  accounts and all right,  title
         and interest of Seller in any related goods,  including Seller's rights
         and  remedies  under  Article  2,  Part  7 of  the  applicable  Uniform
         Commercial Code ("UCC"). The foregoing sale,  transfer,  assignment and
         conveyance  does not  constitute  and is not  intended  to result in an
         assumption  by KBK of any  obligation  of Seller or any other person in
         connection  with the accounts or related  rights or under any agreement
         or instrument  relating  thereto.  Seller agrees to execute and deliver
         such  bills  of  sale,  assignments,  letters  of  credit,  notices  of
         assignment,  financing statements (including  continuation  statements)
         under the applicable UCC and other documents, and make such entries and
         markings in its books and records,  and to take all such other  actions
         (including  the  negotiation,  assignment  or  transfer  of  negotiable
         documents,  letters of credit or other  instruments) as KBK may request
         to further  evidence or protect the sales and  assignments  of accounts
         and related rights to KBK  hereunder,  as well as KBK's interest in any
         returned goods referred to in Section 7 hereof.

3.       Terms of Accounts.  Except as otherwise  may be agreed to in writing by
         KBK from  time to time,  the  terms of sale  offered  by  Seller to its
         account  debtors  with  respect  to all  accounts  offered  to KBK  for
         purchase  hereunder  shall be NET 30 DAYS.  After an  account  has been
         purchased by KBK,  Seller shall not have the right to vary the terms of
         sale set forth in the invoice  relating to such  account,  or any other
         aspect of the account, except in Seller's capacity as agent for KBK for
         purposes of  collection  of accounts  purchased  by KBK as set forth in
         Section 8 hereof, and then only with the prior written consent of KBK.

4.       Purchase Price. The purchase price for each account purchased hereunder
         shall  consist of and be paid by the Initial  Payment and the  Residual
         Payment.  The Initial  Payment shall be payable by KBK to Seller on the
         business day that KBK accepts for purchase the related account, and the
         Residual Payment shall be payable by KBK to Seller within five business
         days after KBK receives and deposits the proceeds of collection for the
         subject  account in an amount  equal to the Net Amount (as  hereinafter
         defined) of such account (subject to KBK's right to withhold payment of
         Residual  Payments  hereunder,  and subject to KBK's right to withhold,
         offset, and charge each as described below).


         "Initial  Payment" means Eighty percent (80%) of the Gross Amount of an
         account. "Gross Amount" of an
                                       1
<PAGE>
         account  means the gross face  Amount  payable  pursuant to the related
         invoice.  "Net  Amount"  of an account  means the Gross  Amount of such
         account,  less all  discounts,  deductions  and  allowances.  "Residual
         Payment"  with  respect  to  an  account  means  the  aggregate  amount
         collected with respect to such account, less the sum of (i) the Initial
         Payment  with  respect  to such  account,  (ii) the KBK  Discounts  (as
         hereinafter defined), (iii) any and all attorneys' fees and other costs
         of collection.

5.       Fixed and Variable Discounts.  "Fixed Discount" means a discount of One
         percent (1.0%) of the Gross Amount of such account. "Variable Discount"
         means a discount  computed on the Initial  Payment and  accruing on the
         basis of actual days elapsed from the date of Initial Payment until and
         including  five  business  days after KBK  receives  and  deposits  the
         proceeds  of  collection  of such  account at a per annum rate equal to
         KBK's  Base  Rate (as  hereinafter  defined)  in  effect on the date of
         purchase of such  account plus Two percent  (2.0%) per annum;  provided
         however,  in no event shall the Variable  Discount  with respect to any
         account  purchased  hereunder  be less than  seven  percent  (7.0%) per
         annum.  "Base Rate" means that per annum variable rate  (expressed as a
         per annum percentage based on a year consisting of 360 days) determined
         from time to time by KBK  without  notice to Seller as KBK's  Base Rate
         for purposes of  calculating  variable  discounts  under KBK's  account
         transfer agreements. The Fixed Discount and the Variable Discount shall
         be  collectively  referred  to herein as the "KBK  Discounts."  The KBK
         Discounts may be subject to one or more adjustments  during the term of
         this  Agreement if a  Performance  Based  Pricing  Addendum is attached
         hereto.  If a Performance Based Pricing Addendum is attached hereto, it
         is then made a part hereof as though fully written herein.

6.       Reserve.  In the  event  that KBK  believes  Seller  has  breached  any
         material  representation,  warranty,  covenant or  agreement  contained
         herein  (including,   without  limitation,  in  the  event  an  account
         purchased by KBK becomes a Disputed  Account as  hereinafter  defined),
         any  account  is not  paid in full  within  90 days  from  the  date of
         purchase of such account, or KBK deems itself insecure  hereunder,  KBK
         may at  its  election,  withhold  and  accumulate  the  payment  of the
         Residual  Payments  ("Reserve")  with  respect  to any or all  accounts
         purchased hereunder to the extent necessary to maintain a Reserve in an
         amount up to the sum of (a) the total Initial Payments made by KBK with
         respect  to  accounts   purchased   by  KBK   hereunder   which  remain
         uncollected,  plus (b) the total of the KBK  Discounts  with respect to
         such accounts and (c) such other amounts which may become due by Seller
         to KBK hereunder or under any other agreement. Seller hereby authorizes
         KBK to offset and charge any and all  amounts  for which  Seller or the
         Reserve may be  obligated  to pay to KBK  pursuant to the terms of this
         Agreement against the Reserve, and at KBK's election, against any funds
         of Seller in the  possession or control of KBK,  from whatever  source.
         However,  if, on any business day that KBK regularly makes a payment to
         Seller for accounts purchased,  none of the foregoing conditions exists
         and no other breach of this Agreement by Seller exists,  then KBK shall
         distribute  to Seller the Residual  Payments  then due and all funds it
         then has on hand that it has  collected  from accounts that KBK has not
         then purchased.

7.       Certain Security. For the purpose of securing KBK (a) in the payment of
         any and all sums of money that may become due and owing KBK from Seller
         by reason of this  Agreement,  and (b) in the  performance by Seller of
         Seller's obligations hereunder,  Seller hereby grants to KBK a security
         interest in (i) all of Seller's present and future inventory, accounts,
         account and contract rights, contracts, drafts, acceptances, documents,
         instruments,  chattel paper, deposit accounts,  general intangibles and
         all  products  and  proceeds  therefrom,   including  all  returned  or
         repossessed  goods, as well as all books and records  pertaining to all
         of the foregoing, (ii) all amounts due as Residual Payments or withheld
         by KBK as the Reserve  pursuant to Section 6 hereof and (iii) all money
         and other funds of Seller now or hereafter in the possession,  custody,
         or control of KBK, from whatever  source.  Seller agrees to execute and
         deliver such  financing  statements  under the applicable UCC and other
         documents,  and make such entries and markings in its books and records
         and to take all such  other  actions,  as KBK may  request  to  further
         evidence, perfect, preserve or protect the security interest granted to
         KBK hereunder. KBK shall have all rights and remedies in respect of the
         lien and security  interest herein granted to KBK hereunder.  KBK shall
         have all  rights  and  remedies  in  respect  of the lien and  security
         interest herein granted as are provided in this Agreement,  the UCC and
         other applicable law,  including the right at any time, before or after
         any default by Seller of any of its  obligations  hereunder,  to notify
         account  debtors and obligors on instruments to make payment to KBK (or
         its designee) and to take control of proceeds to which KBK is entitled,
         and to apply proceeds to (in addition to other obligations of Seller to
         KBK) the reasonable  attorneys' fees and legal expenses incurred by KBK
         in connection with the disposing of collateral or the other exercise of
         rights and remedies by KBK.

                  In the event a security  interest has heretofore  been granted
         and given to KBK by Seller in a prior  agreement(s)  or  document(s) to
         secure certain  obligations,  then, in such event, and  notwithstanding
         anything  in this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  including  Section  23
         hereof,  the lien and security interest herein granted and given to KBK
         is in renewal and  extension,  and not in  extinguishment  of, all such
         prior liens and security  interests and are valid and subsisting  liens
         and  security  interests  to  secure  all  prior,   existing,  and  new
         obligations  of  Seller  to KBK  hereunder  and  under  any such  prior
         agreements, which obligations are likewise herein renewed and extended,
         in any manner,  including any action  required in connection with or by
         virtue of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code").

8.       Servicing.  KBK  hereby  appoints  Seller  as  servicing  agent for KBK
         ("Servicer")  for the  purpose of  expediting  the  payment of accounts
         purchased by KBK hereunder  which become past due.  Servicer  agrees to
         maintain an active,  on-going  and regular  dialogue  with each Account
         Debtor.  Servicer further agrees to utilize all powers,  influences and
         rights and take every action within its control in accordance  with its
         customary  practices and  applicable  law to expedite the collection of
         the  accounts  purchased  by KBK which  become past due and direct such
         payments in specie  exclusively to the Authorized  Remittance  Address.
         Seller  will  furnish  to  KBK,  upon  request,  any  and  all  papers,
         documents, and records in its possession or control related to accounts
         purchased   by  KBK   hereunder,   or  related  to  Seller's   business
         relationship  with  the  respective  account  debtors,  and  agrees  to
         cooperate  fully  with KBK in all  matters  related  to  collection  of
         accounts  purchased  by  KBK  hereunder.  KBK  reserves  the  right  to
         terminate such servicing relationship at any time with or without cause
         and without notice to Servicer.

         Seller authorizes KBK to forward directly to account debtors statements
         or invoices  on accounts  purchased  by KBK  hereunder,  and to request
         payment at such address or to such bank account as may be designated by
         KBK.  Seller  agrees  that,  if any  payment  is made to  Seller on any
         account  purchased by KBK from Seller  hereunder,  Seller (i) will hold
         such  payment in trust for KBK,  (ii) will not  commingle  such payment
         with any funds of Seller,  and (iii) will  deliver such payment to KBK,
         in the  exact  form  received,  by the  close of  business  on the next
         business day following receipt thereof by Seller. If any goods relating
         to an  account  purchased  by KBK  hereunder  shall be  returned  to or
         repossessed  by Seller,  Seller shall give prompt notice thereof to KBK
         and shall  hold such  goods in trust for KBK,  separate  and apart from
         Seller's own property,  and such goods shall be owned solely by KBK and
         be subject to KBK's direction and control.  Seller shall properly store
         and protect  such goods and agrees to  cooperate  fully with KBK in any
         subsequent disposition thereof for the benefit of KBK.
                                       2
<PAGE>
         Seller authorizes to collect, sue for and give releases for in the name
         of Seller or KBK in KBK's sole discretion,  all amounts due on accounts
         sold to KBK hereunder.  Seller specifically  authorizes KBK to endorse,
         in the name of Seller, all checks,  drafts,  trade acceptances or other
         forms of payment  tendered  by account  debtors in payment of  accounts
         sold to KBK  hereunder  and made  payable to Seller.  KBK shall have no
         liability to Seller for any mistake in the  application  of any payment
         received with respect to any account,  IT BEING THE SPECIFIC  INTENT OF
         THE PARTIES  HERETO THAT KBK SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY  HEREUNDER FOR ITS
         OWN  NEGLIGENCE   except  for  its  own  gross  negligence  or  willful
         misconduct.  Seller  hereby waves notice of  nonpayment  of any account
         sold to KBK  hereunder,  as well as any  and  all  other  notices  with
         respect to such accounts,  demands or  presentations  for payment,  and
         agrees  that KBK may extend or renew from time to time the  payment of,
         or vary or reduce the amount  payable  under or  compromise  any of the
         terms of, any account  purchased by KBK, in each case without notice to
         or the  consent  of  Seller.  Seller  further  authorizes  KBK  (or its
         designee)  to open and remove the  contents  of any post  office box of
         Seller  of KBK (or its  designee)  which  KBK  believes  contains  mail
         relating to accounts,  and in  connection  therewith or  otherwise,  to
         receive,  open and  dispose  of mail  addressed  to  Seller  which  KBK
         believes may relate to accounts, and in order to further assure receipt
         by KBK (or its designee) of mail relating to such  accounts,  to notify
         other parties including  customers and postal authorities to change the
         address for  delivery of such mail  addressed to Seller to such address
         as KBK may designate. KBK agrees to use reasonable measures to preserve
         the  contents  of any such  mail  which  does not  relate  to  accounts
         purchased  hereunder and to deliver same to Seller (or, at the election
         of  KBK,  to  notify  Seller  of the  address  where  Seller  may  take
         possession  of  such  contents;  provided,  if  Seller  does  not  take
         possession  o f such  contents  within 30 days after notice from KBK to
         take possession  thereof,  KBK may dispose of such contents without any
         liability to Seller).  Seller hereby irrevocably  appoints KBK (and any
         employee,  agent or other person designated by KBK, any of whom may act
         without  joinder  of the  others)  as  Seller's  attorneys-in-fact  and
         agents, in Seller's name, place and stead, to take all actions, execute
         and  deliver  all  notices,   negotiate  such   instruments  and  other
         documents,  as may be  necessary  or  advisable  to permit  KBK (or its
         designee)  to  take  any  and  all of the  actions  described  in  this
         paragraph or to carry out the purpose and intent thereof,  as fully and
         for all intents  and  purposes  as Seller  could  itself do, and hereby
         ratifies and confirms  all that said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents may
         door  cause to be done by virtue  hereof.  This  power of  attorney  is
         irrevocable and deemed coupled with an interest.

         9.  Representations and Warranties of Seller.  Seller hereby represents
         and warrants to KBK with  respect to each account  offered by Seller to
         KBK hereunder that (i) Seller is the sole owner of such account,  which
         account is free and clear of any liens  (other than the lien granted by
         Seller to InterEquity  Capital  Partners,  L.P. which is subordinate to
         KBK's lien), claims, or encumbrances whatsoever, and upon each purchase
         by KBK of such account, KBK will own such account free and clear of any
         liens,  claims,  or  encumbrances   whatsoever  and  the  consideration
         received by Seller  from KBK,  for such  account is fair and  adequate,
         (ii) Seller is the sole obligee under such account,  and has full power
         and is duly  authorized to sell,  assign,  and transfer such account to
         KBK hereunder, and the date of sale of such account is not more than 30
         days after the date of the original  invoice  relating to such account,
         (iii) Seller has no knowledge of any fact which would lead it to expect
         that, at the date of sale of such account to KBK, such account will not
         be paid in the full stated  amount when due,  (iv) such account  arises
         out of a bona fide sale of conforming  goods or the bona fide rendition
         of services by Seller,  and all underlying goods have been delivered to
         the account  debtor,  or all underlying  services have been rendered by
         Seller, in complete fulfillment of all of the terms and conditions of a
         fully  executed,  delivered,  and  unexpired  contract with the account
         debtor,  and the account  debtor has  accepted the goods or services to
         which the account relates,  (v) such account is denominated and payable
         only in United  Sates  dollars  and  constitutes  the legal,  valid and
         binding  payment  obligation  of the  account  debtor,  enforceable  in
         accordance with its terms (except as such enforceability may be limited
         by applicable bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium, or
         other similar laws  affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'  rights
         generally),  (vi) such  account is  current  and not past due as of the
         date of purchase by KBK,  (vii) such account has not been paid by or on
         behalf of the account  debtor in whole or in part,  and is not and will
         not be subject to any dispute, decision, set-off,  recoupment,  defense
         or claim by the account  debtor,  whether  relating to price,  quality,
         quantity,  workmanship,  delay in delivery,  set off,  counterclaim  or
         otherwise,  and the  account  debtor  has not and  will not  claim  any
         defense of any kind or character  (other than  bankruptcy or insolvency
         arising  after  the  date of sale of  such  account  to KBK  hereunder)
         against payment of such account,  and (viii) as of the date of purchase
         by KBK of such account, the account debtor with respect to such account
         is located  (within the meaning of Section 9-103 of the applicable UCC)
         and has its  principal  executive  offices  within the  United  States.
         Seller  further  represents and warrants to KBK that (a) the execution,
         delivery  and  performance  of this  Agreement by Seller have been duly
         authorized and this Agreement  constitutes the legal, valid and binding
         obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its
         terms  (except as such  enforceability  may be  limited  by  applicable
         bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or other similar
         laws affecting the  enforcement of creditors'  rights  generally),  (b)
         Seller  is not a  debtor  in  any  bankruptcy  proceedings,  insolvent,
         undergoing composition or adjustment of debts or unable to make payment
         of its  obligations  when due and no  petition in  bankruptcy  has been
         filed by or against  Seller,  nor has Seller or any Affiliate filed any
         petition  seeking an  adjustment  of its debts or for any other  relief
         under the  Bankruptcy  Code, and no  application  for  appointment of a
         receiver or trustee for all or a  substantial  part of the  property of
         Seller is pending,  nor has Seller made any  assignment for the benefit
         of creditors, (c) Seller is not in default of any debt or obligation to
         KBK, any other  lender or other  creditor,  and (d) Seller's  principal
         place of business,  chief  executive  office,  the  location  where all
         records  concerning its books of account and contract  rights are kept,
         and  (except  any  additional  locations  listed on Schedule A attached
         hereto)  the sole  location  of any  property  subject to the  security
         interest  granted  herein is its "Address for Notices" set forth on the
         signature page hereon.  Seller agrees not to change the location of its
         principal  place of business or chief  executive  office,  the location
         where its records  concerning  its books of account or contract  rights
         are kept,  or the  location  of any  property  subject to the  security
         interest  granted  herein,  without  giving  at least  15 days  advance
         written  notice  thereof to KBK  pursuant to Section 20 herein.  Seller
         does  business  under no trade or assumed names except as may be listed
         on Schedule A attached hereto.

         Each  representation and warranty of Seller contained in this Agreement
         shall be deemed to be made at and as of the date  hereof  and at and as
         of the date of each sale of accounts to KBK hereunder.

         Seller  agrees  to  indemnify  and hold  all  Indemnified  Persons  (as
         hereinafter  defined)  harmless  against  any  breach  by Seller of any
         representation,  warranty,  or  agreement  of Seller  contained in this
         Agreement,  and  against  any  claims  or  damages  arising  out of the
         manufacture,  sale,  possession  or use of, or  otherwise  relating to,
         goods, or the  performance of services,  associated with or relating to
         accounts  or  related  rights  purchased  (or with  respect  to which a
         security interest is granted) hereunder. The term "Indemnified Persons"
         shall mean KBK and its officers,  directors,  shareholders,  employees,
         attorneys, representatives, agents, Affiliates, successors and assigns.

         Seller agrees to notify KBK  immediately of any breach by Seller of any
         representation,  warranty or  agreement of Seller  contained  herein or
         should any  representation,  warranty or agreement  made herein  become
         untrue  or false at any time.  Seller  further  agrees  to  notify  KBK
         immediately  of the  assertion by any account  debtor of any dispute or
         other claim  (including  any defense or offset  asserted by any account
         debtor) with respect to any
                                       3
<PAGE>
         account sold to KBK hereunder,  or with respect to any related goods or
         services ("Disputed  Accounts").  Upon KBK's request,  Seller agrees to
         settle,  at its own  expense  and  for the  benefit  of KBK,  all  such
         Disputed Accounts; provided that any such settlement shall be made only
         with the prior written consent of KBK. Unless KBK is advised in writing
         by Seller to the  contrary,  any account that has not been  approved by
         the account debtor within  seventy-five  (75) days from the date of the
         invoice  upon  which  the  account  is  based,  shall be deemed to be a
         Disputed Account. As to any Disputed Account, KBK shall have the right,
         in  its  sole  discretion,  (i) to  settle  at the  expense  of  Seller
         (including all attorneys' fees and expenses of KBK) and for the benefit
         of KBK any such dispute or claim upon such terms as KBK may in its sole
         discretion  deem  advisable  of (ii) to assign the  related  account to
         Seller,  without  recourse to KBK,  and charge any unpaid  balance with
         respect  thereto (up to the amount of the Initial  Payment with respect
         thereto  and  KBK's  Discounts  through  the date of such  charge  with
         respect thereto) against the Reserve or deduct such unpaid balance from
         any  Initial  Payments or against any money or other funds of Seller in
         the possession, custody or control of KBK, from whatever source. Seller
         agrees that,  in lieu of KBK charging any such unpaid  balance  against
         the Reserve,  Initial  Payments or against  such other  funds,  KBK may
         require  Seller  to pay (and  Seller  hereby  agrees  to pay) to KBK on
         demand any such unpaid  balance.  An account  with respect to which the
         account  debtor  has  asserted  an  Insolvency  Claim is not a Disputed
         Account. As used herein,  "Insolvency Claim" means any defense or other
         claim by an account  debtor  with  respect  to an  account  sold to KBK
         hereunder  arising  solely out of the  bankruptcy  or insolvency of the
         account debtor or the financial inability of the account debtor to pay,
         if Seller has not breached its representation  contained in clause (vi)
         of the first paragraph of this Section. Notwithstanding anything herein
         to the  contrary,  KBK shall have the right to charge all  accounts not
         paid because of an Insolvency Claim against the Reserve and such charge
         shall have priority over ad be paid before any Disputed Account charge.

         Seller  agrees to maintain the  additional  covenants  set forth in the
         Addendum attached hereto.

10.      Financial Statements. Seller represents and warrants that all financial
         and other  information  provided by Seller to KBK in connection with or
         in  Seller's  application  to KBK or to induce  KBK to enter  into this
         Agreement  is true,  complete  and  correct in all  material  respects.
         Seller  agrees to  furnish to KBK (i) within 90 days after the last day
         of each fiscal year of Seller, a consolidated statement of income and a
         consolidated  statement  of cash flows of Seller for such fiscal  year,
         and a consolidated balance sheet of Seller as of the last KBK, together
         with a copy of any  report to  management  delivered  to Seller by such
         accountants in connection therewith,  and (ii) within 45 days after the
         last day of each fiscal  quarter of Seller,  an unaudited  consolidated
         statement  of income  and  statement  of cash  flows of Seller for such
         fiscal quarter,  and an unaudited  consolidated balance sheet of Seller
         as of the last  day of such  fiscal  quarter.  Seller,  represents  and
         warrants that each such statement of income and statement of cash flows
         will  fairly  present,  in  all  material  respects,   the  results  of
         operations  and cash flows of Seller for the period set forth  therein,
         and that each such balance sheet will fairly  present,  in all material
         respects,  the  financial  condition of Seller as of the date set forth
         therein,   all  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted   accounting
         principles applied on a consistent basis,  except as otherwise noted in
         the  accompanying  auditors'  report  (or,  with  respect to  unaudited
         financial  statements,  in the notes  thereto).  Seller  also agrees to
         furnish to KBK, upon request,  such  additional  financial and business
         information  concerning  Seller and its business as KBK may  reasonably
         request,  including  copies  of its Form  941  returns  filed  with the
         Internal  Revenue Service and evidence of payment of related taxes. KBK
         and its agents,  representatives  and accountants shall have the right,
         at all times during normal  business  hours and without prior notice to
         Seller,  to conduct an audit or other  examination of the financial and
         business  records of Seller and to examine and make copies of all books
         and  records  of  Seller  for the  purpose  of  assuring  or  verifying
         compliance  by Seller  with the  terms of this  Agreement,  and  Seller
         agrees to cooperate fully with KBK and its agents, representatives, and
         accountants  in  connection  therewith  and to  timely  pay  all  costs
         associated  with such  audits at a rate equal to $650.00  per day,  per
         person, plus out-of-pocket expenses.  Seller agrees to properly reflect
         the effect of this  Agreement,  and all sales related  thereto,  in all
         financial  reports and disclosures,  written or otherwise,  provided to
         Seller's creditors and other interested  parties.  Seller  specifically
         agrees  that  all  accounts  purchased  by KBK  will be  excluded  from
         Seller's   reported   accounts   receivable   balances.   Seller   also
         specifically  agrees to immediately  notify KBK of any material adverse
         change in Seller's financial condition or business.

11.      Taxes.  All taxes and  governmental  charges of any kind  imposed  with
         respect to the sale of goods or the  rendering of services  relating to
         accounts  purchased by KBK  hereunder  shall be for the account of, and
         paid by, Seller.

12.      Fees.  Seller  hereby  agrees  to pay  KBK on the  execution  hereof  a
         one-time  origination fee (the  "Origination  Fee") of Six Thousand and
         no/100 dollars  ($6,000.00).  Seller and KBK acknowledge and agree that
         the Origination  Fee is intended as reasonable  compensation to KBK for
         making this facility  available  under the terms of this  Agreement and
         for no other purpose.

         Seller  hereby  agrees  to pay to KBK a  termination  fee  equal to Two
         percent (2.0%) of the Facility Amount (the  "Termination  Fee") and the
         payment  shall be an  obligation  of  Seller  secured  under  Section 7
         hereof.  This  Termination  Fee is  payable  upon  termination  of this
         Agreement  by Seller for any reason or upon  termination  by KBK at its
         election for the reasons set forth in the second sentence of Section 13
         below. However, if this Agreement is so terminated after the expiration
         of one (1) year from the date of KBK's execution hereof, but before the
         expiration of two (2) years from such date, one-half of the Termination
         Fee shall be waived.  If the Agreement is terminated  more than two (2)
         years after the date of KBK's execution hereof,  all of the Termination
         Fee shall be waived.

13.      Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by either party hereto by
         delivery of written  notice of  termination  of this  Agreement  to the
         other party specifying the date of termination,  which date shall be at
         least 30 days  after the date such  notice  is given.  KBK may,  at its
         election,   terminate  this  Agreement   immediately  and  without  the
         requirement of notice to Seller if (i) Seller shall fail to perform any
         of its obligations hereunder or shall breach any of its representations
         and warranties hereunder, (ii) Seller shall become insolvent or suspend
         all or a substantial  part of its or their  business,  (iii) a petition
         under the  Bankruptcy  Code or any other  insolvency or debtor  statute
         shall be filed by or  against  Seller or any  receivership  proceedings
         with  respect  thereto  shall  commence,  (iv) any  guarantee of any of
         Seller's obligations  hereunder shall be terminated or become impaired,
         (v) an event  of  default  occurs  under  any  other  agreement  now or
         hereafter  executed  between  Seller  and KBK,  or (vi)  KBK  otherwise
         determines that it is insecure hereunder.

         Termination  of  this  Agreement   shall  not  affect  the  rights  and
         obligations  of the  parties  hereunder  with  respect to  transactions
         occurring  on or  prior  to the  date of  such  termination,  and  this
         Agreement  shall  continue to govern the rights and  obligations of the
         parties hereto with respect to accounts purchased by KBK from Seller on
         or  prior  to the  date of such  termination.  All  security  interests
         granted or contemplated by this Agreement shall survive the termination
         of this  Agreement  until all  amounts  payable to KBK with  respect to
         transactions
                                       4
<PAGE>
         occurring on or prior to the date of termination have been paid to KBK,
         and Seller has  performed  all its  obligations  to KBK with respect to
         such  transactions and all obligations  under this Agreement  including
         but not limited to payment of any fees owning hereunder.

14.      Notice of Proposed Refinancing.  Seller hereby agrees that in the event
         (a) Seller receives a written  proposal from any third party to provide
         financing or factoring ("Proposed  Refinancing"),  (b) the terms of the
         Proposed  Refinancing  are  acceptable  to  Seller,  and (c)  Seller is
         considering   accepting  the  Proposed  Refinancing  from  the  Offeror
         ("Offeror"),  Seller  will  immediately  advise  KBK in  writing of the
         identity of the  Offeror,  the  complete  terms and  conditions  of the
         Proposed  Refinancing  and provide KBK a full and complete  copy of all
         written  correspondence  between  Seller  and  Offeror  describing  the
         Proposed  Refinancing.   Seller  agrees  not  to  accept  the  Proposed
         Refinancing  from the  Offeror  until at least 10  business  days after
         delivery of the foregoing items to KBK.

15.      Attorney's  Fees,  Litigation  Expense.  Seller agrees to reimburse KBK
         upon demand for KBK's  attorneys'  fees, court costs and other fees and
         expenses  incurred in  collecting  any sums due or to become due to KBK
         hereunder,  enforcing any of KBK's rights under this  Agreement and all
         actions  taken by KBK that it deems  necessary or  desirable  under the
         Bankruptcy  Code  or  should  any  provisions  of  Bankruptcy  Code  be
         applicable to any rights or obligations of any party to this Agreement,
         as well as all appearances, motions, and actions to which KBK may be or
         become a party in any bankruptcy case.

16.      Governing Law; Venue; Submission to Jurisdiction.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL
         BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE
         OF TEXAS WITHOUT  GIVING EFFECT TO THE  PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS
         THEREOF,  EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT  PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION
         OR NONPERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST GRANTED HEREUNDER, IN RESPECT
         OF  ANY  PARTICULAR   COLLATERAL,   ARE  GOVERNED  BY  THE  LAWS  OF  A
         JURISDICTION  OTHER THAN THE STATE OF TEXAS.  SELLER AND KBK EACH AGREE
         THAT TARRANT COUNTY,  TEXAS SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE VENUE FOR LITIGATION
         OF ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM  ARISING  UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS  AGREEMENT,
         AND THAT SUCH PARISH IS A CONVENIENT  FORUM IN WHICH TO DECIDE ANY SUCH
         DISPUTE  OR  CLAIM.  SELLER  AND  KBK  EACH  CONSENT  TO  THE  PERSONAL
         JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN TARRANT COUNTY,
         TEXAS  FOR  THE  LITIGATION  OF  ANY  SUCH  DISPUTE  OR  CLAIM.  SELLER
         IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES,  TO THE  FULLEST  EXTENT  PERMITTED  BY  LAW,  ANY
         OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE
         OF ANY SUCH  PROCEEDING  BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY
         SUCH  PROCEEDING  BROUGHT  IN  SUCH A  COURT  HAS  BEEN  BROUGHT  IN AN
         INCONVENIENT FORUM.

17.      Waiver of Jury Trial. SELLER AND KBK EACH HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO
         THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO ATRIAL BY
         JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY  LITIGATION  DIRECTLY OR  INDIRECTLY AT ANY TIME
         ARISING  OUT OF,  UNDER OR IN  CONNECTION  WITH THIS  AGREEMENT  OR ANY
         TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR ASSOCIATED HEREWITH.

18.      Amendments;  Waivers.  This  Agreement  may be amended  only in writing
         signed  by  the  parties  hereto.  No  failure  on the  part  of KBK to
         exercise,  and no delay by KBK in exercising,  and no course of dealing
         by KBK with  respect  to,  any  right,  power or  privilege  under this
         Agreement  shall operate as a waiver  thereof,  nor shall any single or
         partial  exercise of any right,  power or  privilege  hereunder  by KBK
         preclude any other or further  exercise  thereof or the exercise of any
         other right,  power or  privilege.  The remedies of KBK  hereunder  are
         cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

19.      Notices. All notices and other communications provided for herein shall
         be given or made in writing and  telecopied  or delivered by courier or
         mail to the intended  recipient at the "Address for Notices"  specified
         opposite  its  name on the  signature  page  hereto,  or at such  other
         address or  telecopy  number as shall be  designated  by a party to the
         other party in the manner  specified in this Section.  All such notices
         and other  communications  shall be deemed to have been duly given when
         transmitted   by  telecopier   (with  receipt   thereof   confirmed  by
         telecopier) or personally delivered or, in the case of a mailed notice,
         upon deposit in the United  States Postal  System  postage  prepaid and
         properly addressed, in each case given or addressed as aforesaid.

20.      Indemnification.  Seller  agrees  to  indemnify,  defend,  and hold the
         Indemnified  Persons  harmless  from  and  against  any and  all  loss,
         liability, obligation, damage, penalty, judgment, claim, deficiency and
         expense  (including  interest,  penalties,  attorneys' fees and amounts
         paid in settlement)  owing to any third party to which any  Indemnified
         Person may become  subject  arising out of or based upon this Agreement
         as well as any  prior  relationship  of  Seller  with  any  Indemnified
         Person,  WHETHER  BY ALLEGED OR ACTUAL  NEGLIGENCE  OF ANY  INDEMNIFIED
         PERSON,  except and to the  extent  caused by the gross  negligence  or
         willful misconduct of any Indemnified Person.

21.      Waiver and Release.  Seller,  by its execution of this Agreement,  does
         hereby  covenant,  warrant and represent that (i) the benefit  received
         and to be  received by Seller as a result of this  Agreement  shall and
         does  constitute  sufficient and valuable  consideration  to Seller for
         entering into and performing its obligations under this Agreement, (ii)
         the execution,  delivery,  and  performance by Seller of this Agreement
         and the  consummation of the transaction  contemplated  thereby are (a)
         not  prohibited  by  any  indenture,  contract  or  agreement,  law  or
         corporate or partnership documents,  including,  but not limited to the
         Bylaws and Articles of Incorporation  or Certificate of  Incorporation,
         as the case may be, if Seller is a corporation, or Seller's partnership
         agreement,  if  Seller  is  a  partnership,   (b)  duly  authorized  by
         appropriate  action  of  Seller,  and (c)  legally  valid  and  binding
         obligations  of Seller  and will  continue  to be such and  enforceable
         against  the  Seller   according   to  their  terms   (except  as  such
         enforceability  may be limited by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
         reorganization,   moratorium  or  other  similar  laws   affecting  the
         enforcement of creditors' rights generally),  (iii) that this Agreement
         will be  executed  and  delivered  by  properly  authorized  officer of
         Seller,  (iv) KBK has no obligation to enter into this Agreement except
         for the considerations  herein expressed,  and (v) the  representations
         and warranties set forth herein will survive the execution and delivery
         of this Agreement.

22.      Captions;  Final  Agreement;  Counterparts;   Successors  and  Assigns.
         Captions  and  headings   appearing  herein  are  included  solely  for
         convenience   of   reference   and  are  not  intended  to  affect  the
         interpretation  of any  provision  of this  Agreement.  This  Agreement
         represents the final agreement  between the parties hereto with respect
         to the subject  matter  hereof,  and  supersedes  all prior  proposals,
         negotiations,  agreements and understandings,  oral or written, related
         to such subject matter. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
         counterparts,  all of which taken together shall constitute one and the
         same instrument. This
                                       5
<PAGE>
         Agreement  may not be  assigned  by Seller  without  the prior  written
         consent of KBK. This Agreement may be assigned by KBK, and any accounts
         purchased  by KBK  hereunder,  together  with all rights and  interests
         related thereto  granted to KBK hereunder,  may be assigned by KBK, all
         without  notice to or the consent of Seller.  This  Agreement  shall be
         binding upon the parties  hereto and their  respective  successors  and
         permitted assigns.

23.      Effectiveness of Agreement.  This Agreement shall become effective only
         upon  acceptance by KBK at its offices in Fort Worth,  Tarrant  County,
         Texas as evidenced by KBK's signature hereon.

24.      True  Sales.  Seller  and KBK  acknowledge  and agree  that the sale of
         accounts  contemplated  and  covered  hereby are fully  intended by the
         parties  hereto as true sales  governed  by the  provisions  of Article
         5069-1H.103  of the Texas Revised  Civil  Statutes and Section 9.102 of
         the Texas  Business and Commerce Code, as each may be amended from time
         to time, and, accordingly, legal and equitable title in all of Seller's
         accounts sold to and purchase by KBK from time to time  hereunder  will
         pass to KBK.

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto,  heretofore  duly  authorized,  have
executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

Address for Notices                     SELLER:

2202 W. LONE CACTUS DRIVE               H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
SUITE 15
PHOENIX, ARIZONA   85027
Telecopy No: (602) 233-1107             By: /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Name: S. Steven Carl
                                        Title: C.E.O.

2202 W. LONE CACTUS DRIVE               H.E.R.C. CONSUMER PRODUCTS, INC.
SUITE 15
PHOENIX, ARIZONA   85027
Telecopy No: (602) 233-1107             By: /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Name: S. Steven Carl
                                        Title: C.E.O.


Address for Notices:                    KBK FINANCIAL, INC.:
301 COMMERCE STREET
2200 CITY CENTER                        By: /s/ Jeff Kassing
FORT WORTH, TEXAS   76012                  -------------------------------------
Telecopy No: (817) 258-6114             Name: Jeff Kassing
                                        Title: Vice President & General Counsel
                                        Date: October 17, 1997
                                             -----------------------------------
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE A
                                       TO
                     ACCOUNT TRANSFER AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            Dated September 22, 1997
                                 By and Between
                              KBK FINANCIAL, INC.
                         H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
                                       and
                        H.E.R.C. CONSUMER PRODUCTS, INC.



The addresses of any other locations of Collateral referenced in Section 9:

CCT Corporation                         Innerspace Storage Corporation
5115 Avenida Encinas #A                 1600 N.M-291 Highway
Carlsbad, CA   92008                    Sugar Creek, Mo.


Nutrient Technologies                   Wilbur-Ellis
1092 E. Kamm Avenue                     3 Miles West FM 1925
Dinuba, Ca.  93618                      Edinburg, Tx.  78540


Helena Chemical Company                 Helena Chemical Company
2405 N. 71st Street                     Route 5 Box 522 Highway 275
Tampa, Fl.   33619                      Freemont, Ne.  68025


Helena Chemical Company                 Helena Chemical Company
4555 Highway 90 East                    100 Santa Barbara
Uvalde, Tx.   78801                     Mesquite, NM   88048


Any trade or assumed names referenced in Section 9:

CCT Corporation
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                    ADDENDUM


to Account  Transfer  and  Purchase  Agreement  between KBK  FINANCIAL,  INC., a
Delaware  corporation  ("KBK"),  H.E.R.C.  PRODUCTS  INCORPORATED,   a  Delaware
corporation,  and  H.E.R.C.  CONSUMER  PRODUCTS,  INC.,  an Arizona  corporation
(collectively  herein  referred to as "Seller')  dated  September  22, 1997 (the
"Agreement").

This Addendum modifies and supplements the Agreement as follows:

1.       Financial Covenants.  Seller agrees to maintain the following financial
         covenant while this Agreement remains in effect:

         (a)      Tangible  Net Worth.  At the end of each fiscal  quarter,  its
                  Tangible  Net  Worth  on a pro  forma  basis  (i.e.  add  back
                  purchased  accounts  and  factored  balance)  of not less than
                  $750,000.00.

         As used herein,  the term  "Tangible  Net Worth" shall mean,  as of any
         date,  the amount by which  Seller's  total  assets  exceeds  its total
         liabilities,  plus  Subordinated  Debt, less any intangible  assets (as
         defined by generally accepted accounting principles, including, without
         limitation, trademarks, patents, copyrights, goodwill, covenants not to
         compete  and  customer  lists),   less  deferred   charges.   The  term
         "Subordinated  Debt"  shall  mean  indebtedness  owing by  Seller  to a
         creditor  other  than KBK which has been  subordinated  and  subject in
         right  of  payment  to  the  prior  payment  of  all  indebtedness  and
         obligations now or hereafter owing by Seller to KBK, such subordination
         to  be  evidenced  by  a  written  agreement  between  Seller  and  the
         subordinated  creditor which is in form and substance  satisfactory  to
         KBK.


                                        H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED

                                        By: /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Name: S. Steven Carl
                                        Title: C.E.O.


                                        H.E.R.C. CONSUMER PRODUCTS INC.

                                        By: /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Name: S. Steven Carl
                                        Title: C.E.O.


                                        KBK FINANCIAL, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Jeff Kassing
                                           -------------------------------------
                                        Name: Jeff Kassing
                                        Title: Vice President & General Counsel
                                       8

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PART I - THE SCHEDULE                       SECTION A - SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM
<S>                        <C>                  <C>                                        <C>             <C>             
SOLICITATION, OFFER, AND AWARD                  1. THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED                 RATING          PAGE OF PAGES
                                                   ORDER UNDER DPAS (15CFR350)              DO-A3           1   /    84
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.  CONTRACT NO.            3. SOLICITATION #    4. TYPE OF SOLICITATION                    5.  DATE        6.  REQ/PURCHASE
                                                                                            ISSUED
N62678-97-D-0001.           N62678-97-R-1046     (   ) SEALED BID (1FB)                     97 MAY 23       REQN# N62678-7105-c250
                                                 (   ) NEGOTIATED (RFP)                 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. ISSUED BY                  CODE          N62678                 8.   ADDRESS OFFER TO:                   (If other than Item 7)

SUPERVISOR OF SHIPBUILDING, C&R, USN
NORFOLK NAVAL SHIPYARD, BLDG. 15, 2ND FLOOR
PORTSMOUTH, VA   23705-0215
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: In sealed bid solicitations offer" and "offeror" mean "bid" and "bidder"
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   SOLICITATION
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Sealed offers in original and 1 signed copy for furnishing the supplies or services in the Schedule will be received at the place
specified in Item 8, or if hand carried, in the depository located in Block 8 until 2:00 PM Eastern, 11:00 AM, 24 July 1997.

CAUTION:  LATE  Submissions,  Modifications,  and  Withdrawals:  See Section L, Provision No. 52.214-7 or 51.215-10.  All offers are
subject to all terms and conditions contained in this solicitation.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.  FOR INFORMATION                            A. NAME                         B. TELEPHONE NO.  (Include area code) NO COLLECT
    CALL                                        P. TARR                            CALLS       (757) 396-5041 EXT. 456
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        II. TABLE OF CONTENTS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
X'd       SEC.     DESCRIPTION                                     PAGES     X'd   SEC     DESCRIPTION                   PAGES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       PART 1 - THE SCHEDULE                                                  PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   X         A     SOLICITATION / CONTRACT FORM                    1        X       1       CONTRACT CLAUSES               52-61
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   X         B     SUPPLIES OR SERVICES & PRICES/COST              2-27     PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS, & OTHER ATTACH.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   X         C     DESCRIPTIONS/SPECS/WORK STATEMENT               28-41    X       J       LIST OF ATTACHMENTS            62-63
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   X         D     PACKAGING AND MARKING                                                  PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   X         E     INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE                       42-43    X       R       REPRESENTATIONS,               64-73
                                                                                            CERTIFICATIONS & OTHER 
                                                                                            STATEMENTS OF
                                                                                            OFFERORS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   X         F     DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE                       44-45    X       L       INSTS. CONDS., & NOTICES       74-82
                                                                                            TO OFFERORS
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   X         G     CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA                    46-47    X       M       EVALUATION FACTORS             783-84
                                                                                            FOR AWARD
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   X         H     SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS                   48-51
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             OFFER (Must be fully completed by offeror)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: Item 12 does not apply if the solicitation includes the provisions at 52.214-16.  Minimum Bid Acceptance Period.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12. In compliance with the above, the undersigned agrees, if this offer is accepted within Calendar days (60 days unless a different
period is  inserted by the  offeror)  from the date for receipt of offers  specified  above,  to furnish any or all items upon which
prices are offered at the price set opposite  each item,  delivered at the  designated  point(s),  within the time  specified in the
schedule.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13.  DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT  PAYMENT            10 Calendar Days      20 Calendar Days    30 Calendar Days       40 Calendar Days
                                                     0%                 0%                     0%                     0%
See Section I, Clause No. 52.232-61
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF                             AMENDMENT NO.      DATE       AMENDMENT NO.        DATE
      AMENDMENTS
(The offeror acknowledges receipt of amendments       One (1)        6-17-97         Four (4)         7-27-97 
to the SOLICITATION for offers and related            Two (2)        6-19-97         Five (5)         7-31-97 
documents numberd and dated:)                        Three (3)       7-18-97         Six (6)          8-1-97  
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15A.  NAME AND        CAGE CODE                  FACILITY         16.      NAME AND TITLE OF PERSON AUTHORIZED TO
      ADDRESS OF                                                           SIGN SIGN OFFER (Type of Print)
      OFFEROR         H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS, INC.
                        33 40 Elmhurd Lane
                      Portsmouth, VA   23701                               Patrick E. Lien
                                                                           Regional Director
                      DUNS NO:
                      TIN NO:           86-05704599
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16B.  TELEPHONE #                    15C.   CHECK IF REMITTANCE ADDRESS IS      17.      SIGNATURE             18.  OFFER DATE
   (Include Area Code)               DIFFERENT FROM ABOVE, ENTER SUCH                    /s/ Patrick E. Lien      Aug. 8, 1997
      (757) 488-3570                 ADDRESS IN SCHEDULE                                                            
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                AWARD (To be completed by Government)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
19.      ACCEPTED AS TO ITEMS NUMBERED      20.      AMOUNT              21.      ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION:

                                                     $ 74,967.20         AA1771804.60BA 000 62678 A 068732 2D 05C250
                                                                         Doc# N626787105C250 (AMT AWARDED $74,967.20)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER THAN FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION               23. SUBMIT INVOICES TO ADDRESS        ITEM
                                                                               SHOWN IN (4 copies unless otherwise (specified)
  (      ) 10 U.S.C. 2304(c) (                 ) (      ) 41 U.S.C. 253(c)      SEE BACK OF FORM
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24.      ADMINISTERED BY (if other than item 7)      CODE                 25.      PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY            CODE
                                                                                   DIRECTOR, DFAS
                                                                                   DAO CLEVELAND CENTER
                                                                                   9712 VIRGINIA AVENUE
                                                                                   NORFOLK, VA   2351--3297
26.      NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER   (Type or print)                    27.      UNITED STATES OF AMERICA     28.  AWARD DATE
                                                                                                                       4/5/97
                                    Richard W. Ydoyaga                                                            
                                    Contracting Offier
                                                                                            (Signature of Contracting
                                                                                            Officer)
              Award will be made on this Form, or on Standard Form 26, or by other authorized official written notice.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               33-133
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                    Page 2 of 84
SECTION B - SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               ESTIMATED                                           ESTIMATED
                                                               ---------                                           ---------
                                                               QUANTITY            U/I       UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                               --------            ---       ----------            -----------
LOT I - FIRST YEAR EFFORT (BASE YEAR)
- -------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        

                REQN# N62678-7105-C250
1001            SET UP EQUIPMENT AND CHEMICALLY
                CLEAN SEWAGE PIPING.

1001AA          PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                WASTE WATER SYSTEM TO CHT
                (Collection, Holding and
                Transfer) CONNECTION ON THE
                PIER PER ZONE                                  100                 EA.       $304.00               $247,338.00
                                                                                             ----------            -----------

1001AB          PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                FRESH WATER SYSTEM WITH BACK
                FLOW PREVENTER TO CONNECTION ON
                THE PIER PER ZONE.                             100                 EA.       $27.00                $2,700.00
                                                                                             ----------            -----------

1001AC          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                VESSELS: CGN, LST,                             4                   EA.       $13,258.00            $53,032.00
                                                                                             ----------            -----------

1001AD          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                VESSELS: DD, DDG                               8                   EA.       $13,015.00            $104,120.00
                                                                                             ----------            -----------

1001AE          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM WITH NECESSARY TEMPORARY
                FITTINGS, PERFORM LEAK TEST,
                CHEMICALLY CLEAN, FRESH WATER
                FLUSH AND NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT
                PER ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING
                CLASS VESSELS: LSD, SPD, CG,
                LCC, AE                                        12                  EA.       $13,015.00            $156,180.00
                                                                                             ----------            -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                    Page 3 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             ESTIMATED                                           ESTIMATED
                                                             ---------                                           ---------
                                                             QUANTITY            U/I       UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                             --------            ---       ----------            -----------
LOT I - FIRST YEAR EFFORT (BASE YEAR)(continued)
- ------------------------------------------------

<S>             <C>                                          <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
1001AF          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                VESSELS: ARS, MHC, CVN                       18                  EA.       $13,015.00            $234,270.00
                                                                                           ----------            -----------

1001AG          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                VESSELS: LPH, AS                             4                   EA.       $22,315.00            $89,260.00
                                                                                           ----------            -----------

1001AH          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                VESSELS: PC, MCM, MSO, LHA, AND
                OTHER COMPATIBLE MILITARY
                VESSELS                                      22                  EA.       $11,150.00            $245,300.00
                                                                                           ----------            -----------

1001AJ          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                VESSELS: YTB AND MINOR
                AUXILIARY CRAFT                              4                   EA.       $14,085.00            $56,340.00
                                                                                           ----------            -----------

1001AK          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                VESSELS: AO, CV, INCLUDING USS
                ENTERPRISE                                   9                   EA.       $14,095.00            $126,765.00
                                                                                           ----------            -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                                                    Page 4 of 84

                                 BEST AND FINAL
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             ESTIMATED                                           ESTIMATED
                                                             ---------                                           ---------
                                                             QUANTITY            U/I       UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                             --------            ---       ----------            -----------
LOT I - FIRST YEAR EFFORT (BASE YEAR)(continued)
- ------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
1001AL          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM LEAK
                TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN, FRESH
                WATER FLUSH AND NEUTRALIZE.
                RECONNECT PER ZONE FOR THE
                FOLLOWING CLASS VESSELS: SSN,
                SSBN, AFDM                                        2                    EA.       $13,853.00            $27,706.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1001AM          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
 "C"            SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM LEAK
                TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN, FRESH
                WATER FLUSH AND NEUTRALIZE.
                RECONNECT PER ZONE FOR THE
                FOLLOWING CLASS VESSELS: AOE,
                (SACRAMENTO CLASS) ZONES I, II,
                AND III                                           3                    EA.       $14,085.00            $42,255.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1001AN          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM LEAK
                TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN, FRESH
                WATER FLUSH AND NEUTRALIZE.
                RECONNECT PER ZONE FOR THE
                FOLLOWING CLASS VESSELS: FFG,
                AND OTHER COMPATIBLE MILITARY
                VESSELS                                           2                    EA.       $14,085.00            $28,170.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1001AP          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM LEAK
                TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN, FRESH
                WATER FLUSH AND NEUTRALIZE.
                RECONNECT PER ZONE FOR THE
                FOLLOWING CLASS VESSELS: LHD                      4                    EA.       $14,085.00            $56,340.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1001AQ          PERFORM FIBER OPTIC BAROSCOPE
                INSPECTION FOR ALL CLASS SHIPS,
                BEFORE AND AFTER CHEMICAL
                CLEANING, PR ZONE.                                200                  EA.       $486.00               $97,200.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1001AR          SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
 "C"            SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM LEAK
                TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN, FRESH
                WATER FLUSH AND NEUTRALIZE.
                RECONNECT PER ZONE FOR THE
                FOLLOWING CLASS VESSELS: AOE
                (SACRAMENTO CLASS)IV                              1                    EA.       $14,085.00            $14,085.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                    Page 5 of 84

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             ESTIMATED                                           ESTIMATED
                                                             ---------                                           ---------
                                                             QUANTITY            U/I       UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                             --------            ---       ----------            -----------
LOT I - FIRST YEAR EFFORT (BASE YEAR)(continued)
- ------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        

1001AS            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"               SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: AOE, (SUPPLY CLASS)
                  ZONE I                                           1                   EA.       $14,085.00            $14,085.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1001AT            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"               SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: AOE (SUPPLY CLASS)ZONE
                  II                                               1                   EA.       $14,085.00            $14,085.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1002              REPLACE FOLLOWING MATERIALS AND
                  RESTORE SYSTEM TO NORMAL
                  OPERATION.

1002AA            WATER CLOSET RUBBER BOOT AND
                  CLAMPS                                           800                 EA.       $4.99                 $3,992.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1002AB            URINAL HOSES AND CLAMPS                          400                 EA.       $3.80                 $1,520.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1003              PROVIDE PORTABLE CHEMICAL
                  TOILETS FOR DURATION OF
                  DELIVERY ORDER INCLUDING
                  SERVICING UP TO(2)TIMES PER
                  WEEK FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  SHIPS:

1003AA            ARS & FFG - 4 TOILETS                            5                   EA.       $286.00               $1,430.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1003AB            AO & AOE - 8 TOILETS                             2                   EA.       $572.00               $1,144.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

1003AC            MINOR/AUXILIARY SERVICE CRAFT -
                  2 TOILETS                                        5                   EA.       $143.00               $715.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                    Page 6 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             ESTIMATED                                           ESTIMATED
                                                             ---------                                           ---------
                                                             QUANTITY            U/I       UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                             --------            ---       ----------            -----------

LOT I - FIRST YEAR EFFORT (BASE YEAR)(continued)
- ------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>               <C>        
1004              PIPING REPAIRS

1004AA            PIPEFITTER                                    750                HRS       $27.50                $20,625.00
                                                                                             ----------            -----------
1004AB            BRAZER/WELDER                                 750                HRS       $27.50                $20,625.00
                                                                                             ----------            -----------
1004AC            GAS FREE CERTIFICATION                         75                EA.       $125.00               $9,375.00
                                                                                             ----------            -----------

1004AD            GAS FREE MAINTENANCE                          150                EA.        $27.50           $4,125.00
                                                                                              ----------       -----------

1004AD            MATERIAL                                                         NTE                         $15,000.00
                                                                                                               -----------

1004AF            MATERIAL G & A /HANDLING   10   %                                                            $1,500.00
                                           -------                                                             -----------

1005              ORDERING ADDITIONAL WORK/
                  UNDISCLOSED WORK (SECTION C.8)

1005AA            STRAIGHT TIME                                 200                HRS.       $27.50           $5,500.00
                                                                                              ----------       -----------

1005AB            MATERIAL                                                         NTE                         $5,000.00
                                                                                                               -----------

1005AC            MATERIAL G & A /HANDLING   10   %                                                            $500.00
                                           -------                                                             -----------

1006              TRAVEL (GOVERNMENT DIRECTED TDY
                  IN SUPPORT OF LOT I                           1                  LOT                         $16,000.00
                                                                                                               -----------

1007              CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS
                  (DD FORM 1423, Exhibit A)                     1                  LOT        NSP              NSP

TOTAL ESTIMATE LOT I......................................................................... $1,499,344.00
                                                                                              -------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                    Page 7 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                            ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I       UNIT PRICE             TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---       ----------             -----------

LOT II - SECOND YEAR EFFORT (FIRST OPTION)
- ------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
                  REQN# N62678-7105-C250

2001              SET UP EQUIPMENT AND
                  CHEMICALLY
                  CLEAN SEWAGE PIPING.

2001AA            PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                  WASTE WATER SYSTEM TO CHT
                  (Collection, Holding, and
                  Transfer) CONNECTION ON THE
                  PIER PER ZONE                                  100                 EA.       $311.00                $31,100.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------

2001AB            PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                  FRESH WATER SYSTEM WITH BACK
                  FLOW PREVENTER TO CONNECTION
                  ON THE PIER PER ZONE                           100                 EA.       $28.00                 $2,800.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------

2001AC            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: CGN, LST,                             4                   EA.       $13,590.00             $54,360.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------

2001AD            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: DD, DDG                               8                   EA.       $13,340.00             $106,720.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------

2001AE            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: LSD, LPD, CG, LCC, AE                 12                  EA.       $13,340.00             $160,080.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------

2001AF            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: ARS, MHC, CVN                         18                  EA.       $13,340.00             $240,120.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                    Page 8 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                            ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I       UNIT PRICE             TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---       ----------             -----------

LOT II -SECOND YEAR EFFORT(FIRST OPTION)(Continued)
- ---------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
2001AG            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: LPH, AS                               4                   EA.       $22,872.00             $91,488.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------

2001AH            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: PC, MCM, MSO, LHA,
                  AND OTHER COMPATIBLE MILITARY
                  VESSELS                                        22                  EA.       $11,428.00             $251,416.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------

2001AJ            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: YTB, AND MINOR
                  AUXILIARY CRAFT                                4                   EA.       $14,437.00             $57,748.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------

2001AK            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: AO, CV, INCLUDING USS
                  ENTERPRISE                                     9                   EA.       $14,437.00             $129,933.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------

2001AL            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: SSN, SSBN, AFDM                       2                   EA.       $14,199.00             $28,398.00
                                                                                               ----------             -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                    Page 9 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                       ESTIMATED
                                                                   ESTIMATED                                           TOTAL
                                                                   QUANTITY            U/I       UNIT PRICE            PRICE
                                                                   --------            ---       ----------            -----
LOT II -SECOND YEAR EFFORT(FIRST OPTION)(Continued)
- ---------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
2001AM            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: AOE, (SACRAMENTO
                  CLASS) ZONES I, II, AND III                      3                   EA.       $14,437.00            $43,311.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

2001AN            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: FFG AND OTHER
                  COMPATIBLE MILITARY VESSELS                      2                   EA.       $14,437.00            $28,874.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

2001AP            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                  SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: LHD                                     4                   EA.       $14,437.00            $57,748.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

2001AQ            PERFORM, FIBEROPTIC BAROSCOPE
                  INSPECTION FOR ALL CLASS SHIPS,
                  BEFORE AND AFTER CHEMICAL
                  CLEANING, PER ZONE.                              200                 EA.       $498.00               $99,600.00
                                                                                                 ----------            -----------

2001AR            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
 "C"              SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: AOE (SACRAMENTO CLASS)
                  ZONES IV                                         1                    EA.       $14,437.00           $14,437.00
                                                                                                  ----------           -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 10 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         ESTIMATED
                                                                   ESTIMATED                                             TOTAL
                                                                   QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            PRICE
                                                                   --------            ---         ----------            -----
LOT II-SECOND YEAR EFFORT(FIRST OPTION)(Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
2001AS            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"               SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: AOE (SUPPLY CLASS)ZONE
                  I                                                1               EA.         $14,437.00            $14,437.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2001AT            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"               SYSTEM, CONNECT WITH NECESSARY
                  TEMPORARY FITTINGS, PERFORM
                  LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                  FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                  NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER ZONE
                  FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  VESSELS: AOE (SUPPLY CLASS)ZONE
                  II                                               1               EA.         $14,437.00            $14,437.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2002              REPLACE FOLLOWING MATERIALS AND
                  RESTORE SYSTEM TO NORMAL
                  OPERATION.

2002AA            WATER CLOSET RUBBER BOOT AND
                  CLAMPS                                           800             EA.         $5.11                 $4,088.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2002AB            URINAL HOSES AND CLAMPS                          400             EA.         $3.09                 $1,560.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2003              PROVIDE PORTABLE CHEMICAL
                  TOILETS FOR DURATION OF
                  DELIVERY ORDER INCLUDING
                  SERVICING UP TO (2) TIMES PER
                  WEEK FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                  SHIPS:

2003AA            ARS & FFG - 4 TOILETS                            5               EA.         $293.00               $1,465.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2003AB            AO & AOE - 8 TOILETS                             2               EA.         $586.00               $1,172.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2003AC            MINOR/AUXILIARY SERVICE CRAFT -
                  2 TOILETS                                        5               EA.         $147.00               $735.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 11 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                         ESTIMATED
                                                                   ESTIMATED                                             TOTAL
                                                                   QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            PRICE
                                                                   --------            ---         ----------            -----

LOT II-SECOND YEAR EFFORT(FIRST OPTION)(Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
2004              PIPING REPAIRS

2004AA            PIPEFITTER                                   750                 HRS.        $28.19                $21,142.50
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2004AB            BRAZER/WELDER                                750                 HRS.        $28.19                $21,142.50
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2004AC            GAS FREE CERTIFICATION                       75                  EA.         $128.13               $9,609.75
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2004AD            GAS FREE MAINTENANCE                         150                 EA.         $28.19                $4,228.50
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2004AE            MATERIAL                                                         NTE                               $15,000.00
                                                                                                                     ----------

2004AF            MATERIAL G & A HANDLING   10 %                                                                     $1,500
                                           ------                                                                    ---------

2005              ORDERING ADDITIONAL WORK/
                  UNDISCLOSED WORK (SECTION C.8)

2005AA             STRAIGHT TIME                               200                 HRS.        $28.19                $5,638.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

2005AB             MATERIAL                                    NTE                                                   $5,000.00
                                                                                                                     ---------

2005AC             MATERIAL G & A HANDLING   10 %                                                                    $5,000.00
                                           ------                                                                    ---------

2006               TRAVEL (GOVERNMENT DIRECTED
                   TDY IN SUPPORT OF LOT I                     1                   LOT                               $16,000.00
                                                                                                                     ----------

2007               CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS
                   (DD FORM 1423, Exhibit A).                  1                   LOT         NSP                   NSP

TOTAL ESTIMATE LOT II......................................................................... $1,535,788.25
                                                                                               -------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 12 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------

LOT III-THIRD YEAR EFFORT(SECOND OPTION)(Continued)
- ---------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
                   REQN# N62678-7105-C250
3001               SET UP EQUIPMENT AND
                   CHEMICALLY CLEAN SEWAGE
                   PIPING.

3001AA             PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                   WASTE WATER SYSTEM TO CHT
                   (Collection, Holding and
                   Transfer) CONNECTION ON THE
                   PIER PER ZONE                                 100                 EA.       $321.00               $32,100.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

3001AB             PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                   FRESH WATER SYSTEM WITH BACK
                   FLOW PREVENTER TO CONNECTION
                   ON THE PIER PER ZONE                          100                 EA.       $29.00                $2,900.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

3001AC             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: CGN, LST,                             4                   EA.       $13,998.00            $55,992.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

3001AD             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: DD, DDG                               8                   EA.       $13,741.00            $109,928.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

3001AE             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSESL:LSD, LPD, CG, LCC, AE                 12                  EA.       $13,741.00            $164,892.00
                   SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                                                                                               ----------            -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 13 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------

LOT III-THIRD YEAR EFFORT(SECOND OPTION)(Continued)
- ---------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
3001AF             SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: ARS, MHC, CVN                        18                EA.         $13,741.00            $247,338.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3001AG             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: LPH, AS                              4                 EA.         23,559.00             $94,236.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3001AH             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: PC, MCM, MSO, LHA,
                   AND OTHER COMPATIBLE MILITARY
                   VESSELS                                      22                EA.         $11,771.00            $258,962.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3001AJ             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: YTB AND MINOR
                   AUXILIARY CRAFT                              4                 EA.         $14,870.00            $59,480.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3001AK             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AO, CV INCLUDING USS
                   ENTERPRISE                                   9                 EA.         $14,870.00            $133,830.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 14 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------
LOT III-THIRD YEAR EFFORT(SECOND OPTION)(Continued)
- ---------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
3001AL             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: SSN, SSBN, AFDM                       2                   EA.       $14,625.00            $29,250.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

3001AM             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"                SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SACRAMENTO
                   CLASS) ZONES, I, II, AND III                  3                   EA.       $14,870.00            $44,610.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

3001AN             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: FFG AND OTHER
                   COMPATIBLE MILITARY VESSELS                   2                   EA.       $14,870.00            $29,740.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

3001AP             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: LHD                                   4                   EA.       $14,870.00            $59,480.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

3001AQ             PERFORM FIBEROPTIC BAROSCOPE
                   INSPECTION FOR ALL CLASS
                   SHIPS, BEFORE AND AFTER
                   CHEMICAL CLEANING, PER ZONE.                  200                 EA.       $513.00               $102,600.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------

3001AR             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"                SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SACRAMENTO
                   CLASS) ZONES IV                               1                   EA.       $14,870.00            $14,870.00
                                                                                               ----------            -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 15 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------
LOT III-THIRD YEAR EFFORT(SECOND OPTION)(Continued)
- ---------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        

3001AS             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
 "C"               SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SUPPLY CLASS)
                   ZONE I                                        1                   EA.      $14,870.00            $14,870.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3001AT             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"                SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SUPPLY CLASS)
                   ZONE I                                        1                   EA.      $14,870.00            $14,870.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3002               REPLACE FOLLOWING MATERIALS
                   AND RESTORE SYSTEM TO NORMAL
                   OPERATION.

3002AA             WATER CLOSET RUBBER BOOT AND
                   CLAMPS                                        800                 EA.      $5.25                 $4,200.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3002AB             URINAL HOSES AND CLAMPS                       400                 EA.      $4.00                 $1,600.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3003               PROVIDE PORTABLE CHEMICAL
                   TOILETS FOR DURATION OF
                   DELIVERY ORDER INCLUDING
                   SERVICING UP TO (2) TIMES PER
                   WEEK FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   SHIPS:

3003AA             ARS & FFG - 4 TOILETS                         5                   EA.      $302                  1,510.00$
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3003AB             AO & AOE - 8 TOILETS                          2                   EA.      $604.00               $1,208.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------

3003AC             MINOR/AUXILIARY SERVICE CRAFT
                   - 2 TOILETS                                   5                   EA.      $151.00               $755.00
                                                                                              ----------            -----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 16 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ESTIMATED                       UNIT             ESTIMATED
                                                                      QUANTITY             U/I        PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                      --------             ---        -----            -----------

LOT III-THIRD YEAR EFFORT(SECOND OPTION)(Continued)
- ---------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
3004               PIPING REPAIRS

3004AA             PIPEFITTER                                  750                 HRS.        $29.00           $21,750.00
                                                                                               -------          ---------

3004AB             BRAZER/WELDER                               750                 EA.         $29.00           $21,750.00
                                                                                               -------          ---------

3004AC             GAS FREE CERTIFICATION                      75                  EA.         $132.00          $9,900.00
                                                                                               -------          ---------

3004AD             GAS FREE MAINTENANCE                        150                 EA.         $29.00           $4,350.00
                                                                                               -------          ---------

3004AE             MATERIAL                                                        NTE.                         $15,000.00
                                                                                                                ----------

3004AF             MATERIAL G&A/HANDLING   10 %

3005               ORDERING ADDITIONAL WORK/
                   UNDISCLOSED WORK (SECTION
                   C.8)

3005AA            STRAIGHT TIME                                     200            HRS.        $29.00           $5,800.00
                                                                                               -------          ---------

3005AB            MATERIAL                                                         NTE                          $5,000.00
                                                                                                                ----------

3005AC            MATERIAL G & A /HANDLING   10   %                                                             $500.00
                                           -------                                                              ----------

3006              TRAVEL (GOVERNMENT DIRECTED TDY
                  IN SUPPORT OF LOT I                               1              LOT                          $16,000.00
                                                                                                                ----------

3007              CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS
                  (DD FORM 1423, Exhibit A)                         1              LOT         NSP              NSP

TOTAL ESTIMATE LOT III....................................................................... $1,580,771.00
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 17 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------
LOT IV-FOURTH YEAR EFFORT(THIRD OPTION)
- ---------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
                   REQN# N62678-7105-C250
4001               SET UP EQUIPMENT AND
                   CHEMICALLY CLEAN SEWAGE
                   PIPING.

4001AA             PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                   WASTE WATER SYSTEM TO CHT
                   (Collection, Holding and
                   Transfer) CONNECTION ON THE
                   PIER PER ZONE                              100                 EA.         $331.00               $33,100.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AB             PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                   FRESH WATER SYSTEM WITH BACK
                   FLOW PREVENTER TO CONNECTION
                   ON THE PIER PER ZONE                       100                 EA.         $30.00                $3,000.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AC             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: CGN, LST,                          4                   EA.         $14,460.00            $57,840.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AD             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: DD, DDG                            8                   EA.         $14,194.00            $113,552.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AE             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSESL:LSD, LPD, CG, LCC, AE              12                  EA.         $14,194.00            $170,328.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 18 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------

LOT IV-FOURTH YEAR EFFORT(THIRD OPTION)(Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
4001AF             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: ARS, MHC, CVN                      18                  EA.         $14,194.00            $255,492.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AG             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: LPH, AS                            4                   EA.         $24,336.00            $97,344.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AH             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: PC, MCM, MSO, LHA,
                   AND OTHER COMPATIBLE MILITARY
                   VESSELS                                    22                  EA.         $12,160.00            $267,520.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AJ             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: YTB AND MINOR
                   AUXILIARY CRAFT                            4                   EA.         $15,361.00            $61,444.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AK             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AO, CV INCLUDING USS
                   ENTERPRISE                                 9                   EA.         $15,361.00            $138,249.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 19 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------

LOT IV-FOURTH YEAR EFFORT(THIRD OPTION)(Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
4001AL             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: SSN, SSBN, AFDM                       2                EA.         $15,108.00            $30,216.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AM             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"                SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SACRAMENTO
                   CLASS) ZONES, I, II, AND III                  3                EA.         $15,361.00            $46,083.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AN             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: FFG AND OTHER
                   COMPATIBLE MILITARY VESSELS                   2                EA.         $15,361.00            $30,722.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AP             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: LHD                                   4                EA.         $15,361.00            $61,444.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AQ             PERFORM FIBEROPTIC BAROSCOPE
                   INSPECTION FOR ALL CLASS
                   SHIPS, BEFORE AND AFTER
                   CHEMICAL CLEANING, PER ZONE.                  200              EA.         $530.00               $106,000.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------

4001AR             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"                SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SACRAMENTO
                   CLASS) ZONES IV                               1                EA.         $15,361.00            $15,361.00
                                                                                              ----------            ----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 20 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------
LOT IV-FOURTH YEAR EFFORT(THIRD OPTION)(Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
4001AS             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
 "C"               SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SUPPLY CLASS)
                   ZONE I                                        1                   EA.       $15,361.00          $15,361.00
                                                                                               ----------          ----------

4001AT             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"                SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SUPPLY CLASS)
                   ZONE I                                        1                   EA.       $15,361.00          $15,361.00
                                                                                               ----------          ----------

4002               REPLACE FOLLOWING MATERIALS
                   AND RESTORE SYSTEM TO NORMAL
                   OPERATION.

4002AA             WATER CLOSET RUBBER BOOT AND
                   CLAMPS                                        800                 EA.       $5.44               $4,352.00
                                                                                               ----------          ----------

4002AB             URINAL HOSES AND CLAMPS                       400                 EA.       $4.14               $1,656.00
                                                                                               ----------          ----------

4003               PROVIDE PORTABLE CHEMICAL
                   TOILETS FOR DURATION OF
                   DELIVERY ORDER INCLUDING
                   SERVICING UP TO (2) TIMES PER
                   WEEK FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   SHIPS:

4003AA             ARS & FFG - 4 TOILETS                         5                   EA.       $312.00             1,560.00$
                                                                                               ----------          ----------

4003AB             AO & AOE - 8 TOILETS                          2                   EA.       $624.00             $1,248.00
                                                                                               ----------          ----------

4003AC             MINOR/AUXILIARY SERVICE CRAFT
                   - 2 TOILETS                                   5                   EA.       $156.00             $780.00
                                                                                               ----------          ----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 21 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ESTIMATED                       UNIT             ESTIMATED
                                                                      QUANTITY             U/I        PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                      --------             ---        -----            -----------
LOT IV-FOURTH YEAR EFFORT(THIRD OPTION)(Continued)
- --------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
4004               PIPING REPAIRS

4004AA             PIPEFITTER                                  750                 HRS.        $29.99                $22,492.50
                                                                                               ------                ----------

4004AB             BRAZER/WELDER                               750                 EA.         $29.99                $22,492.50
                                                                                               ------                ----------

4004AC             GAS FREE CERTIFICATION                      75                  EA.         $132.32               $10,224.00
                                                                                               ------                ----------

4004AD             GAS FREE MAINTENANCE                        150                 EA.         $29.99                $4,498.50
                                                                                               ------                ----------

4004AE             MATERIAL                                                        NTE.                              $15,000.00
                                                                                                                     ----------

4004AF             MATERIAL G&A/HANDLING   10 %                                                                      $1,500.00
                                         ------                                                                      ----------

                   ORDERING ADDITIONAL WORK/
                   UNDISCLOSED WORK (SECTION
4005               C.8)                                                                        $29.99                $5,998.00
                                                                                               ------                ----------

4005AA            STRAIGHT TIME                                     200                  HRS.  $29.99                $5,998.00
                                                                                               ------                ----------

4005AB            MATERIAL                                                               NTE                         $5,000.00
                                                                                                                     ----------

4005AC            MATERIAL G & A /HANDLING   10   %                                                                  $500.00
                                         ------                                                                      ----------

4006              TRAVEL (GOVERNMENT DIRECTED TDY
                  IN SUPPORT OF LOT I                               1                    LOT                         $16,000.00
                                                                                                                     ----------

4007              CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS
                  (DD FORM 1423, Exhibit A)                         1                    LOT        NSP              NSP

TOTAL ESTIMATE LOT IV.............................................................................. $1,631,718.50
                                                                                                    -------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 22 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------
LOT V-FIFTH YEAR EFFORT(FOURTH OPTION)
- --------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        

                   REQN# N62678-7105-C250

5001               SET UP EQUIPMENT AND
                   CHEMICALLY CLEAN SEWAGE
                   PIPING.

5001AA             PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                   WASTE WATER SYSTEM TO CHT
                   (Collection, Holding and
                   Transfer) CONNECTION ON THE
                   PIER PER ZONE                                 100                 EA.         $343.00               $34,300.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AB             PREPARE AND INSTALL TEMPORARY
                   FRESH WATER SYSTEM WITH BACK
                   FLOW PREVENTER TO CONNECTION
                   ON THE PIER PER ZONE                          100                 EA.         $31.00                $3,100.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AC             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: CGN, LST,                             4                   EA.         $14,966.00            $59,864.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AD             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: DD, DDG                               8                   EA.         $14,691.00            $117,528.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AE             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSESL:LSD, LPD, CG, LCC, AE                 12                  EA.         $14,691.00            $176,292.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 23 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------
LOT V-FIFTH YEAR EFFORT(FOURTH OPTION)(Continued)
- -------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
5001AF             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: ARS, MHC, CVN                         18                  EA.         $14,691.00            $265,438.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AG             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: LPH, AS                               4                   EA.         $25,188.00            $100,752.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AH             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: PC, MCM, MSO, LHA,
                   AND OTHER COMPATIBLE MILITARY
                   VESSELS                                       22                  EA.         $12,585.00            $276,870.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AJ             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: YTB AND MINOR
                   AUXILIARY CRAFT                               4                   EA.         $15,898.00            $63,592.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AK             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AO, CV INCLUDING USS
                   ENTERPRISE                                    9                   EA.         $15,898.00            $143,082.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 24 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------
LOT V-FIFTH YEAR EFFORT(FOURTH OPTION)(Continued)
- -------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
5001AL             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: SSN, SSBN, AFDM                       2                   EA.         $15,636.00            $31,272.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AM             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"                SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SACRAMENTO
                   CLASS) ZONES, I, II, AND III                  3                   EA.         $15,898.00            $47,694.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AN             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: FFG AND OTHER
                   COMPATIBLE MILITARY VESSELS                   2                   EA.         $15,898.00            $31,796.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AP             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
                   SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: LHD                                   4                   EA.         $15,898.00            $63,592.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AQ             PERFORM FIBEROPTIC BAROSCOPE
                   INSPECTION FOR ALL CLASS
                   SHIPS, BEFORE AND AFTER
                   CHEMICAL CLEANING, PER ZONE.                  200                 EA.         $548.50               $109,700.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AR             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"                SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SACRAMENTO
                   CLASS) ZONES IV                               1                   EA.         $15,898.00            $15,898.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 25 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 ESTIMATED                                             ESTIMATED
                                                                 QUANTITY            U/I         UNIT PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                 --------            ---         ----------            -----------
LOT V-FIFTH YEAR EFFORT(FOURTH OPTION)(Continued)
- -------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
54001AS            SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
 "C"               SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SUPPLY CLASS)
                   ZONE I                                        1                   EA.         $15,898.00            $15,898.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5001AT             SET UP EQUIPMENT, ISOLATE
"C"                SYSTEM, FITTINGS, PERFORM
                   LEAK TEST, CHEMICALLY CLEAN,
                   FRESH WATER FLUSH AND
                   NEUTRALIZE. RECONNECT PER
                   ZONE FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   VESSEL: AOE (SUPPLY CLASS)
                   ZONE I                                        1                   EA.         $15,898.00            $15,898.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5002               REPLACE FOLLOWING MATERIALS
                   AND RESTORE SYSTEM TO NORMAL
                   OPERATION.

5002AA             WATER CLOSET RUBBER BOOT AND
                   CLAMPS                                        800                 EA.         $5.63                 $4,504.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5002AB             URINAL HOSES AND CLAMPS                       400                 EA.         $4.29                 $1,716.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5003               PROVIDE PORTABLE CHEMICAL
                   TOILETS FOR DURATION OF
                   DELIVERY ORDER INCLUDING
                   SERVICING UP TO (2) TIMES PER
                   WEEK FOR THE FOLLOWING CLASS
                   SHIPS:

5003AA             ARS & FFG - 4 TOILETS                         5                   EA.         $323.00               $1,615.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5003AB             AO & AOE - 8 TOILETS                          2                   EA.         $646.00               $1,292.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5003AC             MINOR/AUXILIARY SERVICE CRAFT
                   - 2 TOILETS                                   5                   EA.         $161.00               $805.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 BEST AND FINAL
                                                                   Page 26 of 84
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      ESTIMATED                       UNIT             ESTIMATED
                                                                      QUANTITY             U/I        PRICE            TOTAL PRICE
                                                                      --------             ---        -----            -----------
LOT V-FIFTH YEAR EFFORT(FOURTH OPTION)(Continued)
- -------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>                                            <C>                <C>        <C>                   <C>        
5004               PIPING REPAIRS

5004AA             PIPEFITTER                                    750                 HRS.        $31.00                $23,250.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5004AB             BRAZER/WELDER                                 750                 EA.         $31.00                $23,250.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5004AC             GAS FREE CERTIFICATION                        75                  EA.         $141.00               $10,575.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5004AD             GAS FREE MAINTENANCE                          150                 EA.         $35.00                $4,650.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5004AE             MATERIAL                                                          NTE.                              $15,000.00
                                                                                                                       ----------

5004AF             MATERIAL G&A/HANDLING   10 %                                                                        $1,500.00
                                         ------                                                                        ----------

5005               ORDERING ADDITIONAL WORK/
                   UNDISCLOSED WORK (SECTION
                   C.8)                                                                          $31.00                $6,200.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5005AA            STRAIGHT TIME                                       200                  HRS.  $31.00                $6,200.00
                                                                                                 ----------            ----------

5005AB            MATERIAL                                                                 NTE                         $5,000.00
- ----                                                                                                                   ---------

5005AC            MATERIAL G & A /HANDLING   10   %                                                                    $500.00
                                         ------                                                                        ----------

5006              TRAVEL (GOVERNMENT DIRECTED TDY
                  IN SUPPORT OF LOT I                                 1                    LOT                         $16,000.00
                                                                      -                                                ----------

5007              CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS
                  (DD FORM 1423, Exhibit A)                           1                    LOT        NSP              NSP

TOTAL ESTIMATE LOT V................................................................................. $1,687,423.00
                                                                                                      -------------
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 27 of 84
B.1.     ORDERING ADDITIONAL/UNDISCLOSED WORK.

         (a)  Additional/Undisclosed  work and materials not specified under any
other  contract  item may be ordered by the Ordering  Officer and in  accordance
with  procedures set forth in the "Ordering  Additional  Work/Undisclosed  Work"
clause contained
in Section C.8 of this schedule.

         (b)  Total  cost of  services  and  materials  shall be  stated  in the
modification  and shall  constitute the  contract's  fixed price amount for such
items.


B.2.     PRICE AT SUBLINE ITEM LEVEL

         Offeror  shall  insert in  SECTION B of the  Schedule  unit  prices and
amounts at the subline item level only (e.g., 0001AA,  0001AB, etc.), and not at
the line item level.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 28 of 84
SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATION/WORK STATEMENT

C.O.              STATEMENT OF WORK

C.1.              SCOPE

C.1.1.            Contract Title: Chemical Cleaning of Sewage Piping

C.1.2.            Contract Type: Indefinite Delivery/Indefinite Quantity
                       Type Contract with Firm-Fixed Unit Prices

C.1.3. The contractor  shall provide all material,  labor,  services,  supplies,
power,  accessories,  facilities and such other equipment  deemed  necessary for
accomplishing  assigned tasks in this contract,  or task orders.  The contractor
shall request, in writing, permission from either the ship's Commanding officer,
Chief  Engineer,  Command Duty Officer,  or Duty Engineer when use of the ship's
services may be required. (NOTE: the contractor is responsible for providing all
services  under this contract.  Should the contractor  request any services that
the ship may be able to  provide,  such as,  but not  limited  to power,  water,
steam, air and crane services, he shall submit a request to the Ordering Officer
for approval,  and be evaluated for  consideration  back to the  Government  and
shall be  negotiated  prior to the  completion of each  applicable  task order).
Written notification shall also be given to CIS (Commercial Industrial Services)
Project  manager or to SUPSHIP's  Duty Officer (after  scheduled  working hours)
that ship  services  have been  requested and approved for use. Be reminded that
ship  services  shall not be used for  Contractor  Life  Support  Systems  (i.e.
compressors  for  breathing  air),  lifting  equipment  in which  an  unexpected
disruption of services has a high  potential for loss of life,  injury or damage
to ship's equipment.

         C.1.3.1.  Cold chemical  cleaning is to be accomplished with ship's for
personnel living on board. Collection,  holding and transfer (CHT)systems are to
be cleaned in zones,  and can be accomplished  concurrently,  if adequate toilet
facilities  are  available.  Portable  chemical  toilets will be provided by the
contractor  for ships whose entire CHT system is down  including male and female
designation and servicing up to two (2) times per week.

C.1.4.  The contractor shall notify the Ordering Officer verbally and in writing
of any difficulties that may jeopardize the completions of specified work.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 29 of 84

C.1.5. The ship's Commanding Officer or Ship's Authorized  Representative  (SAR)
shall  be the  ship's  representative  on any  work  performed  hereunder.  When
required by the  specifications  hereunder or authorized by the Ordering Officer
to perform work aboard ships,, the Contractor shall:

         C.1.5.1.  Coordinate  schedules and work affected areas with the Ship's
Commanding Officer or SAR daily.

         C.1.5.2. Obtain a copy of the ship's operation, drills, etc., (prior to
the  start  of work)  from the SAR,  thus  avoiding  unnecessary  delays  during
performance period.

C.1.6. The contractor shall be responsible for cleaning up any spills associated
with  the  chemical   cleaning   process  in  accordance   with  all  applicable
regulations.

         C.1.6.1.  The following  applies to all cold chemical cleaning on board
all U.S. Government vessels at Naval Base Norfolk:

                  The  contractor   shall  notify  Public  Works  Center  (PWC),
                  Utilities  Code 621.3,  Mr.  Bruce  Davis at  444-0786  during
                  regular work hours, and 445-6868 during nights,  weekends, and
                  holidays at least four hours prior to start of work.

         C.1.6.2.  The following  applies to all cold chemical cleaning on board
all U.S. Government vessels at NAB Little Creek:

                  The contractor shall notify Mr. Richard Padgett,  Little Creek
                  Environmental Quality Division at 464-8343 and Mr. Ray Kimbro,
                  Public Works Center, Utilities Little Creek site, 464-7851, 24
                  hours prior to any work being done on the base.

C.1.7.  The  Contractor  shall  install  blanks to  isolate  piping,  valves and
equipment which must be removed for accomplishment of work.

         C.1.7.1.  Blanks installed on equipment,  valves, and piping opening in
systems  which are subject to pressure  shall be designed to  withstand  maximum
system pressure and secured in place with gaskets and bolting in accordance with
reference c.2.1.2.b.

"C" C.1.7.2.  Remove blanks  installed in paragraph C.1.7  immediately  prior to
reinstalling piping, valves or equipment.

         C.1.7.3.  The contractor shall notify the ship's Commanding  Officer or
the SAR in writing of equipment and systems that require isolation to accomplish
work in the task  orders  before  any work is  started  so that  tagouts  can be
accomplished as required by ship's instructions.

         C.1.7.3.1.  Ship's Force personnel will position  equipment and install
tags when tag-out of a system, piping, or circuit is required.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 30 of 84

         C.1.7.4.  The contractor shall verify use of sufficient tags to prevent
operation  of a system  or  component  from all  stations  that  could  exercise
control.

                  C.1.7.4.1. A contractor's designated representative shall sign
the  ship's  tag-out  record  sheet and the tags after  installation  indicating
contractors  satisfaction  with the  completeness  of the  tag-out  and to alert
personnel removing tags
that contractor's concurrence is required.

         C.1.7.5.  The  contractor's  representative  shall  notify  the  ship's
Commanding  Officer or the SAR immediately  when the contractor work is complete
and the system, piping, or circuit is ready for activation to accomplish removal
of tags.

                  C.1.7.5.1.  The  contractor's  representative  shall  sign the
ship's tag-out log sheet to show concurrence in tag removal and clearance before
removal.

                  C.1.7.5.2.  Ship's  Force  personnel  with  remove  tags after
contractor's  concurrence  and  clearance  has  been  recorded  and  removal  is
authorized by the SAR.

         C.1.7.6. The contractor shall install stamped or engraved metal tags on
removal piping,  valves, and equipment indicating the location,  system,  ship's
name and task order number.

         C.1.7.7. The contractor shall not disturb, modify, remove, energize, or
operate any switch,  fitting,  valve or other  equipment  affixed  with a ship's
isolation tag without permission of the Ship's Force.

                  C.1.7.7.1.  The contractor shall not remove or relocate ship's
isolation tags without concurrence of the Ship's Force.

         C.1.7.8.  Contractor  shall  provide  and  install  a  double  backflow
preventer  with a valve and sample line  between  them on all pierside or ship's
potable water supplies prior to using any government furnished potable water.


C.2.     REFERENCES

C.2.1.  The  requirements of the following  references and of the attachments in
Section  J shall  be  accomplished  in the  execution  of this  contract  unless
otherwise  stated  herein.  The  contractor  is  responsible  to use the  latest
revisions  of all  references,  specifications  and  standards  in effect at the
closing date of this solicitation.

         C.2.1.1. CHEMICAL CLEANING AGENT

         a. The chemical cleaning solution proposed for use in CHT systems must,
in a timely manner, dissolve calcium carbonate, cupreous oxide and ferric oxide.
The solution must be noncorrosive nor will it cause damage to the system and its
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 31 of 84

components.  The  solution  must be  employed  at ambient  temperature  and at a
pressure  not to exceed the  system's  operating  parameters.  The  process  and
chemical utilized must provide for the habitability,  health, safety and welfare
of the crew; permitting them to remain on board during the process. The chemical
solution  shall be disposable  and  considered  nonhazardous,  after  treatment,
meeting all Federal, state and local regulations.

C.2.1.2.          MILITARY STANDARDS

         a.       NAVSEA STD ITEM 009-01:      General Criteria; accomplish; dtd
                                               13SEP 1996

         b.       NAVSEA STD ITEM 009-09:      Process    Control     Procedure:
                                               provide  and  accomplish;  dtd 13
                                               SEP 1996

         c.       NAVSEA STD ITEM 009-23:      Interferences;     remove     and
                                               install; dtd 13 SEP 1996

         d.       NAVSEA STD ITEM 009-24:      Isolation,  Blanking, and Tagging
                                               Requirements;  accomplish; dtd 13
                                               SEP 1996

         e.       NAVSEA STD ITEM 009-32:      Cleaning       and       Painting
                                               Requirements;  accomplish; dtd 13
                                               SEP 1996

         f.       NAVSEA STD ITEM 009-35:      Fire Prevention and Housekeeping:
                                               accomplish; dtd 13 SEP 1996

         g.       NAVSEA STD ITEM 009-12:      Welding,     Fabrication,     and
                                               Inspection  Requirements;  dtd 13
                                               SEP 1996

         h.       MIL-STD-777E:                Schedule   of   Piping,   Valves,
                                               Fittings,  and Associated  Piping
                                               Components   for  Naval   Surface
                                               Ships; dtd 7 FEB 1996

C.2.1.3.   OTHER PUBLICATIONS

         a.       29 CFR part 1915:            Occupation   Safety   and  Health
                                               Administration     (OSHA);    dtd
                                               February 1994

         b.       Standard 306:                National     Fire      Protection
                                               Association; dtd July 1993

         c.       NAVMED P-5010-7:             Manual   of  Naval   Preventative
                                               Medicine,  Chapter 7,  Wastewater
                                               Treatment  and  Disposal,  Ashore
                                               and Afloat; (dtd MARCH 1985)
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 32 of 84

         d. NAVSEA S90086-T-8-STM-000/CH-593:  NSTM,  Pollution  Control dtd OCT
                                               1976 with change 3

         e. SWI 077-01: Hazardous Waste        Produced on Naval Vessel;  dtd 04
                                               APR 1997

C.3.     REQUIREMENTS

         The contractor shall provide all material,  labor, services,  supplies,
power,  accessories,  facilities and such other equipment  deemed  necessary for
accomplishing assigned tasks in this
contract, or task orders.

NOTE:  There are  various  CHECK  POINTS  throughout  the  performance  of these
services. CHECK POINT is a phrase inserted in the Statement of Work to establish
a point in the sequence of  accomplishment  of work at which time the Supervisor
(Supervisor of  Shipbuilding/COR)  shall be notified a minimum of four (4) hours
in  advance  to permit  observation  of a  specific  test or  inspection  by the
Government.

C.3.1.  Chemical utilized for cleaning shall comply with reference C.2.1.1.a and
be able to remove all calcium carbonate build up in sewage lines.

C.3.2.  The  contractor  shall  coordinate  securing of ship's water closets and
urinals with the ship's Commanding Officer or the SAR to minimize  disruption to
the crew.

C.3.3.  The  contractor  shall  submit  four (4)  legible  copies of the Process
Control  Procedure (PCP) (see Exhibit A,  Attachment 1) to the Ordering  Officer
for approval prior to the start of work under this contract.

C.3.4. The contractor shall install and connect  temporary waste water system to
CHT  (Collection,  Holding  and  Transfer)  connection  on  the  pier  prior  to
commencing chemical cleaning.  Make necessary connections at the holding tank to
allow the  isolation and drainage of cleaning  solution and test water.  Install
air pump for emergency  evacuation of system in the event system failure occurs.
Insure evacuation pump is connected to tanker.

         C.3.4.1.  The  contractor  shall  remove  and  reinstall  interferences
necessary to accomplish  work required by this work item. The  contractor  shall
accomplish the requirements of reference C.2.1.2.c.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 33 of 84

CHECK POINT (LEAK TEST)

C.3.5.  Perform  water test of the piping by filling  the piping  system  from a
pierside  pumping  station.  Induce water at the highest point of the system and
down the sewage  drains until the entire  system is full,  venting the system as
necessary to allow complete filling. With the entire system full, allow water to
stand while monitoring for leaks. Upon  determination that the system is free of
leaks, drain the system.

         C.3.5.1. The contractor shall submit four (4) legible copies of reports
of any leaks found including location in shipboard piping to the SAR and SUPSHIP
COR.

         C.3.5.2.  The  contractor  shall  temporarily  patch leaks in shipboard
piping to facilitate the cleaning of the system.

         C.3.5.3.  Upon  determining  the system is free of leaks, a level check
must be performed to determine proper isolation of specific system compartments.
Flush each  compartment  (water  closet,  urinal)  separately to ensure that all
liquids  that are  pumped  into the system are being  recovered  at the  pumping
station.  The level and  recovery  check is to be done with  water.  C.3.6.  The
contractor  shall empty,  clean,  contain and dispose of soil matter in existing
soil  piping  in way of  accomplishing  work  required  by this work  item.  The
contractor   shall  remove  residual   resulting  from  the  chemical   cleaning
operations.

         C.3.6.1.  Handling/Disposal  shall be in accordance with local,  state,
and/or Federal environmental regulations.

         C.3.6.2. The contractor shall adhere to the sanitary,  hygienic, safety
and cleaning  practices as specified in paragraphs 593-3.1 through 593-4.5.20 of
reference C.2.1.3.d.

C.3.7.  Inspection  of sewage  piping  shall be  accomplished  using fiber optic
baroscope  inspection  equipment  capable of video tape (VHS  format)  recording
before and after cleaning to prove
cleanliness.

         C.3.7.1.  Inspections  shall only be accomplished via each water closet
rubber boot connection  points,  urinal hose connection  points,  and previously
installed clean-out connections.

         C.3.7.2.  Inspections  shall be  accomplished  prior to charging system
with  chemical(s),  periodically  after two (2) hour flush interval to determine
effectiveness of cleaning, and before
restoring system to operation.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 34 of 84

         C.3.7.2.1.  Inspections  shall include  inspection of all urinal piping
from urinal to first cleanout, all header piping from toilets to first cleanout,
and 10 percent of  remainder of all cleaned  piping,  including  elbows.  The 10
percent inspected shall be identified by the COR.

         "C" C.3.7.2.2.  An acceptable  cleanliness standard is that standard in
which, when inspected, bu fiber optic equipment,  calcium carbonate, rust or any
other foreign matter is not present.

         C.3.7.3.  Videotaped inspections shall be delivered to the COR no later
than 5 calendar days after work order is completed.

                  C.3.7.3.1.  Minimum  inspections  that shall be  recorded  are
those listed in Section C, paragraph C.3.7.2.

                  C.3.7.3.2.  Time  duration  of video  shall be no less that 10
minutes. Each inspection point videotaped shall be 1 minute in length minimum.

                  C.3.7.3.3.  An itemized list of inspection  points (date, time
and inspection point) shall be included with each cassette  indicating  location
on the video tape of each inspection
point.

CHECK POINT (INSPECTION OF SEWAGE PIPING

C.3.8.  The contractor shall inspect sewage piping from each connection point to
the standards stated in paragraph  C.3.7.2.2.  Continue cleaning until standards
are met.

         C.3.8.1.  Flush the system with a neutralizing solution to achieve a ph
level between 5.5 and 8.5.

C.3.9. The contractor shall be capable of performing the following  processes as
required per task order and in accordance with applicable references:

         (a)      Pipe bending
         (b)      Pipe cleaning
         (c)      Cutting
         (d)      Threading
         (e)      Grinding
         (f)      Brazing
         (g)      Welding
         (h)      Inspection
         (I)      QA Control

         C.3.9.1.  All material shall conform to the  requirements  of reference
C.2.1.2.H unless otherwise specified in individual task orders.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 35 of 84

         C.3.9.2.  Welding and brazing  procedures and  requirements,  electrode
selection, inspections,  personnel qualifications and workmanship qualifications
are to be in accordance with the requirements of NAVSEA Standard Item 009-12.

                  C.3.9.2.1.  For  specific  welding,  brazing,  and  inspection
operations  as specified in paragraph 3.4 of NAVSEA  Standard  Item 009-12,  the
contractor shall provide a process control  procedure using NAVSEA Standard Item
009-09 for guidance.

         C.3.9.4.  The  contractor  shall submit a proposal  containing a ripout
plan, major interferences, affected areas/systems, and tests for reinstallation.
The proposal shall also contain sketches for repairs/modifications listing type,
size and design of components  involved when no other plans are  available.  The
proposal only when required  shall be submitted  prior to start of work for each
individual task order and shall contain all work specified in the contract.

C.3.10. The contractor shall accomplish the following:

         C.3.10.1.   Provide  the  services  of  a  National   Fire   Protection
Association (NFPA) Certified marine Chemist and certify each space listed in the
task order,  requiring  certification  in accordance with Subpart B of reference
C.2.1.3.a. safe for workers and safe for hot work.

                  C.3.10.1.1. Initial posting of the log shall precede the start
of work within the space on the task order.

                  C.3.10.1.2.  The Marine Chemist's  certificate may be used for
posting the log.

         C.3.10.2. Accomplish the requirements of reference C.2.1.3.a. for entry
and not work,, to also include the following:

                  C.3.10.2.1.  All competent  persons shall be trained by a NFPA
Certified  Marine  Chemist  using  Subparts  A, B, and  1915.152 of Subpart I of
reference  C.2.1.3.1.a.  as  guidance or under an  approved  Shipyard  Competent
Person Training Program.

                  C.3.10.2.2.  In  addition  to the  requirements  of  reference
C.2.1.3.a. certify annually and update with new personnel certified as competent
persons that the competent  persons have received training in one of the methods
listed in  C.3.10.2.1.  by  forwarding a copy of a company  headed letter to the
Ordering Officer. The certification shall contain the following:
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 36 of 84

         (a)      Competent person's name(s)
         (b)      Competent person's company identification number(s)
         (c)      Competent person's experience (years/months)
         (d)      Name and identification number of NFPA Certified
                  Marine
                  Chemist utilized to conduct training or name and title
                  of person(s) conducting approved training
         (e)      Date of completed training
         (f)      Signature of contractor's certifying official

C.3.11.  The contractor shall be held responsible for continuous clean up of all
debris and fluids  incidental to removal or  installation  of piping  components
during performance of work on individual task orders.

C.3.12.  Upon completion of cleaning,  modification  and repair,  the contractor
shall immediately  restore systems to operational  status.  The contractor shall
install new rubber  boots,  fasteners  and clamps as  directed  by the  Ordering
Officer.

C.3.13. The contractor shall operationally test all  disturbed//cleaned  sets of
urinals and water closets; zero leakage and unrestricted flow.

CHECK POINT (OPERATIONAL TEST)

C.3.14.  The contractor shall test operate proving zero leakage and unrestricted
flow.

C.3.15.  The contractor  shall submit four (4) legible copies of test results to
the SAR and the ordering officer in accordance with Section E.

C.4.     CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT

C.4.1.  As  required  for  performance  of  individual  Task Orders  (Tos),  the
contractor  shall furnish all necessary  materials and equipment to perform work
required by this contract.  Connection  hoses between system and pumping station
shall be 150 pound  petroleum  transfer  hose,  or equal  wire  reinforced  with
stainless steel fittings and adequate size to accomplish cold chemical  cleaning
in a timely manner.

C.4.2. It shall be the  Contractor's  responsibility  to maintain all Contractor
furnished equipment properly  calibrated,  tested and in a state of repair that,
ready for use,  to the  extent  necessary  to avoid  impacting  the  performance
requirements of this contract.

C.4.3. All contractor  furnished cleaning  equipment such as hoses,  valves, and
filters  shall be neatly  routed  out of  walkways  and pose no trip  hazards to
ship's forces. Contractor shall furnish hose trees to ensure equipment is out of
the way, and line and plastic wrap joints to prevent leaks at hose connections.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 37 of 84

C.4.4. The contractor shall provide air boundaries/barriers on all external ship
accesses when hoses passing  through  accesses  prevent  closing of all existing
doors,  hatches or scuttles.  These  boundaries  are to be installed  especially
during cold or wet weather.

C.5. SUP 5252.237-9401 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS (MINIMUM) (JAN 1992)

         (a)  Personnel  assigned  to or  utilized  by  the  Contractor  in  the
performance  of  this  contract  shall,  as  a  minimum,  meet  the  experience,
educational, or other background requirements set forth below and shall be fully
capable of performing in an efficient, reliable, and professional manner. If the
offeror does not identify the labor categories listed below by the same specific
title, then a cross-reference  list should be provided in the offeror's proposal
identifying the difference.

         (b) The Government will review resumes of contractor personnel proposed
to be assigned,  and if personnel not currently in the employ of  Contractor,  a
written agreement from potential employee to work will be provided.

         (c)  If  the  ordering   Officer/Contracting   Officer   questions  the
qualifications  or competence of any person  performing under the contract,  the
burden of proof to sustain  that the person is qualified  as  prescribed  herein
shall be upon the Contractor.

          (d)  The  Contractor  must  have  the  personnel,   organization,  and
administrative  control necessary to ensure that the services performed meet all
requirements  specified in delivery orders.  The work history of each Contractor
employee shall contain experience directly related to the tasks and functions to
be assigned.  The  Ordering  Officer/Contracting  Officer  reserves the right to
determine if a given work history contains necessary and sufficiently  detailed,
related  experience to reasonably ensure the ability for effective and efficient
performance.

                      Labor Categories/Minimum Requirements

1)  Supervisor  (Project  Manager):   Minimum  of  four  (4)  years  supervisory
experience in the plumbing  trade,  relevant to repair,  cleaning and testing of
CHT  systems on board US  military  vessels  and is  familiar  with OSHA and EPA
requirements.

2) Quality Assurance Manager:  Minimum of four (4) years Q/A experience obtained
by writing procedures, implementing Q/A plans, reading and recording data and is
familiar with OSHA and EPA requirements.

3) Plumber  Maintenance:  minimum of four (4) years  experience  /training  in a
recognized  apprentice  to  mechanic  program  or a  minimum  of four (4)  years
experience in the plumbing  trade,  relevant to repair,  cleaning and testing of
CHT systems on board US military vessels.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 38 of 84

4) Journeyman  Pipefitter:  Minimum of four (4) years experience  /training in a
recognized  apprentice  to  mechanic  program  or a  minimum  of four (4)  years
experience in piping  assembly,  fabrication  and/or repair of shipboard  piping
systems,   and  must  demonstrate   proficiency  in  the  layout,   fabrication,
installation,  testing,  and maintenance of all shipboard piping systems,  fresh
and salt water,  steam lube oil, fuel oil,  hydraulic fluid,  gaseous fuels, low
pressure air and exhaust, drain, boiler bottom blow and soot blower.

5) Journeyman Mechanic (Welder/Brazer):

         (a) Trade knowledge, such as that acquired by serving an apprenticeship
in the applicable trade, or four (4) years experience.

         (b)  Certification.  for  pipe  welding/brazing  shall  include  but no
limited to carbon steel, copper-nickel and aluminum.

         (c) Procedural  qualifications  and personnel  qualifications  for pipe
welding/brazing shall include but not be limited to carbon steel,  copper-nickel
and aluminum.

         (d) Certification for pipe welding/brazing dissimilar metals to include
but not be limited to copper-nickel to steel and copper to steel.

6)  Maintenance  Trades  Helper:  Minimum  of two (2) years  experience/training
assisting journeyman plumber.

7) Laborer:  No experience  required,  the laborer  performs tasks which require
mainly physical abilities and effort involving little or no specialized skill or
prior work experience.

C.6.     REQUIRED STANDARD OF WORKMANSHIP

         Unless otherwise specifically provided in this contract, the quality of
all services  rendered  hereunder shall conform to the highest  standards in the
relevant profession,  trade or field of endeavor. All services shall be rendered
by or  supervised  directly  by  individuals  fully  qualified  in the  relevant
profession, trade or field, and holding any licenses required by law.

C.7.     CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE

         The  contractor  shall  perform the services in this contract as may be
ordered by the  issuance  of task  orders from the  Ordering  Officer(s)  at the
Supervisor of Shipbuilding,  Conversion and Repair,  USN,  Portsmouth  Virginia.
When  ordered,  the services for Chemical  Cleaning of Sewage Piping shall be in
accordance with the requirements as outlined in this contract. Services shall be
provided  as  specified  in  Section F herein.  
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 39 of 84

Contractor's  facility  shall be located to respond by surface travel within one
(1) hour of Supervisor of Shipbuilding,  Conversion & Repair,  USN,  Portsmouth,
VA.


C.8.     ORDERING ADDITIONAL WORK/UNDISCLOSED WORK

         (a) The following  procedure will be used to order  additional  work or
undisclosed  work (any work  related to chemical  cleaning of piping that is not
covered  by  fixed  price  line  items  such as,  but not  limited  to,  lagging
replacement,  urinal replacement, etc.) necessary to satisfactorily complete CHT
(Collection, Holding and Transfer) System Cleaning under the contract. Such work
may be called for by the issuance of a task order  modification  by the Ordering
officer during the term of the contract.

                  During the  course of work under  other  contract  items,  the
contractor  shall  promptly  recommend  to the  Ordering  officer,  in  writing,
additional  work as he  discovers  the  need for such  work.  Concurrently,  the
contractor  shall quote a price and delivery time for the  additional  work. The
Ordering  Officer  shall  promptly  review  the  recommendation  and may,  after
reaching  agreement with the Contractor,  issue a Task Order  Modification.  The
Government  has no obligation  under this paragraph to issue any such task order
modification.

                  The  contractor  shall not proceed  with the work until a task
order  modification is issued.  Whenever the Ordering Officer determines that it
is in the interest of the Government not to delay  performance of the work until
a price is negotiated,  the Ordering  officer may specify in the task order that
the contractor  shall proceed  forthwith.  In every case, prior to completion of
the work called for therein,  the parties  shall  negotiate a price and delivery
schedule as expeditiously as possible and modify the task order accordingly.

         (b)  Government  work  requirements  shall  be  issued  as  task  order
modifications under this contract by the Ordering Officer.  The Ordering officer
will  negotiate  a firm  fixed  price  for man  hours  and a  ceiling  price for
materials.  The task orders shall set forth the work to be  performed  and shall
refer to the Contract Line Item Number (CLIN)  pursuant to which the request was
issued.  They shall  include or be amended to include  the price of the work and
the delivery schedule therefor.

                  The task order  modification shall cite the funds allotted for
payment of the work ordered  thereby.  The  provisions of the contract  shall be
applicable to all task orders issued under this clause.  Failure to agree upon a
reasonable  price  shall be  considered  a  "dispute"  under the  clause of this
contract entitled "Disputes". Modifications to task orders may be issued subject
to the same conditions as the original task order. The contractor's  concurrence
as to the terms of the task order or  modification  will be evidenced by signing
the  respective  document.  The term  "Work/Task"  as used herein  includes both
supplies and services to the extent covered by the referenced contract item.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 40 of 84

         (c)  Due to the  nature  of the  application  of the  equipment,  it is
necessary  that the  approval  of the  Ordering  Officer  be  obtained  prior to
authorizing  performance of additional work under CLINS 1005,  2005,  3005, 4005
and 5005.

         (d) The  cost  of any  additional  work  due to the  negligence  of the
contractor or its employees or due to their failure to follow  specifications or
correct trade practices shall be borne entirely by the contractor.


C.9. PRIOR WRITTEN PERMISSION REQUIRED FOR ALL SUBCONTRACTS

         None of the services  required by this contract shall be  subcontracted
to or  performed  by  persons  other  than the  contractor  or the  contractor's
employees without the prior written consent of the Contracting Officer.


C.10. INTERFERENCES

         Offerors are advised that the prices offered for services shall include
labor and material  necessary for removal and  reinstallation  of  interferences
required in SECTION C, herein.


C.11. REIMBURSEMENT OF MATERIAL COSTS

         Cost  of  Materials.  The  cost of  materials,  furnished  pursuant  to
specific  authorization  by the  Ordering  Officer  shall be  reimbursed  at the
contractor's  invoice cost less any discounts to be taken plus  applicable  DCAA
indirect cost(s). No fee shall be allowed on material cost.  Expendable material
costs for items  such as  office  supplies,  report  paper,  diskettes,  printer
ribbons,  printer  wheels/thimbles,  drafting  equipment  and tools of the trade
items, such as word processing and reproduction  equipment or any equipment that
is  normally  found in an office  shall be  absorbed  by the  contractor  in his
applicable  burden rate.  The  contractor  shall support  material  invoice with
copies of paid  invoices  or store  room  requisitions  to  support  all  direct
material costs claimed.


C.12. DELAY/DISRUPTION

         The contractor  shall  coordinate the work effort on ordered tasks on a
daily  basis with  Ship's  Force to prevent  changing  situations  on board ship
causing delays and  disruptions.  Disruptions  due to drills,  shifting  berths,
inspections, delay in obtaining access, serving meals and operation of equipment
are  to be  expected  and  are  considered  to be  normal  rather  than  unusual
occurrences during the performance of work on tasks ordered under this contract.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 41 of 84

C.13. LIABILITY AND INSURANCE

         (a) The contractor  shall assume all liability for and shall  indemnify
and save harmless the government, its officers,  enlisted personnel,  agents and
employees from and against any loss,  damage or injury which may be sustained by
any person or persons,  whether they be employees agents or  representatives  of
the parties  hereto,  or third persons,  as a result of the  performance of this
contract. In the event any such claim or demand is made upon the government, its
officers,  enlisted  personnel,  agents and employees,  or in the event any suit
therefore is  instituted,  the Government  shall give  immediate  notice of such
claim or suit to the contractor and will refrain from any payment or demand with
respect to such claim or suit without first obtaining the written consent of the
contractor.  The  contractor  shall  reimburse  the  government,  its  officers,
enlisted personnel agents and employees for any judgements, payments or expenses
occasioned to them in connection  with claims,  demands or suits of which notice
has been given by the government.

         (b) The  contractor  releases the  government,  its officers,  enlisted
personnel, agents and employees from any liability for any loss damage or injury
which may be sustained by the contractor in the performance of this contract and
hereby agrees to indemnify the  government,  its officers,  enlisted  personnel,
agents and employees from any loss,  damage, or injury which may be sustained by
the  government,  its  officers,  enlisted  personnel,  agents and  employees in
connection therewith.

         (c)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this clause, the contractor
shall not be  required to  reimburse  the  government,  its  officers,  enlisted
personnel, agents and employees for any judgements, payments or expenses arising
out of its or their negligence.


C.14. EMPLOYMENT OF NAVY PERSONNEL RESTRICTED

         In  performing  this  contract,  the  contractor  will  not  use  as  a
consultant  or employ (on either a full or part time basis) any active duty Navy
personnel  (civilian or military)  without the prior approval of the Contracting
Officer. Such approval may be given only in circumstances where it is clear that
no laws and no DOD or Navy instructions, regulations, or policies might possibly
be contravened and no appearance of a conflict of interest will result.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 42 of 84

SECTION E  INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE


E.1. FAR 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUN 1988)

         This contract  incorporates one or more clauses by reference,  with the
same  force and effect as if they were given in full  text.  Upon  request,  the
Contracting officer will make their full text available.

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION CLAUSES
- --------------------------------------
52.246-4          INSPECTION OF SERVICES  FIXED PRICE               FEB 1992
52.246-16         RESPONSIBILITY OF SUPPLIES                        APR 1984


E.2. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE (DESTINATION)

         Inspection  and  acceptance of the supplies or services to be furnished
hereunder  shall be made at  destination  by the receiving  activity,  Ship's QA
Officer or his designated representative, E7
or above.

         Receiving  activity  shall  execute   acceptance   certificate  on  the
applicable  inspection and receiving  report form (DD Form 250, DD Form 1155, or
Standard  Form  44).  The  acceptance   document  shall  include  the  following
information:

                  (1) Date of invoice receipt
                  (2) End date  and  percentage  of work  completed  
                  (3) Amount certified for payment 
                  (4) Certification  and signature by the COR 
                  (5) Certification by the Ordering officer for payment 
                  (6) Date forwarded to payment office

NOTE: 1. The Ordering Officer or the Contracting Officer's  Representative (COR)
may inspect work in progress,  either at the  Contractor's  facility or on board
any Naval vessel, at any time.

         2. The contractor shall respond to any Government corrective documents,
such  as  Quality   Deficiency   Reports   (QDR'S),   etc.   issued  because  of
unsatisfactory contract performance. The appropriate corrective actions shall be
taken by the  contractor  and written  response  shall be provided in accordance
with the specific corrective action document requirements.


E.3. INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE (ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS)

         The performance by the Contractor and the quality of the work delivered
including any equipment furnished, and documentary material written or compiled,
shall be  subject  to  in-process  review  and  inspection  during  performance.
Inspection  may be  accomplished  at any work location  involved and  authorized
government  personnel  shall be  permitted  to  observe  the work or to  conduct
inspection at all reasonable hours.  Inspection or test by the Government of any
services  rendered  or  supplies  furnished   hereunder  does  not  relieve  the
Contractor from any  responsibility  regarding 
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 43 of 84

defects or other failures to meet contract  requirements  which may be disclosed
prior to final acceptance by contract  requirements which may be disclosed prior
to  final  acceptance  by  Supervisor  of  Shipbuilding,   Portsmouth,  Virginia
authorized representative(s).


E.4. INSPECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

         The contractor  shall  accomplish the requirements of Attachment I, CIS
Quality System; Provide.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 44 of 84

SECTION F - DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE


F.I. PAR 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (MM 1988)

         This contract  incorporates one or more clauses by reference,  with the
same  force and effect as if they were given in full  text.  Upon  request,  the
Contracting officer will make their full text available.

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION CLAUSES
- --------------------------------------
52.242-15                  STOP-WORK ORDER                           AUG 1989
52.242-17                  GOVERNMENT DELAY OF WORK                  APR 1984


F.2. DELIVERY OF DATA

         Place and time of delivery of data shall be as specified on the DD Form
1423  (Contract  Data  Requirements  List) which is an exhibit to this contract,
unless delivery is deferred at the  Government's  option by written order of the
Contracting Officer.


F.3. TIME OF DELIVERY AND OR PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES "C"

         The actual  performance  periods will be  specified on each  individual
task order.


F.4. DURATION OF CONTRACT PERIOD

         This  contract  shall  become  effective  on  the  date  of  award,  or
commencement date specified in the award  information (if specified),  and shall
continue  in effect  during  the  following  12  months,  unless  terminated  in
accordance with other provisions herein.


F.5. PLACE OF DELIVERY: DESTINATION

         The  services to be furnished  hereunder  shall be performed on vessels
located in the Hampton Roads,  Virginia Area or other areas as specified on each
individual task order.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 45 of 84

F.6. EMERGENT WORK "C"

         Approximately  40  percent  of all  orders  issued  are  classified  as
"EMERGENT," as determined by the COR. The contractor shall begin  performance of
emergent  work within "24 hours" of verbal or written  order by the  Contracting
Officer/Ordering officer.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 46 of 84


SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA


G.1. NAPS 5252.232-9000 SUBMISSION OF INVOICES (FIXED PRICE) (JUL 1992)

         (a)  "Invoice"  as used in this clause  does not  include  contractor's
requests for progress payments.

         (b) The contractor shall submit original invoice with one (1) copy to:

                  Supervisor of Shipbuilding, Conversion & Repair, USN
                  P. 0. Box 215  Attn: Code 6101
                  Portsmouth, VA 23705-0215

         Invoices shall be segregated by individual task order.

         (c) The use of Material  Inspection and Receiving Reports, DD Form 250,
as an invoice is encouraged.

         (d) In  addition to the Prompt  Payment  clause of this  contract,  the
contractor shall cite on each invoice:

                  (1) the Contract Line Item Number (CLIN) 
                  (2) the Sub-Line Item Number  (SLIN)  
                  (3) the quantity  
                  (4) the unit price 
                  (5) the extended price 
                  (6) the total amount invoiced

G.2. SUP 5252.243-9400  AUTHORIZED CHANGES ONLY BY THE CONTRACTING  OFFICER (JAN
                        1992)

         (a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) below, no order, statement, or
conduct of Government personnel who visit the Contractor's  facilities or in any
other manner  communicates  with Contractor  personnel during the performance of
this  contract  shall  constitute  a change under the  "Changes"  clause of this
contract.

         (b) The  Contractor  shall not  comply  with any  order,  direction  or
request of Government personnel unless it is issued in writing and signed by the
Contracting  Officer, or is pursuant to specific authority otherwise included as
a part of this contract.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 47 of 84

G.2. SUP 5252.243-9400  AUTHORIZED CHANGES ONLY BY THE CONTRACTING  OFFICER (JAN
                        1992) (continued)

         (c) The  Contracting  Officer is the only person  authorized to approve
changes  in  any of the  requirements  of  this  contract  and,  notwithstanding
provisions  contained  elsewhere in this contract,  the said  authority  remains
solely the Contracting Officer's. In the event the contractor effects any change
at the direction of any person other than the  Contracting  Officer,  the change
will be considered to have been made without authority and no adjustment will be
made in the contract price to cover any increase in charges incurred as a result
thereof.

The address and telephone number of the  Administrative  Contracting Office will
be:

                  Ron Cates, SUPSHIP Code 422.4
                  Supervisor of Shipbuilding, Conversion and Repair, USN
                  P. 0. Box 215
                  Portsmouth, VA 23705-0215
                  (757) 396-5041 X426
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 48 of 84

SECTION H SPECIAL C0NTRACT REQUIREMENTS


H.1.     CONTRACTING OFFICER'S REPRESENTATIVE (COR) "C"

         (a) The COR for this contract is: J. C. Tenney

         (b) The Alternate COR for this contract is: J. D. Weaver

         (c) The COR will act as the Contracting  Officer's  representative  for
technical matters,  providing technical direction and discussion,  as necessary,
with  respect to the  specification  or statement of work,  and  monitoring  the
progress and quality of contractor performance. The COR is not an Administrative
Contracting  Officer and does not have authority to direct the accomplishment of
effort  which is beyond the scope of the  statement  of work in the contract (or
task order).

         (d) When,  in the opinion of the  contractor,  the COR requests  effort
outside the existing scope of the contract (or task order), the contractor shall
promptly notify the  contracting  officer (or ordering  officer) in writing.  No
action  shall  be  taken  by the  contractor  under  such  direction  until  the
contracting officer has issued a modification to the contract (or in the case of
a task order,  until the ordering  officer has issued a modification to the task
order) ; or until the issue has been otherwise resolved.

         (e) In the  event  that the COR  named  above is  absent  due to leave,
illness or official business, all responsibilities and functions assigned to the
COR will be the responsibility of the alternate COR.

         (f) The COR is  designated  as the  Property  Administrator  to  ensure
compliance with FAR Part 45 with respect to control of government property.


H.2. LIABILITY, AUTOMOBILE AND WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE

         The following  types of insurance  are required in accordance  with the
clause entitled "INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION" (FAR 52.228-5) and
shall be maintained in the minimum amounts shown:

1.       Comprehensive  General Liability:  $200,000 per person and $500,000 per
         accident for bodily injury.
2.       Automobile Insurance: $200,000 per person and $500,000 per accident for
         bodily injury and $20,000 per accident for property damage.
3.       Standard Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability insurance (or,
         where  maritime  employment  is  involved,  Longshoremen's  and  Harbor
         Workers Compensation Insurance) in the minimum amount of $100,000.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 49 of 84


H.3.     REIMBURSEMENT OF TRAVEL COSTS

         (a) Travel

                  (1)  Area of  travel.  Performance  under  this  contract  may
require  travel by contractor  personnel.  If travel,  domestic or overseas,  is
required,  the contractor is responsible for making all needed  arrangements for
his personnel. This includes but is not limited to the following:

                           Medical Examinations
                           Immunization
                           Passports, visas, etc.
                           Security Clearances

                           All contractor  personnel required to perform work on
any U.S.  military  vessel will have to obtain boarding  authorization  from the
Commanding Officer of the vessel prior to boarding.

                  (2)  Travel  Policy.   The   Government   will  reimburse  the
contractor for allowable  travel costs incurred by the contractor in performance
of the  contract  and  determined  to be in  accordance  with FAR subpart  31.2,
subject to the following provisions:

                           Travel   required  for  tasks   assigned  under  this
contract shall be governed in accordance with rules set forth for temporary duty
travel in the  Department  of  Defense  Joint  Travel  Regulations:  Vol.  2 for
Civilian Personnel.

                  (3) Travel. Travel, subsistence,  and associated labor charges
for travel time are  authorized  for travel beyond a 50 mile radius of the local
office,  whenever  a task  assignment  requires  work  to be  accomplished  at a
temporary  alternate  work site. No travel,  subsistence,  or  associated  labor
charges  for travel time shall be charged  for work  performed  within a 50 mile
radius of the contractor's local office.

                           Travel  performed for personal  convenience and daily
travel to and from work at contractor's facility will not be reimbursed.

                  (4) Per Diem.  Per them for travel on work assigned under this
contract will be reimbursed to employees consistent with company policy, but not
to exceed the amount  authorized  in the  Department  of  Defense  Joint  Travel
Regulations.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 50 of 84

H.3. REIMBURSEMENT OF TRAVEL COSTS (continued)

                  (5)  Shipboard  Stays.   Whenever  work  assignments   require
temporary duty aboard a Government  ship,  the contractor  will be reimbursed at
the per them rates identified in paragraphs  C8101.2C or C81181.3B(6) of the DOD
Joint Travel Regulations, Volume 2.

                  (6) Air/Rail Travel. In rendering the services, the contractor
shall be  reimbursed  for the actual  costs of  transportation  incurred  by its
personnel  not to exceed the cost of tourist  class rail,  or plane fare, to the
extent that such transportation is necessary for the performance of the services
hereunder and is authorized by the Ordering Officer.  Such  authorization by the
Ordering  officer  shall be  indicated  in the order or in some  other  suitable
written form.

                  NOTE: To the maximum extent practicable without the impairment
of the effectiveness of the mission,  transportation  shall be tourist class. In
the event  that  only  first  class  travel is  available,  it will be  allowed,
provided justification therefore is fully documented and warranted.

                  (7) Private Automobile.  The use of privately owned conveyance
within the  continental  United States by the traveler will be reimbursed to the
contractor   at  the  mileage  rate   allowed  by  Joint   Travel   Regulations.
Authorization  for use of privately owned  conveyance  shall be indicated on the
order.  Distances  traveled  between  points shall be shown in standard  highway
mileage  guides.  Any deviations  from distance  shown in such standard  mileage
guides shall be explained by the traveler on his expense sheet.

                  (8)  Car  Rental.   The   contractor   shall  be  entitled  to
reimbursement  for car rental,  exclusive of mileage  charges,  as authorized by
each order,  when the services  are required to be performed  outside the normal
commuting  distance from the contractor's  facilities.  Car rental for TDY teams
will be limited  to a rate of one car for every  four (4)  persons on TDY at one
site.


H.4.     DEPARTMENT OF LABOR DETERMINATION OF MINIMUM WAGES AND FRINGE BENEFITS

         A wage  determination  applicable to this work has been  requested from
the U.S.  Department  of Labor.  ATTACHMENT  VIII  hereto sets forth the current
Department  of Labor Wage  Determination  No.:  94-2543 REV 13 dtd 3 Feb 1997 on
file in this office.  Compliance with this wage determination is mandatory until
you are notified of a more recent revision to these determinations.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 51 of 84

H.5.     MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM QUANTITIES

         As referred to in paragraph (b) of the "Indefinite  Quantity" clause of
this contract,  the contract  minimum quantity is a total of five (5) percent of
the contract price for the base year
only.
The contract maximum quantity is a total of $3.5 million for
each
lot.


H.6.     WARRANTY OF SERVICES

         (a) DEFINITIONS.  "Acceptance" as used in this clause, means the act of
an authorized  representative of the Government by which the Government  assumes
for itself,  or as an agent of another,  ownership  of existing  and  identified
supplies,  or approves specific services,  as partial or complete performance of
the contract.

"Correction" as used in this clause, means the elimination of a defect.

         (b) Notwithstanding  inspection and acceptance by the Government or any
provision  concerning the conclusiveness  thereof,  the contractor warrants that
all services  performed  under this contract will at the time of acceptance,  be
free from  defects  in  workmanship  and  conform  to the  requirements  of this
contract.   The  Contracting   Officer  shall  give  notice  of  any  defect  or
nonconformance  to the Contractor  within 90 days from the date of acceptance by
the  Government.  The notice  shall state either (1) that the  contractor  shall
correct or reperform any defective or nonconforming services, or reperformance.

         (c) If the Contractor is required to correct or reperform,  it shall be
at no cost to the Government,  and any services  corrected or reperformed by the
contractor  shall be subject to this clause to the same extent as work initially
performed.  If the  contractor  fails or refuses to  correct or  reperform,  the
Contracting  Officer  may be  contract  or  otherwise,  correct or replace  with
similar  services  and  charge  to the  Contractor  the cost  occasioned  to the
Government thereby, or make an equitable adjustment in the contract price.

         (d) If the Government does not reuire correction or reperformance,  the
Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the contract price.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 52 of 84

SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES

I.1.     FAR 52.252-2 CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUN 1988)

         This contract  incorporates one or more clauses by reference,  with the
same  force and effect as if they were given in full  text.  Upon  request,  the
Contracting Officer will make their full
text available.

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION CLAUSES
- --------------------------------------

52.202-1          DEFINITIONS                                      OCT 1995
52.203-3          GRATUITIES                                       APR 1984
52.203-5          COVENANT AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES                 APR 1984
52.203-6          RESTRICTIONS ON SUBCONTRACTOR SALES              OCT 1995
                  TO THE GOVERNMENT
52.203-7          ANTI-KICKBACK PROCEDURES                         JUL 1995
52.203-10         PRICE OR FEE ADJUSTMENT FOR ILLEGAL              JAN 1990
                  OR IMPROPER ACTIVITY
52.203-12         LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS TO INFLUENCE              JAN 1990
                  CERTAIN FEDERAL TRANSACTIONS
52.204-4          PRINTING/COPYING DOUBLE SIDED ON                 MAY 1995
                  RECYCLED PAPER
52.209-6          PROTECTING THE GOVERNMENT'S INTEREST             AUG 1995
                  WHEN SUBCONTRACTING WITH CONTRACTORS
                  DEBARRED, SUSPENDED, OR PROPOSED FOR
                  DEBARMENT
52.211-5          NEW MATERIAL                                     MAY 1995
52.211-7          OTHER THAN NEW MATERIAL, RESIDUAL                MAY 1995
                  INVENTORY, AND FORMER GOVERNMENT
                  SURPLUS PROPERTY
52.21-14          NOTICE OF PRIORITY RATING FOR NATIONAL           SEP 1990
                  DEFENSE USE
52.211-15         DEFENSE PRIORITY AND ALLOCATION REQUIRE.         SEP 1990
52.215-2          AUDIT--NEGOTIATION                               OCT 1995
52.215-3          PREPARATION OF OFFERS                            APR 1984
52.215-5          SOLICITATION DEFINITIONS                         JUL 1987
52.215-22         PRICE REDUCTION FOR DEFECTIVE COST OR            OCT 1995
                  PRICING DATA
52.215-23         PRICE REDUCTION FOR DEFECTIVE COST OR            OCT 1995
                  PRICING DATA - MODIFICATIONS
52.215-24         SUBCONTRACTOR COST OR PRICING DATA               OCT 1995
52.215-25         SUBCONTRACTOR COST OR PRICING DATA -             OCT 1995
                  MODIFICATIONS
52.215-27         TERMINATION OF DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION           MAR 1996
                  PLANS
52.215-30         FACILITIES CAPITAL COST OF MONEY                 SEP 1987
52.215-33         ORDER OR PRECEDENCE                              JAN 1986
52.215-3          REVISION OF ADJUSTMENT OF PLANS FOR POST         MAR 1996
                  RETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSION
52.215-40         NOTIFICATION OF OWNERSHIP CHANGES                FEB 1995
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 53 of 84

52.216-18         ORDERING                                         OCT 1995
                  (a)...the effective dat of award of
                        contract through the twelve (12)
                        Months thereafter, unless
                        extended by the exercise of
                        options contained herein.

52.216-19         DELIVERY-ORDER LIMITATIONS                       OCT 1995
                  ...   (a)$500.00
                  ...   (b)(1)$500,000.00;
                           (2)$900,000.00; or
                           (3)30 days
                  ...   (d)two days after issuance

52.216-22         INDEFINITE QUANTITY                              OCT 1995
                  ...   (f) the Contractor shall not be required
                            To make any  deliveries  under  this
                            contract  120 days after  expiration
                            of contract effective date.

52.217-8          OPTION TO EXTEND SERVICES                        OCT 1995
52.217-9          OPTION TO EXTEND THE TERM OF THE CONTRACT        MAR 1989
                  (a)...     30 days
                  (b)...     5 years

52.219-16         LIQUIDATED DAMAGES - SMALL BUSINESS              OCT 1995
                  SUBCONTRACTING PLAN
52.219-8          UTILIZATION OF SMALL BUSINESS CONCERNS           OCT 1995
                  AND SMALL DISADVANTAGE BUSINESS CONCERNS
52.219-9          SMALL BUSINESS AND SMALL DISADVANTAGE            OCT 1995
                  BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTING PLAN
52.219-14         LIMITATION ON SUBCONTRACTING                     JAN 1991
52.22-1           NOTICE OF LABOR DISPUTES                         APR 1984
52.22-3           CONVICT LABOR                                    APR 1984
52.22-4           CONTRACT WORK HOURS AND SAFETY STANDARDS         JUL 1995
                  ACT - OVERTIME COMPENSATION
52.22-26          EQUAL OPPORTUNITY                                APR 1984
52.22-28          EQUAL OPPORTUNITY PREAWARD CLEARANCE OF          APR 1984
                  SUBCONTRACTS
52.22-35          AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR SPECIAL DISABLED          APR 1984
                  AND VIETNAM ERA VETERNAS
52.22-36          AFFIRMATIVE ACTION FOR HANDICAPPED               APR 1984
                  WORKERS
52.22-37          EMPLOYMENT REPORTS ON SPECIAL DISABLED           JAN 1988
                  VETERNAS AND VETERANS OF THE VIETNAM ERA
52.22-41          SERVICE CONTRACT ACT OF 1965, AS AMENDED         MAY 1989
52.22-43          FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT AND SERVICE             MAY 1989
                  CONTRACT ACT - PRICE ADJUSTMENT
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 54 of 84

                  (MULTIPLE YEAR AND OPTION CONTRACTS)
52.22-44          FAIR LABOR STANDARDS ACT AND                     MAY 1989
                  SERVICE CONTRACT ACT PRICING ADJUSTMENTS
52.223-2          CLEAN AIR AND WATER                              APR 1984
52.223-3          HAARDOUS MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION AND             NOV 1991
                  MATERIAL AFETY DATA
52.223-6          DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE                              JUL 1990
52.225-10         DUTY FREE ENTRY                                  APR 1984
52.225-11         RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN FOREIGN PURCHASES        MAY 1992
52.227-1          AUTHORIZATION AND CONSENT                        JUL 1995
52.227-2          NOTICE AND ASSISTANCE REGARDING PATENT           APR 1984
                  AND COPYRIGHT INFRINGEMENT
52.228-5          INSURANCE-WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALL.          SEP 1989
52.229-3          FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL TAXES                  JAN 1991
52.229-5          TAXES - CONTRACTS PERFORMED IN U.S.              APR 1984
                  POSSESSIONS OR PUERTO RICO
52.230-2          COST ACCOUNTING STANDARDS                        APR 1996
52.232-1          PAYMENTS                                         APR 1984
52.232-7          PAYMENTS UNDER TIME AND MATERIAL AND             APR 1984
                  LABOR HOUR CONTRACTS (ALTERNATE I)
                  *5% WITHHOLDING WAIVED
52.232-8          DISCOUNTS FOR PROMPT PAYMENT                     APR 1989
52.232-11         EXTRAS                                           APR 1984
52.232-17         INTEREST                                         JUN 1996
52.232-23         ASSIGNMENT OF CLAIMS                             JAN 1986
52.232-25         PROMPT PAYMENT                                   MAR 1994
52.232-28         ELECTRONIC FUNDS TRANSFER PAYMENT METHODS        APR 1989
52.232-33         MANDATORY INFORMATION OR ELECTRONIC FUNDS        AUG 1996
                  TRANSFER PAYMENT
52.232-34         OPTIONAL INFORMATION FOR ELECTRONIC              AUG 1996
                  FUNDS TRANSFER PAYMENT
52.233-1          DISPUTES (ALTERNATE I) (DEC 1991)                OCT 1995
52.233-3          PROTEST AFTER AWARD                              OCT 1995
52.237-2          PROTECTION OF GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS,              JAN 1991
                  EQUIPMENTS, AND VEGETATION
52.237-3          CONTINUITY OF SERVICES                           JAN 1991
52.242-13         BANKRUPTCY                                       JUL 1995
52.243-1          CHANGES (ALTERNATE I)                            AUG 1987
52.244-1          SUCONTRACTS (FIXED-PRICE CONTRACTS)              FEB 1995
52.245-2          GOVERNMENT PROPERTY FIXED PRICE                  AUG 1987
52.246-25         LIMITATION OF LIABILITY - SERVICES               APR 1984
52.244-5          COMPETITION IN SUBCONTRACTING                    JAN 1996
52.248-1          VALUE ENGINEERING                                MAR 1989
52.249-4          TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE               APR 1984
                  GOVERNMENT (SERVICES) (SHORT FORM)
52.249-8          DEFAULT (FIXED-PRICE SUPPLY AND SERVICE)         APR 1984
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 55 of 84

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION SUPPLEMENT CLAUSES

252.201-7000       CONTRACTING OFFICER'S REPRESENTATIVE            DEC 1991
252.203-7000       STATUTORY PROHIBITION ON COMPENSATION           NOV 1995
                   TO FORMER DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE
                   EMPLOYEES
252.203-7001       SPECIAL PROHIBITION ON EMPLOYMENT               NOV 1995
252.203-7002       DISPLAY OF DOD HOTLINE POSTER                   DEC 1991
252.204-7003       CONTROL OF GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL WORK            APR 1992
                   PRODUCT
252.205-7000       PROVISION OF INFORMATION TO COOPERATIVE         DEC 1991
                   AGREEMENT HOLDERS
252.215-7000       PRICING ADJUSTMENTS                             DEC 1991
252.215-7002       COST ESTIMATING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS             DEC 1991
252.223-7001       HAZARD WARNING LABELS                           DEC 1991
252.223-7004       DRUG-FREE WORK FORCE                            SEP 1988
252.233-7005       HAZARDOUS WASTE LIABILITY                       OCT 1992
252.223-7006       PROHIBITION ON STORAGE AND DISPOSAL OF          APR 1993
                   TOXIC WASTE AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
252.225-7031       SECONDARY ARAB BOYCOTT OF ISRAEL                JUN 1992
252.225-7032       WAIVER OF UNITED KINGDOM LEVIES                 OCT 1992
252.227-7013       RIGHTS IN TECHNICAL DATA AND COMPUTER           NOV 1995
                   SOFTWARE
252.227-7018       RIGHTS IN NONCOMMERCIAL TECHNICAL DATA          JUN 1995
                   AND COMPUTER SOFTWARE - SMALL BUSINESS
                   INNOVATION RESEARCH PROGRAM
252.227-7028       TECHNICAL DATA OR COMPUTER SOFTWARE             JUN 1995
                   DELIVERED TO THE GOVERNMENT
252.227-7030       TECHNICAL DATA--WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT          OCT 1988
252.227-7036       CERTIFICATION OF TECHNICAL DATA CONFORMITY      MAY 1987
252.227-7037       VALIDATION OF RESTRICTIVE MARKINGS ON           NOV 1995
                   TECHNICAL DATA
252.231-7000       SUPPLEMENTAL COST PRINCIPLES                    DEC 1991
252.232-7006       REDUCTION OR SUSPENSION OF CONTRACT             AUG 1992
                   PAYMENTS UPON FINDING OF FRAUD
252.233-7000       CERTIFICATION OF CLAIM AND REQUESTS FOR         MAY 1994
                   ADJUSTMENT OR RELIEF
252.424-7000       POST AWARD CONFERENCE                           DEC 1991
252.246-7000       MATERIAL INSPECTION AND RECEIVING REPORT        DEC 1991
252.246-7001       WARRANTY OF DATA                                DEC 1991
252.249-7001       NOTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL IMPACT ON           DEC 1991
                   EMPLOYMENT

I.2. FAR 52.203-8 CANCELLATION, RESCISSION, AND RECOVERY OF FUNDS FOR ILLEGAL OR
                  IMPROPER ACTIVITY (JAN 1997)

         (a) If the  Government  receives  information  that a  contractor  or a
person has engaged in conduct  constituting a violation of subsections (a), (b),
(c ) or (d) of Section 27 of the  Office of Federal  Procurement  Policy Act (41
U.S.C.  423) (the  Act),  as amended by  Section  4304 of the  National  Defense
Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1996 (Pub. L. 104-106), the Government may--
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 56 of 84

                  (1) Cancel the solicitation,  if the contract has not yet been
awarded or issued; or

                  (2) Rescind the contract with respect to which--

                           (i)  The   Contractor  or  someone   acting  for  the
Contractor  has been  convicted for an offense  where the conduct  constitutes a
violation of subsection 27(a) or (b) of the Act for the purpose of either--

                           (A)  Exchanging  the  information   covered  by  such
subsections for anything of value; or

                           (B)   obtaining  or  giving   anyone  a   competitive
advantage in the award of a Federal agency procurement contract; or

                           (ii)  The  head  of  the  contracting   activity  has
determined,  based upon a preponderance of the evidence,  that the Contractor or
someone acting for the Contractor has engaged in conduct constituting an offense
punishable under subsection 27(e) (1) of the Act.

         (b) If the Government rescinds the contract under paragraph (a) of this
clause,  the  Government  is  entitled  to  recover,  in addition to any penalty
prescribed by law, the amount expended
under the contract.

         (c) The rights and remedies of the Government  specified herein are not
exclusive, and are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law,
regulation, or under this
contract.


I.3. 52.203-10 PRICE OR FEE ADJUSTMENT FOR-ILLEGAL OR IMPROPER ACTIVITY (JAN 
               1997)

         (a) The  Government,  at its election,  may reduce the price of a fixed
price type contract and the total cost and fee under a cost-type contract by the
amount of profit or fee  determined as set forth in paragraph (b) of this clause
if the head of the contracting  activity or designee determines that there was a
violation of subsection 27 (a), (b) or (c) or the office of Federal  Procurement
Policy Act, as amended (41 U.S.C.  423), as  implemented in Section 3.104 of the
Federal Acquisition Regulation.

         (b) The price or fee  reduction  referred to in  paragraph  (a) of this
clause shall be

                  (1) For cost-plus-fixed-fee  contracts,  the amount of the fee
specified in the contract at the time of award;
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 57 of 84

                  (2) For  Cost-plus-incentive-fee  contracts,  the  target  fee
specified in the contract at the time of award,  notwithstanding any minimum fee
or "fee floor" specified in the contract;

                  (3) For cost-plus-award-fee contracts contract award;

                           (i) The base fee  established  in the contract at the
time of contract award;

                           (ii) If no base fee is specified in the contract,  30
percent of the amount of each award fee otherwise  payable to the Contractor for
each award fee evaluation period or at each award fee determination point.

                  (4) For fixed-price-incentive contracts, the Government may--

                           (i) Reduce the  contract  target  price and  contract
target profit by an amount equal to the initial  target profit  specified in the
contract at the time of contract award; or

                           (ii)  If an  immediate  adjustment  to  the  contract
target price and contract target profit would have a significant  adverse impact
on the incentive price revision  relationship under the contract,  or adversely,
affect the contract financing provisions, the Contracting Officer may defer such
adjustment  until  establishment  of the total final price of the contract.  The
total final price  established in accordance  with the incentive  price revision
provisions  of the  contract  shall be reduced by an amount equal to the initial
target profit  specified in the contract at the time of contract  award and such
reduced price shall be the total final contract price.

                  (5)  For  firm-fixed-price  contracts,  by 10  percent  of the
initial contract price or a profit amount determined by the Contracting  Officer
from records or documents in existence prior to the date of the contract award.

         (c) The Government  may, at its election,  reduce a prime  contractor's
price or fee in accordance  with the  procedures of paragraph (b) of this clause
for violations of the Act by its  subcontractors  by an amount not to exceed the
amount of profit or fee reflected in the subcontract at the time the subcontract
was first definitively priced.

         (d) In  addition  to the  remedies  in  paragraphs  (a) and (c) of this
clause,  the Government may terminate this contract for default.  The rights and
remedies  of the  Government  specified  herein  are not  exclusive,  and are in
addition  to any  other  rights  and  remedies  provided  by law or  under  this
contract.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 58 of 84


I.4. 52.215-26 INTEGRITY OF UNIT PRICES (JAN 1997)

         (a) Any proposal  submitted for the  negotiation of prices for items of
supplies shall  distribute  costs within  contracts on a basis that ensures that
unit prices are in  proportion to the items' base cost (e.g.,  manufacturing  or
acquisition costs). Any method of distributing costs to line items that distorts
unit prices shall not be used.  For example,  distributing  costs  equally among
line items is not acceptable except when there is little or no variation in base
cost. Nothing in this paragraph requires  submission of cost or pricing data not
otherwise required by law or regulation.

         (b) The Offeror/Contractor  shall also identify those supplies which it
will not manufacture or to which it will not contribute  significant  value when
requested by the Contracting Officer.


I.5. 52.222-42 STATEMENT OF EQUIVALENT RATES FOR FEDERAL HIRES (MAY 1989)

         In compliance  with the Service  Contract Act of 1965, as amended,  and
the  regulations  of the  Secretary  of  Labor  (29 CFR  part  4),  this  clause
identifies  the classes of service  employees  expected to be employed under the
contract and states the wages and fringe  benefits  payable to each if they were
employed by the contracting agency subject to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 5341 or
5332.

THIS STATEMENT IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY: IT IS NOT A WAGE DETERMINATION

          EMPLOYEE                            CLASS               HOURLY WAGE

          Plumber Maintenance                 23800               $12.87
          Maintenance Trades-
             Helper                           23580               $10.49
          Laborer                             11180               $ 8.58


                                 FRINGE BENEFITS

Ten (1) paid holidays as follows:  New Years Day, Martin Luther King's Birthday,
Washington's Birthday,  Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day,
Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Paid annual leave (vacation) as follows:

         a.       Two (2) hours of annual  leave each week for an employee  with
                  less than three (3) years of service.

         b.       Three (3) hours of annual  leave each week for  employee  with
                  three (3), but less than fifteen (15) years of service.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 59 of 84

         c.       Four (4) hours of annual leave each week for an employee  with
                  fifteen (15) or more years of service.

Paid     sick leave of two (2) hours per week.

Health  Insurance--The  Government  pays 60-75 percent of the premium for health
insurance.  The percentage  paid depends upon the plan selected by the employee,
if the employee elects to carry health insurance.

Basic Life  Insurance--one  third of the cost of basic life insurance is paid by
the Government, if the employee elects to carry life insurance.

Retirement--Under the Civil Service Retirement system, the Government matches up
to a 7%)  contribution  by the  employee  towards  retirement.  In the  event an
employee  does not retire  (i.e.,  resignation,  removals,  etc.),  there is not
Government contribution.  Under the new Federal Employees Retirement System, The
Government matches up to a five percent (5%) contribution.


1.6. ORAL ORDERS (INDEFINITE DELIVERY CONTRACTS)

         (a) oral orders may be placed  providing the following  conditions  are
complied with:

                  (1)  Contractor  will  furnish  with each  shipment a delivery
ticket,  in  triplicate,  showing:  contract  number,  order  number  under  the
contract,  date order was placed,  name and title of person  placing  order,  an
itemized listing of supplies or services furnished,  unit price and extension of
each item, and delivery or performance date.

                  (2) Invoices for supplies or services furnished in response to
oral orders will be  accompanied  with a received copy of each related  delivery
ticket.

                  (3) Ordering  activity shall designate in writing the names of
individuals  authorized  to place oral orders and will furnish a copy thereof to
the contractor.

                  (4)  Written  confirmation  of oral orders will be issued as a
means of documenting the oral order within ten (10) working days.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 60 of 84

1.7. SUP 5252.216-9403 WRITTEN ORDERS (INDEFINITE DELIVERY CONTRACTS) (JAN 1992)

         Written orders (on DD Form 1155) will contain the following information
consistent with the terms of the contract:

                  (a)      Date of order
                  (b)      Contract number and order number.
                  (c)      Item number and description, quantity ordered,
                           unit price and contract price.
                  (d)      Delivery or performance date.
                  (e)      Place of delivery or performing (including
                           consignee)
                  (f)      Packaging, packing, and shipping instructions if
                           any required.
                  (g)      Accounting and appropriation data.
                  (h)      Inspection invoicing and payment provisions to
                           the
                           extend not covered in the contract; and any other
                           pertinent information.

I.8.     HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (JUN 1994) (NAVSUP)

         (a)  Hazardous  materials  as used in this  clause  means any  material
defined  as  hazardous  within  the  applicable  modal   regulations   governing
packaging,  handling,  storage and transportation  (including  revisions adopted
during the term of this contract). Such definitions include the following:

         CLASS/DIVISION     DEFINITION
         --------------     ----------

                  1         Explosives
                  2.1       Flammable Gas
                  2.2       Non-flammable Compressed Gas
                  2.3       Gas Poisonous by Inhalation
                  3         Flammable Liquid (not more than 141 F
                            Flash point
                  4.1       Flammable Solid
                  4.2       Spontaneously Combustible Material
                  4.3       Dangerous When Wet Material
                  5.1       Oxidizer
                  5.2       Organic Peroxides
                  6.1       Poisonous Material
                  6.2       Infectious Substances
                  7         Radioactive Material
                  8         Corrosive Material
                  9         Miscellaneous Hazardous Material/Other
                            Regulated Material (ORM)

         (b) Preservation,  packaging and packing of hazardous materials shipped
hereunder  shall  be in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of  Department  Of
Transportation  Code  of  Federal   Regulation,   Title  49,  Part  100-199,  as
applicable.  In the event of any discrepancy  between the contract and Title 49,
Title 49 shall  govern,  unless  another modal  regulation  is  applicable  (See
paragraphs (e), (f) and (g) below.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 61 of 84

         (c) Marking and labeling shall be in accordance  with  MIL-STD-129  and
Title  49, as  applicable.  In the event of any  contradiction  between  the two
documents, Title 49 shall govern.

         (d)  Transportation  shall be in  accordance  with  Title 49;  however,
hazardous  material  shipped  via the U. S. Postal  Service  shall be shipped in
accordance with U. S. Postal Service Publication #52.

         (e) Hazardous materials intended for shipment via water  transportation
shall  be  packaged,   packed,   marked  and  labeled  in  accordance  with  the
International  Maritime  Organization  International  Maritime  Dangerous  Goods
(IMDG) Code.

         (f) Hazardous  materials  intended for shipment,  via  commercial  air,
shall be packaged,  packed, marked, labeled and certified in accordance with the
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) Technical  Instructions for the
Safe  Transport of Dangerous  Goods By Air or the  International  Air  Transport
Association (IATA) Dangerous Goods Regulations.

         (g) Hazardous  materials  intended for shipment,  via military aircraft
shall be packaged,  packed,  marked,  labeled,  and certified in accordance with
AFJMAN 24-204  (Formerly AFT 71-4) TM  38-250/NAVSUP  PUB 505/MCO  P4030.19/DLAM
4145.3 (Preparing Hazardous Material For Military Air Shipments).

         (h) If the  hazardous  material  required  to be.  shipped  under  this
contract is a  non-regulated  limited  quantity as defined by  applicable  modal
regulations,  it shall be packaged to meet the requirements of Level A packaging
listed in MIL-STD-2073.

         (i) In additional to the above,  packaging  (container and  containment
components)  designs shall pass all applicable  packaging  performance  tests in
accordance  with Title 49, the  ICAO/IATA and IMDG,  as  applicable.  Compressed
gases are excluded from these tests.  Each packaging of acceptable  design shall
bear  certification  markings  outlined in Title 49. All  certificates  and test
reports  indicating  test  compliance  shall  be  available  for  inspection  by
authorized government representatives.

         (j) A test report and special packaging  instruction shall be submitted
in accordance with DD Form 1423,  Contact Data  Requirements  List,  referencing
Data Item Description (DIDs) DI-PACK-81059  (Performance Oriented Packaging Test
Report) and DI-PACK-80121  (Special Packaging Instruction) . When these DIDs are
referenced,   only  packaging  materials   controlled  by  Military  or  Federal
Specifications may be used, unless superseded by commercial standards which have
been adopted for government use.

         (k)  A  Material  Safety  Data  Sheet,   prepared  in  accordance  with
FED-STD-313  and a copy of the Hazard  Warning  Labels shall be forwarded to the
applicable contracting activity.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 62 of 84

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS


THE FOLLOWING  LIST OF DOCUMENTS  (ATTACHMENTS)  ATTACHED  HEREOT FORM A PART OF
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THIS SOLICITATION:
- ------------------

1.       EXHIBIT A         -     DD FORM 1423:  CONTRACT DATA REQUIREMENTS LIST,
                                 A001 THROUGH A009

2.       ATTACHMENT I      -     SUPSHIP Portsmouth CIS Quality System;  Provide
                                 (6 pages)

3.       ATTACHMENT II     -     GWI/042-01  titled,  GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR
                                 WORK WITHIN COMNAVBASE  NORFOLK (PCP), DATED 21
                                 Jan 1997 (6 pages)

4.       ATTACHMENT III    -     GWI/042-02  titled,  GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR
                                 WORK WITHIN NAVAL AMHPIBIOUS BASE LITTLE CREEK;
                                 ACCOMPLISH, dated 21 Jan 1997. (8 pages)

5.       ATTACHMENT IV     -     GWI/O42-03  titled,  GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR
                                 WORK WITHIN THE CONTRACTOR'S PLANT (PCP), dated
                                 21 Jan 1997 (4 pages)

6.       ATTACHMENT V      -     GWI/042-11  titled,  GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS  FOR
                                 WORK WITHIN NORFOLK NAVAL SHIPYARD (PCP), dated
                                 27 Feb 1997. (19 pages)

7.       ATTACHMENT VI     -     NAVSEA  Standard  Work Item  (SWI  File  Number
                                 077-01)  titled,  HAZARDOUS  WASTE  PRODUCED ON
                                 NAVAL VESSELS,  CONTROL,  dated 04 Apr 1997. (5
                                 pages)

8.       ATTACHMENT VII    -     NAVSEA  Standard  Work Item (ITEM NO.  009-32),
                                 CLEANING and PAINTING REQUIREMENTS; ACCOMPLISH,
                                 dated 13 Sep 1996. (54 pages)

9.       ATTACHMENT VIII   -     DEPARTMENT  OF  LABOR  WAGE  DETERMINATION  NO:
                                 94-2543 (REV 13) dated 3 Feb. 1997. (9 pages)

10.      ATTACHMENT IX     -     NAVY VALUE  ENGINEERING  GUIDE FOR  CONTRACTORS
                                 WITH  VALUE  ENGINEERING  INCENTIVES  FLYER  (7
                                 pages).
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 63 of 84

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS (continued)


THE FOLLOWING  LIST OF DOCUMENTS  (ATTACHMENTS)  ATTACHED  HEREOT FORM A PART OF
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THIS SOLICITATION:
- ------------------



11.      ATTACHMENT X      -     CLIENT AUTHORIZATION LETTER

12.      ATTACHMENT XI     -     GW/1/042-08  titled,  GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS FOR
                                 WORK WITHIN  NORFOLK NAVAL  SHIPYARD (PCP) (FOR
                                 SHIPS UTILIZING CONVENIENCE BERTHING), dated 27
                                 Feb 1997. (16 pages).
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 64 of 84


SECTION K-REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS


K.1. far 52.252-1  SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUN 1998)

         This solicitation  incorporates one or more solicitation  provisions by
reference,  with the same  force and  effect as if they were given in full text.
Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full test available.

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION PROVISIONS
- -----------------------------------------

52.203.11         CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE REGARDING PAYMENTS      APR 1991
                  TO INFLUENCE CERTAIN FEDERAL TRANSACTIONS
52.222.21         CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES            APR 1984
52.223-5          CERTIFICATION REGARDING A DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE        JUL 1995


K.2 FAR 52.203.2 CERTIFICATE OF INDEPENDENT PRICE DETERMINATION (APR 1985)

         (a) The offeror certifies that -

                  (1)  The   prices  in  this   offer   have  been   arrived  at
independently,   without,  for  the  purpose  of  restricting  competition,  any
consultation,  communication,  or agreement with any other offeror or competitor
relating to (i) those prices,  (ii) the  intention to submit an offer,  or (iii)
the methods or factors used to calculate the prices offered.

                  (2) The  prices  in this  offer  have not been and will not be
knowingly disclosed by the offeror, directly or indirectly, to any other offeror
or competitor  before bid opening (in the case of a sealed bid  solicitation) or
contract  award  (in the  case of a  negotiated  solicitation  unless  otherwise
required by law; and

                  (3) No attempt has been made or will be made by the offeror to
induce any other  concern to submit or not to submit an offer for the purpose of
restricting competition.

         (b) Each signature on the offer is considered to be a certification  by
the signatory that the signatory -

                  (1) Is the person in the  offeror's  organization  responsible
for determining  the prices being offered in this bid or proposal,  and that the
signatory has not  participated  and will not participate in nay action contrary
to subparagraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) above; or
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 65 of 84

K.2 FAR 52.203.2 CERTIFICATE OF INDEPENDENT PRICE DETERMINATION (APR 1985)

                  (2)(i) Has been  authorized,  in writing,  to act as agent for
the  following   principals  in  certifying  that  those   principals  have  not
participated,  and will not participate in any action contrary to  subparagraphs
(a)(1) through (a)(3) above Patrick E. Lien, Regional Director (insert full name
of person(s) in the  offeror's  organization  responsible  for  determining  the
prices offered in this bid or proposal,  and the title of his or her position in
the offeror's organization):

                  (ii) As an authorized  agent, does certify that the principals
named  in  subdivision  (b)(2)(i)  above  have  not  participated,  and will not
participate,  in any action  contrary to  subparagraphs  (a)(1)  through  (a)(3)
above; and

                  (iii) As an agent, has not personally  participated,  and will
not participate,  in any action contrary to subparagraphs  (a)(1) through (a)(3)
above.

         (c) If the offeror deletes or modified  subparagraph  (a)(2) above, the
offeror must furnish with its offer a signed  statement  setting forth in detail
the circumstances of the disclosure.


K.3      FAR 52.204-3 TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION (MAR 1994)

         (a) "Common parent," as used in this solicitation provision, means that
corporately  entity that owns or controls an  affiliated  group or  corporations
that files its Federal income tax returns on a consolidated  basis, and of which
the offeror is a member.

         "Corporate  status,"  used  in  this  solicitation  provision,  means a
designation as to whether the offeror is a corporate  entity,  an unincorporated
entity (e.g., sole  proprietorship or partnership),  or a corporation  providing
medical and health care services.

         "Taxpayer  Identification  Number (TIN), "as used in this  solicitation
provision,  means the number  required  by the IRS to be used by the  offeror in
reporting income tax and other returns.

         (b) All  offerors are  required to submit the  information  required in
paragraphs  (c) through (o) of this  solicitation  provision  in order to comply
with reporting  requirements of 26 U.S.C.  6041A, and 6050M and the implementing
regulations  issued by the Internal  Revenue  Service  (IRS).  If the  resulting
contract is subject to the reporting  requirements  described in FAR 4.903,  the
failure or refusal by the offeror to furnish the  information may result in a 31
percent reduction of payments otherwise due under the contract.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 66 of 84


K.3 FAR 52.204-3 TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION (MAR 1994) (continued)

         (c) Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN):

                  ( X) TIN: 86-0570800.

                  ( ) TIN has been applied for.

                  ( ) TIN is not required because:

                  ( ) Offeror is a nonresident alien,  foreign  corporation,  or
foreign  partnership  that does not have income  effectively  connected with the
conduct of a trade or business in the U.S.  and does not have an office or place
of business or a fiscal paying agent in the U.S.:

                  ( )  Offeror  is an  agency  or  instrumentality  of a foreign
government,

                  ( )  Offeror  is an agency or  instrumentality  of a  Federal,
state or local government;

                  ( ) Other. State basis.

         (d) Corporate Status.

                  ( ) Corporation providing medical and health care services, or
engaged in the billing and collecting of payments for such services;
                  ( ) Other corporate entity;
                  ( ) Not a corporate entity;
                  ( ) Sole proprietorship;
                  ( ) Partnership
                  ( ) Hospital or extended  care  facility  described  in 26 CFR
501(c)(3) that is exempt from taxation under 26 CFR 501(a).

         (e) Common parent.

                  ( ) Offeror is not owned or  controlled  by a common parent as
defined in paragraph (a) of this clause.

                  ( ) Name and TIN of common parent:

                  Name:
                        -------------------------------------

                  TIN:
                        -------------------------------------


K.4.  FAR  52.209-5  CERTIFICATION  REGARDING  DEBARMENT,  SUSPENSION,  PROPOSED
                     DEBARMENT, AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS (MAR 1996)

         (a) (1) The Offeror certifies, to the best of its knowledge and belief,
that --
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 67 of 84

                  (i) The Offeror and/or any of its Principals --

                           (A)  Are [ ] I  are  not  [ X ]  presently  debarred,
suspended,  proposed  for  debarment,  or declared  ineligible  for the award of
contracts by any Federal agency;

                           (B) Have [ ] I have not [ X ] ,  within a  three-year
period preceding this offer, been convicted of or had a civil judgement rendered
against them for:  commission of fraud or a criminal  offense in connection with
obtaining,  attempting to obtain,  or performing a public  (Federal,  state,  or
local)  contract or subcontract;  violation of Federal state antitrust  statutes
relating to the  submission of offers;  or commission  of  embezzlement,  theft,
forgery,  bribery,   falsification  or  destruction  of  records,  making  false
statements, tax evasion, or receiving stolen property; and

                           (C) Are [ ] are not [ X ] presently  indicted for, or
otherwise   criminally  or  civilly  charged  by  a  governmental  entity  with,
commission of any of the offenses  enumerated in subdivision  (a) (1) (i) (B) of
this provision.

                  (ii) The  Offeror  has [ ]I has not [ X ] within a  three-year
period preceding this offer,  bad one or more contracts  terminated for default:
by any Federal agency

                  (2)  "Principals,"  for the  purposes  of this  certification,
means  officers;  directors;  owners;  partners;  arid,  persons  having primary
management  or  supervisory  responsibilities  Within a business  entity  (e.g.,
general  manager;  plant manager;  head of a subsidiary,  division,  or business
segment, and similar positions).

THIS CERTIFICATION CONCERNS A MATTER WITHIN THE JURISDICTION OF AN AGENCY OF THE
UNITED STATES AND THE MAKING OF A FALSE, FICTITIOUS, OR FRAUDULENT CERTIFICATION
MAY RENDER THE MAKER SUBJECT TO PROSECUTION UNDER SECTION 1001, TITLE 18, UNITED
STATES CODE.

         (b)  The  Offeror  shall  provide   immediate  written  notice  to  the
Contracting  Officer if, at any time prior to contract award, the Offeror learns
that its  certification  was erroneous when submitted or has become erroneous by
reason of changed circumstances.

         (c) A  certification  that any of the  items in  paragraph  (a) of this
provision  exists will not  necessarily  result in withholding of an award under
this solicitation.  However,  the certification will be considered in connection
with a determination of the Offeror's responsibility.  Failure of the Offeror to
furnish a certification  or provide such additional  information as requested by
the Contracting Officer may render the Offeror nonresponsible.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 68 of 84

K.4.  FAR  52.209-5  CERTIFICATION  REGARDING  DEBARMENT,  SUSPENSION,  PROPOSED
                     DEBARMENT,  AND OTHER  RESPONSIBILITY  MATTERS  (MAR  1996)
                     (continued)

         (d) Nothing  contained in the  foregoing  shall be construed to require
establishment  of a system of  records in order to render,  in good  faith,  the
certification  required by paragraph  (a) of this  provision.  The knowledge and
information  of an  Offeror is not  required  to exceed  that which is  normally
possessed by a prudent person in the ordinary course of business dealings.

         (e) The  certification in paragraph (a) of this provision is a material
representation  of fact upon which reliance was placed when making award.  If it
is  later   determined  that  the  Offeror   knowingly   rendered  an  erroneous
certification,  in addition to other remedies  available to the Government,  the
Contracting  Officer may terminate the contract resulting from this solicitation
for default.


K.5. FAR 52.215-6 TYPE OF BUSINESS ORGANIZATION (JUL 1987)

         The offeror or quoter, by checking the applicable box, represents
that

                  (a) It operates as (X) a  corporation  incorporated  under the
laws of the State of  Delaware,  ( ) an  individual,  ( ) a  partnership,  ( ) a
nonprofit organization, or ( ) a joint venture; or

                  (b) If the offeror or quoter is a foreign entity,  it operates
as ( ) an individual,  ( ) a partnership,  ( ) a nonprofit  organization,  ( ) a
joint venture, or ( ) a corporation, registered for business in (Country).


K.6. FAR 52.215-11 AUTHORIZED NEGOTIATORS (APR 1984)

         The  offeror  or  quoter  reprsents  that  the  following  persons  are
authorized to negotiate on its behalf with the  Government  in  connection  with
this request for proposals or quotations:

         Patrick E. Lien, Regional Director                        757-488-3570
         Jimmy D. Humrich, Program Manager                         757-488-3570


K.7. FAR 52.219-1 SMALL BUSINESS CONCERN REPRESENTATIVES (OCT 1995)

         (a) (1) The  standard  industrial  classification  (SIC)  code for this
acquisition is 7699.

                  (2) The small business size standard is $5 million.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 68 of 84

K.7. FAR 52.219-1 SMALL BUSINESS CONCERN REPRESENTATIVES (OCT 1995) (continued)

                  (3) The small  business  size  standard  for a  concern  which
submits an offer in its own name, other than a construction or service contract,
but which proposes to furnish a product which it did not itself
manufacture, is 500 employees.

         (b) Representation.

                  (1) The offeror  represents and certifies as part of its offer
that it ( X ) is, ( ) is not a small business concern.

                  (2) (Complete  only if offeror  represented  itself as a small
business  concern in block (b)(1) of this  section.)  The offeror  represents as
part of its offeror that it ( ) is ( X ) is not a small  disadvantaged  business
concern.

                  (3) (Complete  only if offeror  represented  itself as a small
business  concern in block (b)(1) of this  section.)  The offeror  represents as
part of its  offer  that it ( ) is, ( X ) is not a  women-owned  small  business
concern.

         (c) Definitions.

         "Small business  concern," as used in this  provision,  means a concern
including its affiliates,  that is independently owned and operated, not dominat
in the field of operation in which it is bidding on  Government  contracts,  and
qualified  as a small  business  under the  criteria in 13 CFR Part 121 and size
standard in paragraph (a) of this provision.

         "Small disadvantage business concern," as used in this provision, means
a small business concern that

                  (1) is at least  51  percent  unconditionally  owned by one or
more  individuals  who are both socially and  economically  disadvantaged,  or a
publicly owned business having at least 51 percent of its stock  unconditionally
owned by one or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals, and
                  (2) has its management and daily business controlled by one or
more such individuals.  This term also means a small business concern that is at
least 51 percent  unconditionally owned by an economical advantaged Indian tribe
or Native Hawaiian organization, or a publicly owned business having at least 51
percent  of its stock  unconditionally  owned by one or more of these  entities,
which  as  its  management  and  daily  business  controlled  by  members  of an
economically  disadvantaged  Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian  Organization,  and
which meets the requirements of 13 CFR Part 124.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 70 of 84

K.7. FAR 52.219-1 SMALL BUSINESS CONCERN REPRESENTATIVES (OCT 1995) (continued)

         "Women owned small business concern," as used in this provision means
a small business concern --
                  (1) Which is at least 51  percent  owned by one or more  women
or, in the case of any publicly owned by one or more women; and
                  (2)  Whose  management  and  daily  busines   soperations  are
controlled by one or more women.

         (d) Notice.

                  (1) If this  solicitation  is for  supplies  and has  been set
aside, in whole or in part, for small business concerns, then the clause in this
solicitation  providing  notice of the set-aside  contains  restrictions  on the
source of the end items to be furnished.

                  (2) Under 15 U.S.c.  645(d),  any person who  misrepresents  a
firm's  status as a small or small  disadvantaged  business  concern in order to
obtain a  contract  to be  awarded  under the  preference  programs  established
pursuant to sections 8(a), 8(d), 9, or 15 of the Small business Act or any other
provisiono  f  Federal  law  that  specifically  references  section  8(d) for a
definition of program eligibility, shall --

                           (i)        Be  punished  by  imposition  of  a  fine,
                                      imprisonment, or both;
                           (ii)       Be  subject  to  administrative  remedies,
                                      including suspension and debarment; and
                           (iii)      Be   ineligible   for   participation   in
                                      programs  conducted under the authority of
                                      the Act.


K.8. FAR 52.222-22 PREVIOUS CONTRACTS AND COMPLIANCE REPORTS (APR 1984)

         The offeror represents that -

         (a) It ( X ) has, ( ) has not  participated  in a previous  contract or
subcontract subject either to the Equal Opportunity clause of this solicitation,
the clause originally  contained in Section 310 of Executive Order No. 10925, or
the clause contained in Section 201 of Executive Order No. 11114;

         (b) It ( X ) has, ( ) has not, filed all required  compliance  reports;
and

         (c)  Representations   indicating  submission  of  required  compliance
reports, signed by proposed subcontractors,  will be obtained before subcontract
awards.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 71 of 84


K.9 FAR 52.22-25 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION COMPLIANCE (APR 1984)

         The offeror represents that (a) it ( X ) has developed and has on file,
( ) has not  developed  and  does  not  have  on  file,  at each  establishment,
affirmative  action  programs  required  by the  rules  and  regulations  of the
Secretary of Labor (41 CFR 60-1 and 60-2),  or (b) it ( ) has not previously had
contracts subject to the written affirmative action programs  requirement of the
rules and regulations of the Secretary of Labor.


K.10. FAR 52.223-1 CLEAN AIR AND WATER CERTIFICATION (APR 1984)

         The Offeror certifies that -

         (a)  Any  facility  to be  used in the  performance  of  this  proposed
contract  is ( ), is not ( X ) listed  on the  Environmental  Protection  Agency
(EPA) List of Violating Facilities;

         (b) The Offeror will immediately notify the Contracting Officer, before
award,  of the  receipt  of  any  communication  from  the  Administrator,  or a
designee,  of the EPA, indicating that any facility that the Offeror proposes to
use for the performance of the contract is under  consideration  to be listed on
the EPA List of Violating Facilities; and

         (c) The Offeror will include a certification  substantially the same as
this   certification,   including  this   paragraph  (c),  in  every   nonexempt
subcontract.


K.11 DFARS 252.219-7000 SMALL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS CONCERN REPRESENTATION (DOD
                        CONTRACTS) (APR 1994)

         (a) Definition.

         "Small  disadvantaged  business  concern,"  as used in this  provision,
means a small business concern, owned and controlled by individuals who are both
socially  and  economically  disadvantaged,  as  defined  by the Small  business
Administration  at 13 CFR Part 124, the  majority of earnings of which  directly
accrue to such individuals.  This term also means a small business concern owned
and controlled by an economically  disadvantaged Indian tribe or native Hawaiian
organization  which meets the  requirements of 13 CFR 124.112 or 13 CFR 124.113,
respectively.  In general, 13 CFR 124 describes a small  disadvantaged  business
concern as a small business concern -

                  (1) Which is at least 51 percent  unconditionally owned by one
or more socially and economically disadvantaged individuals; or

                  (2) In the case of any publicly  owned  business,  at least 51
percent of the voting stock is unconditionally owned by one or more socially and
economically disadvantaged individuals; and
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 72 of 84

K.11 DFARS 252.219-7000 SMALL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS CONCERN REPRESENTATION (DOD
                        CONTRACTS) (APR 1994) (continued)


                  (3)  Whose  management  and  daily  business   operations  are
controlled by one or more such individuals.

         (b) Representations.

Check the category in which your ownership falls --

         ( )  Subcontinent  sian  (Asian-Indian)  American  (U.S.  citizen  with
origins from India, Pakistan, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka, Bhutan, or Nepal).

         ( )  Asian-Pacific  American  (U.S.  citizen  with  origins from Japan,
China, the Philippines, Vietnam, Korea, Samoa, Guam, U.s. Trust Territory of the
Pacific  Islands  (Republic  of Palau),  the  Northern  Mariana  Islands,  Laos,
Kampuchea (Cambodia),  Taiwan, Burma, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia,  Singapore,
Brunei, Republic of the Marshall Islands, or the Federated States of Micronesia)

         ( ) Black American (U.S. citizen)

         ( ) Hispanic  American  (U.S.  citizen with origins from South America,
Central America,  Mexico,  Cuba, the Dominican Republic,  Puerto Rico, Spain, or
Portugal)

         ( ) Native  American  (American  Indians,  Eskimos,  Aleuts,  or Native
Hawaiians, including Indian tribes or Native Hawaiian organizations)

         ( )  Individual/concern,  other  than one of the  preceding,  currently
certified for participation in the Minority Small Business and Capital Ownership
Development Program under Section 8(a) of the Small Business ct.

         ( ) Other

         (c) Certifications.

Complete the following --

         (1)  The  Offeror  is ( ) is not ( X ) a small  disadvantaged  business
concern.

         (2) The Small Business  Administration (SBA) has ( ) has not ( ) made a
determination  concerning the offeror's status as a small disadvantaged business
concern. If the SBA has made a determination,  the date of the determination was
and the offeror --

         ( ) Was found by SBA to be socially and economically  disadvantaged and
no circumstances have changed to vary that determination.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 73 of 84

K.11 DFARS 252.219-7000 SMALL DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS CONCERN REPRESENTATION (DOD
                        CONTRACTS) (APR 1994) (continued)

         ( ) Was found by SBA not to be socially and economically  disadvantaged
but circumstances which caused the determination have changed.

         (d) Penalties and Remedies.  Anyone who  misrepresents  the status of a
concern as a small disadvantaged business for the purpose of securing a contract
or subcontract shall --

                  (1) Be  punished by  imposition  of a fine,  imprisonment,  or
both;

                  (2)  Be  subject   to   administrative   remedies,   including
suspension and disbarment; and

                  (3) Be  ineligible  for  participation  in programs  conducted
under authority of the Small Business Act.


K.12. 52.204-5 WOMEN OWNED BUSINESS (OCT 1995)

         (a) Representation.  The offeror represents that it ( ) is ( X ) is not
a women-owned business concern.

         (b)  Definition.   "Women-owned  business  concern"  as  used  in  this
provision,  means a concern  which is at least 51  percent  owned by one or more
women; or in the case of any publicly owned business, at least 51 percent of the
stock of which is owned by one or more  women;  and whose  management  and daily
business operations are controlled by one or more women.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 74 of 84

SECTION L - INSTRUCTIONS, CONDITIONS, AND NOTICES TO OFFERORS


L.1. 52.252-1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUN 1988)

         This solicitation  incorporates one or more solicitation  provisions by
reference,  with the same  force and  effect as if they were given in full text.
Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available.

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION PROVISIONS
- -----------------------------------------

52.209-7         ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST               OCT 1995
                 CERTIFICATE - MARKETING CONSULTANTS
52.215-5         SOLICITATION DEFINITIONS                           JUL 1987
52.215-7         UNNECESSARILY ELABORATE PROPOSALS                  APR 1984
                 OR QUOTATIONS
52.215-8         AMENDMENTS TO SOLICITATIONS                        DEC 1989
52.215-9         SUBMISSION OF OFFERS                               JUL 1995
52.215-10        LATE SUBMISSIONS, MODIFICATIONS, AND               JUL 1995
                 WITHDRAWALS OF PROPOSALS
52.215-12        RESTRICTION ON DISCLOSURE AND USE OF DATA          APR 1984
52.215-13        PREPARATION OF OFFERS                              APR 1984
52.215-14        EXPLANATION TO PROSPECTIVE OFFERORS                APR 1984
52.215-15        FAILURE TO SUBMIT OFFER                            JUL 1995
52.215-16        CONTRACT AWARD (ALTERNATE II - OCT 95)             OCT 1995
52.216-1         TYPE OF CONTRACT                                   APR 1984
                 - indefinite Delivery/Indefinite Quantity
                   Firm Fixed Unit Price -
52.22-24         PREAWARD ON-SITE EQUAL OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE      APR 1984
                 REVIEW

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION SUPPLEMENT PROVISIONS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

252.204-7001     COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY (CAGE)            DEC 1991
                 CODE REPORTING
252.209-7001     DISCLOSURE OF OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL BY THE          SEP 1994
                 GOVERNMENT OF A TERRORIST COUNTRY
252.227-7028     TECHNICAL DATA OR COMPUTER SOFTWARE PREVIOUSLY     JUN 1995
                 DELIVERED TO THE GOVERNMENT
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 75 of 84

L.2. FAR 52.233-2 SERVICE OF PROTEST (OCT 1995)

         (a) Protests,  as defined in section 33.101 of the Federal  Acquisition
Regulation,  that are filed directly with an agency,  and copies of any protests
that are filed with the General  Accounting Office (GAO) or the General Services
Administration  Board  of  Contract  Appeals  (GSBCA),  shall be  served  on the
Contracting  Officer  (addressed  as  follows)  by  obtaining  written and dated
acknowledgment of receipt from PRISCILLA TARR,  CONTRACTING OFFICER,  SUPERVISOR
OF SHIPBUILDING, C&R, USN, P.O. BOX 215, PORTSMOUTH, VA. 23705-0215 CODE 410.2

         (b) The copy of any protest shall be received in the office  designated
above on the same day a protest  is filed  with the  GSBCA or within  one day of
filing a protest with the GAO.


L.3. GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE (G&A / MATERIAL HANDLING)

         If it is the  company's  practice  to apply  G&A  rate(s)  or  material
handling  charges to the below  listed  items,  offeror(s)  shall  indicate  the
applicable rate as follows:

                           Material (Handling Charge)

         LOT I                        10%
         LOT II                       10%
         LOT III                      10%
         LOT IV                       10%
         LOT V                        10%

         The  rate(s)  inserted  herein  should  be the  actual,  current  rates
experienced by the offeror.  If the offeror proposes rates other than actual and
current, offeror should specify that these rates are ceiling rates that will not
be exceeded for reimbursement.


L.4.     INSPECTION OF VESSEL(S)

         (a) The vessel(s) will be available for inspection as follows:

                  On JUNE 2 AND 3, 1997

         (b) Arrangements for inspection may be made by communicating with:

                  Mr. JOHN TENNEY   (757) 396-3850


L.5.     SUBMISSION OF PROPOSALS

I.       GENERAL
         -------

         Offerors are required to submit their proposals in three separate parts
as follows:
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 76 of 84

         PART I - Technical Proposal - Original and 4 copies to include all data
         and information  required for evaluation,  and exclude any reference to
         the pricing aspects of the offer. Each page of each copy
         should be affixed with the following legend:

                  Source Selection Information
                  See FAR 3.104

         PART II - Past  Performance  - Original and 4 cpies to include all data
         and information required for evaluation, excluding any reference to the
         pricing aspects of the offer.  Each page of each copy should be affixed
         with the following legend:

                  Source Selection Information
                  See FAR 3.104

         PART  III -  Price  Proposal  -  Original  and 1 copy  to  include  the
         completed  solicitation  documents  and a complete  and  detailed  cost
         breakdown  with all  supporting  information.  Each  page of each  copy
         should be affixed with the following legend:

                  Source Selection Information
                  See FAR 3.104

IMPORTANT NOTES:

         (1) Offerors  shall  respond to all  requirements  of the  solicitation
document. Offerors are cautioned not to alter or disassemble the solicitation.

         (2) In the event any  portion of the  technical  proposal is written by
anyone who is not a bona fide employee of the firm  submitting  the proposal,  a
certificate to this effect shall be furnished.  The certificate  shall be signed
by a  responsible  officer of the offeror and shall also  identify  the person's
name,  employment  capacity,  the name of the person's firm, the relationship of
that firm to the offeror,  and the portion of the technical  proposal the person
wrote.

         (3) Offerors may identify Federal, State, Local Governments and private
contracts that are similar to work in the solicitation.

II.      REQUIREMENTS FOR PROPOSAL CONTENT
         ---------------------------------

         (1) Introduction  and Purpose - This section  specifies the format that
offerors  shall use in this  Request for  Proposal  (RFP).  The intent is not to
restrict the  offerors in the manner in which they will  perform  their work but
rather to ensure a certain degree of uniformity in the format of
the responses for evaluation purposes.

         (2) As explained in paragraph  III below,  Part I (Technical  Proposal)
consists of the following  sections:  Chemical Solution and Technical  
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 77 of 84

Approach; Part II (Past Performance) consists of the following various sections:
Schedule Performance,  Technical Performance,  and Management Performance.  Part
III  (Price  Proposal)  is  comprised  of  the  price  proposal  and  supporting
documentation.  The Technical  Proposal and Past  Performance  are considered of
equal importance with the Price Proposal being of less importance.

III.     PROPOSAL CONTENT
         ----------------

"C"      The  technical  evaluation  factors  are  listed  below  with  Chemical
         Solution being equally important to Technical Approach. Pages 81 and 82
         will be used to collect and evaluate technical proposal information.


CHEMICAL SOLUTION

The offeror  shall provide the following  information  concerning  the "Chemical
Solution" which will be utilized in cleaning the CHT system:

         a. Commercial name of chemical solution:

         b. Chemical identification of ingredients:

         c. Hazardous ingredients:

         d. Toxicity Index:

         e. Corrosive Effect on base metal:

"C"      f. Length of time to dissolve scale and blockage:

The Chemical Solution identified above:

         a. Shall  be  non-corrosive  nor  will it cause  damage  to CHT  system
            piping.

         b. Shall be non-toxic and pose no hazard to ship's personnel.

         c. Shall not affect CHT system components (including gaskets and seals.

         d. Shall not be a fire/explosion hazard.

         e. Shall not generate hazardous waste.

         f. Shall be disposable,  after treatment,  meeting all federal,  state,
            and local regulations.

"C"      The  offeror  shall  provide  as a part of the  technical  proposal  an
         original  and  one  copy of an  independent  laboratory  report  on the
         proposed chemical  cleaning  solution's effect on base metals specified
         for piping, fittings, and valves in category R-4 of MIL-STD-777.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 78 of 84

TECHNICAL APPROACH

The offeror shall provide their approach to the following:

         a.       Plan to complete  chemical  cleaning of one or more CHT system
                  zones aboard ship in a timely  manner with minimum  disruption
                  to the crew and operating schedule of the ship.
         b.       Plan to  respond  to more than one  requirement  (simultaneous
                  task orders for more than one ship).
         c.       Plan to respond to urgent requirements.
         d.       Plan to respond to disruption in schedule caused by changes in
                  ship  operating  schedules,  ship's  force  drills,  plus  the
                  various changing conditions found on military vessels.

PART II PAST PERFORMANCE

Past  performance  factors are  weighted  according to their  importance  to the
Government.  The  Government  may use past  performance  from other sources than
those identified by the offeror.
Page 82 of 84 will be used to collect past performance information.  Provide the
following  information  regarding past three performances  within the last three
years on similar contracts: (Attachment X, Client Letter Sample)

         1.       Contract Number
         2.       Names and phone  numbers  of two  points of  contact  for each
                  contract.
         3.       Dollar value of each contract.
         4.       Description of work performed.
         5.       Subcontractor  plan,  names  of  subcontractors  used,  and  a
                  description of the work they performed.

PART III PRICE PROPOSAL

The price  proposal  shall include all contract line items as delineated  within
Section B of the  solicitation.  The  pricing  information  shall be complete in
accordance with the following:

         (a)      Separate pricing  information shall be submitted for each year
                  of the services specified in Section B of the solicitation.

         (b)      Offerors shall respond to all requirements of the solicitation
                  document.  Offerors are cautioned not to alter or  disassemble
                  the solicitation.

                  EVALUATION CRITERIA AND THE BASIS FOR AWARD
                  -------------------------------------------

         (1)      The  Government   intends  to  make  award  to  the  eligible,
                  responsible   offeror   whose   offer,   conforming   to   the
                  solicitation,   is  determined   most   advantageous   to  the
                  Government,  price and other factors considered. The offeror's
                  proposal shall be in the form prescribed by, and shall contain
                  a response  to each of the areas  identified  in the Section L
                  solicitation provision entitled "Submission of Proposals." The
                  evaluation of proposals 
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 79 of 84

                  will  consider  the  offeror's  technical  proposal  and  past
                  performance  equally  with the  price  proposal  being of less
                  importance.

         (2)      The Technical Proposal evaluation factors are listed below:

                  A. CHEMICAL SOLUTION

                           1. Lab Report provided and adequate in all respects.
                           2.  Non-corrosive  nor  will it cause  damage  to CHT
                               system piping.
                           3.  Non-detrimental to system components.
                           4.  Non-toxic to ship's personnel.
                           5.  Not a fire or explosion hazard.
                           6.  Length of time to dissolve corrosion.
                           7.  Does not generate a hazardous waste.
                           8.  Disposable, after treatment, meeting all federal,
                               state, and local regulations.

                  B. TECHNICAL APPROACH
                  
                           1.  Ability  to  complete  all CHT  zones in a timely
                               manner.
                           2.  Ability to respond to several ships at one time.
                           3.  Ability to respond to emergent requirements.
                           4.  Ability to cope with ship's schedule changes.
                           5.  Experience in CHT system cleaning.
                           6.  Experience in other systems cleaning.

         (3) The past performance evaluation factors are listed below:

                  A. SCHEDULE PERFORMANCE

                           1.  Met  pre-planned  milestone and completed work on
                               schedule.
                           2.  Revised schedules with little delay or disruption
                               when customers  operation  schedules  changed and
                               solved  performance  problems  without  extensive
                               guidance from the Government/Contractor.

                  B. TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE

                           1.  Effectively accomplished specified work.
                           2.  Performed to satisfaction of customer.
                           3.  Maintained care and preservation of installed and
                               removed equipment.
                           4.  Maintained     cleanliness     of     components,
                               passageways, and docks.
                           5.  Utilized good safety and environmental practices.

                  C.       MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE

                           1.  Employed and utilized  qualified and  experienced
                               personnel in all labor categories.
                           2.  Submitted  required  reports in a timely  manner,
                               including video/baroscope inspections.
                           3.  Negotiated  and  definitized  change  orders in a
                               timely manner.
                           4.  Selected and managed qualified subcontractors.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 80 of 84

                           5.  Committed  adequate  resources in a timely manner
                               and responded to "Emergent Work" requests.
                           6.  Extent to which offeror identifies and commits to
                               small  business,  small  disadvantaged  business,
                               historically  black colleges and  universities or
                               minority institutions.

         (4) The Government  reserves the right to obtain information for use in
the evaluation of past  performance from any and all sources  including  sources
outside of the Government.  Offerors lacking  relevant past performance  history
will receive a neutral rating for past performance.  However, the proposal of an
offeror with no relevant past performance  history,  while rated neutral in past
performance,  may not represent the most advantageous proposal to the Government
and thus,  may be an  unsuccessful  proposal  when  compared to the proposals of
other offerors.

         (5) The offeror must provide the  information  requested above for past
performance  evaluation  or  affirmatively  state that the offeror  possesses no
relevant past performance. The Government will consider the quality of offeror's
past  performance;   this  consideration  is  separate  and  distinct  from  the
Contracting Officer's responsibility determination.

         (6) The assessment of the offeror's past  performance will be used as a
means of evaluating the relative capability of the offeror and other competitors
to successfully  meet the requirements of the RFP. In determining the rating for
the past  performance  evaluation  factor,  the  Government  will  give  greater
consideration  to the contracts which the Government  feels are most relevant to
the RFP.

         (7) If the offeror's proposal is determined  unacceptable in any of the
past performance evaluation factors and/or sub-factors,  the proposal may not be
considered within a competitive range.

         (8) The  Government  reserves  the right to amend the contract to other
than the lowest priced offeror.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 81 of 84

                          TECHNICAL PROPOSAL EVALUATION
                          -----------------------------

                                                               Date:____________

Solicitation Number:___________________________
Contractor Evaluated:__________________________
Performance Evaluator:_________________________

                                RATING GUIDELINE
                                ----------------

(0)      UNSATISFACTORY ................... Totally unacceptable
(1)      POOR ............................. Less than minimum requirements
(2)      FAIR ............................. Met minimum requirements.
(3)      GOOD ............................. Exceeded minimum requirements.
(4)      EXCELLENT ........................ Considerably surpassed minimum 
                                            requirements.
(5)      PLUS ............................. Demonstrated  exceptional  technical
                                            level that justifies  adding a point
                                            to the score.  Summarize  contractor
                                            performance and circle in the column
                                            on  the  right  the   number   which
                                            corresponds   to   the   performance
                                            rating for each rating category.

A.  CHEMICAL CLEANING SOLUTION                                      Score
    1. Lab Report provided and adequate in all respects.       0  1  2  3  4  5
    2. Non-corrosive and will not damage CHT system piping.    0  1  2  3  4  5
    3. Non-disruptive to system components.                    0  1  2  3  4  5
    4. Non-toxic to ship's personnel.                          0  1  2  3  4  5
    5. Not a fire or explosion hazard.                         0  1  2  3  4  5
    6. Length of time to dissolve corrosion.                   0  1  2  3  4  5
    7. Does not generate hazardous waste.                      0  1  2  3  4  5
    8. Disposable after treatment, meeting all federal, 
       state, and local regulations                            0  1  2  3  4  5

B.  TECHNICAL APPROACH
    1. Ability to complete all zones in timely manner.         0  1  2  3  4  5
    2. Ability to respond to several ships at one time.        0  1  2  3  4  5
    3. Ability to respond to emergent requirements.            0  1  2  3  4  5
    4. Ability to cope with ship's schedule changes.           0  1  2  3  4  5
    5. Experience in CHT System cleaning.                      0  1  2  3  4  5
    6. Experience in other systems cleaning.                   0  1  2  3  4  5
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 82 of 84
                             PERFORMANCE EVALUATION
                             ----------------------
                                                        Date:___________________

Solicitation Number:_______________________________
Contractor Contacted:______________________________
Reference Questioned:______________________________
         Type of Reference: Technical - Contracting Officer - End User -
Performance Evaluator______________________________

                                RATING GUIDELINE
                                ----------------

(0)      UNSATISFACTORY ................... Totally unacceptable
(1)      POOR ............................. Less than minimum requirements
(2)      FAIR ............................. Met minimum requirements.
(3)      GOOD ............................. Exceeded minimum requirements.
(4)      EXCELLENT ........................ Considerably surpassed minimum 
                                            requirements.
(5)      PLUS ............................. Demonstrated  exceptional  technical
                                            level that justifies  adding a point
                                            to the score.  Summarize  contractor
                                            performance and circle in the column
                                            on  the  right  the   number   which
                                            corresponds   to   the   performance
                                            rating for each rating category.

A.       SCHEDULE PERFORMANCE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>     <C>                                                                                        <C> <C><C><C><C><C> 
1.       Met pre-planned milestones and completed work on time.                              0  1  2  3  4  5

2.       Revised schedules with little delay or disruption when customer's operation
         schedules changed and solved performance problems without extensive guidance
         from the Government.                                                                0  1  2  3  4  5

B.       TECHNICAL PERFORMANCE
1.       Effectively accomplished specified work.                                            0  1  2  3  4  5
2.       Performed to the satisfaction of the customer                                       0  1  2  3  4  5
3.       Maintained care and preservation of installed and removed equipment                 0  1  2  3  4  5
4.       Maintained cleanliness of components, passageways, and docks.                       0  1  2  3  4  5
5.       Utilized good safety and environmental practices.                                   0  1  2  3  4  5

C.       MANAGEMENT PERFORMANCE
1.       Employed and utilized qualified and experienced personnel in labor categories.
                                                                                             0  1  2  3  4  5
2.       Submitted required reports in a timely manner, including video/baroscope
         inspections.                                                                        0  1  2  3  4  5
3.       Negotiated and definitized change orders in a timely manner.                        0  1  2  3  4  5
4.       Selected and managed qualified subcontractors.                                      0  1  2  3  4  5
5.       Committed adequate resources in a timely manner and responded to "Emergent
         Work" requirements.                                                                 0  1  2  3  4  5
6.       Extent to which offeror identifies and commits to small business, small
         disadvantaged business, historically black colleges and universities, or
         minority institutions. (Large Business Only)                                        0  1  2  3  4  5
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Page 83 of 84 SECTION M EVALUATION FACTORS FOR AWARD

M.1. 52.252-1 SOLICITATION PROVISIONS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (JUNE 1988)

         This solicitation  incorporates one or more solicitation  provisions by
reference,  with the same  force and  effect as if they were given in full text.
Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available.

FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION PROVISIONS

52.217-5          EVALUATION OF OPTIONS                     JUL 1990
52.232-15         PROGRESS PAYMENTS NOT INCLUDED            APR 1984

M.2 AWARD SINGLE AWARD FOR ALL ITEMS

         The  Government  intends  to make a  single  award  to the  responsible
acceptable  offeror  whose total offer on all items is determined to be fair and
reasonable and meets the requirements of the solicitation.

M.3 EVALUATION OF PROPOSALS WHICH INCLUDE G&A AND MATERIAL HANDLING

         For evaluation  purposes,  proposals  which include G&A and/or material
handling as  described  in  provision  L.3 will be  evaluated  by applying  such
expenses  to the  proposed  cost area and adding  these costs to the total price
proposed.

M.4 EVALUATION OF PAST PERFORMANCE

         (a) The  Government  will  evaluate the quality of the  offeror's  past
performance.  This  evaluation  is separate  and distinct  from the  Contracting
Officer's  responsibility  determination.  The  assessment of the offeror's past
performance will be used to evaluate the relative  capability of the offeror and
other  competitors  to  successfully  meet the  requirements  of the  RFP.  Past
performance of significant and/or critical  subcontractors will be considered to
the extent warranted by the subcontractor's involvement in the proposed effort.
<PAGE>
                                                                   Page 84 of 84
M.4 EVALUATION OF PAST PERFORMANCE (continued)

         (b) The Government  reserves the right to obtain information for use in
the evaluation of past  performance  from any and all sources  including  source
outside of the Government.  Offerors lacking  relevant past performance  history
will receive a neutral rating for past performance.  However, the proposal of an
offeror with no relevant past performance  history,  while rated neutral in past
performance may not represent the most  advantageous  proposal to the Government
and thus may be an unsuccessful proposal when compared to the proposals of other
offerors.  The offeror must  provide the  information  requested  above for past
performance  evaluation  or  affirmatively  state that it  possesses no relevant
directly related or similar past performance experience. The Government reserves
the right not to  evaluate  or consider  for award the entire  proposal  from an
offeror which fails to provide the past  performance  information or which fails
to assert that it has no relevant  directly  related or similar past performance
experience.

         (c) Contracting  Officers will use the following adjective  definitions
as guidelines in evaluating past performance:

                                RATING GUIDELINE
                                ----------------

(0)      UNSATISFACTORY ........... Totally unacceptable
(1)      POOR ..................... Less than minimum requirements
(2)      FAIR ..................... Met minimum requirements.
(3)      GOOD ..................... Exceeded minimum requirements.
(4)      EXCELLENT ................ Considerably surpassed minimum requirements.

(5)      PLUS...................... Demonstrated   exceptional  technical  level
                                    that justifies adding a point to the score.

                     STANDARD INDUSTRIAL LEASE-MULTI-TENANT
                   AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION


1. Parties.  This Lease,  dated, for reference  purposes only, May, 14, 1996, is
made by and between Roger Buttrum (herein called "Lessor") and H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS
INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (herein called "Lessee").

2. Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

         2.1  Premises.  Lessor  hereby  leases to Lessee and Lessee leases from
Lessor for the term,  at the rental,  and upon all of the  conditions  set forth
herein,  real  property  situated in the County of  Maricopa,  State of Arizona,
commonly  known as 2202 West Lone Cactus  Place,  Suites 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 &
15:  Phoenix,  Arizona,  and  described as an  approximate  15,708 st.  office /
industrial bay; part of a larger  multi-tent  industrial  building,  Lone Cactus
Commerce Center,  herein referred to as the "Premises," as may be outlined on an
Exhibit  attached  hereto,  including  rights to the Common Areas as hereinafter
specified  but not  including  any rights to the roof of the  Premises  or to an
Building in the  Industrial  Center.  The  Premises are a portion of a building,
herein  referred to as the "Building."  The Premises,  the Building,  the Common
Areas, the land upon which the same are located,  along with all other buildings
and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the "Industrial
Center."

         2.2 Vehicle  Parking.  Lessee  shall be entitled to 21 vehicle  parking
spaces,  unreserved  and  unassigned,  on those  portions  of the  Common  Areas
designated by Lessor for parking.  Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than
said number.  Said parking  spaces shall be used only for parking by vehicles no
larger than full size  passenger  automobiles or pick-up  trucks,  herein called
"Permitted  Size  Vehicles."  Vehicles  other than  Permitted  Size Vehicles are
herein referred to as "Oversized Vehicles."

                   2.2.1  Lessee  shall not  permit or allow any  vehicles  that
belong  to or  are  controlled  by  Lessee  or  Lessee's  employees,  suppliers,
shippers,  customers,  or  invitees to be loaded,  unloaded,  or parked in areas
other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

                  2.2.2  If  Lessee  permits  or  allows  any of the  prohibited
activities  described in paragraph 2.2 of this Lease, then Lessor shall have the
right,  with notice,  In addition to such other rights and remedies  that it may
have, to remove or tow away the vehicle  involved and charge the cost to Lessee,
which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

         2.3 Common Areas--Definition. The term "Common Areas" is defined as all
areas and facilities  outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line
of the  Industrial  Center that are provided and  designated  by the Lessor from
time to time for the general  non-exclusive  use of Lessor.  Lessee and of other
lessees of the  Industrial  Center and their  respective  employees,  suppliers,
shippers, customers and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading
areas,  trash areas,  roadways,  sidewalks,  walkways,  parkways,  driveways and
landscaped areas.

         2.4 Common Areas--Lessee's  Rights. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee, for
the benefit of Lessee and its  employees,  suppliers,  shippers,  customers  and
invitees,  during  the term of the Lease,  the  non-exclusive  right to use.  In
common with others  entitled  to such use,  the Common  Areas as they exist from
time to time, subject to any rights,  powers, and privileges  reserved by Lessor
under the terms  hereof  or under  the  terms of any  rules and  regulations  or
restrictions  governing the use of the Industrial Center. Under no circumstances
shall the right herein  granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the
right to store any property,  temporarily or  permanently,  in the Common Areas.
Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written  consent of Lessor
or Lessor's  designated agent,  which consent may be revoked at any time. In the
event that any  unauthorized  storage  shall  occur then  Lessor  shall have the
right,  with notice,  In addition to such other rights and remedies  that it may
have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee,  which cost shall be
immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

         2.5 Common  Areas--Rules  and  Regulations.  Lessor or such other prior
person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive  control and management
of the Common Areas and shall have the right,  from time to time,  to establish,
modify, amend and enforce reasonable rules and regulations with respect thereto.
Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such rules and regulations,  and to
cause its employees,  suppliers,  shippers,  customers, and invitees to so abide
and conform.  Lessor shall not be responsible  to Lessee for the  non-compliance
with said rules and regulations by other lessees of the Industrial Center.

         2.6 Common  Areas--Changes.  Lessor  shall have the right,  in Lessor's
sole discretion, from time to time:

                  (a) To make changes to the Common  Areas,  including,  without
limitation,  changes  in the  location,  size,  shape and  number of  driveways,
entrances,  parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress,
egress,  direction  of  traffic,  landscaped  areas and  walkways;  (b) To close
temporarily  any of the  Common  Areas  for  maintenance  purposes  so  long  as
reasonable  access to the Premises  remains  available;  (c ) To designate other
land outside the boundaries of the Industrial  Center to be a part of the Common
Areas; (d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas; (e)
To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs
or alterations to the Industrial  Center, or any portion thereof;  (f) To do and
perform  such other acts and make such other  changes in, to or with  respect to
the Common Areas and  Industrial  Center as Lessor may, In the exercise of sound
business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

                   2.6.1  Lessor   shall  at  all  times   provide  the  parking
facilities  required  by  applicable  law and in no event  shall  the  number of
parking spaces that Lessee is entitled to under paragraph 2.2 be reduced.

3. Term.

         3.1  Term.  The term of this  Lease  shall  be for  sixty  (60)  months
commencing  on  August  1,  1996 and  ending  on July 31,  2001,  unless  sooner
terminated pursuant to any provisions hereof.

         3.2 Delay in Possession. Notwithstanding said commencement date, if for
any reason  Lessor cannot  deliver  possession of the Premises to Lessee on said
date,  Lessor  shall not be subject to any  liability  therefor,  nor shall such
failure affect the validity of this Lease or the obligation of Lessee  hereunder
or extend the term  hereof,  but in such case,  Lessee shall not be obligated to
pay rent or  perform  any other  obligation  of  Lessee  under the terms of this
Lease,  except as may be otherwise  provided in this Lease,  until possession of
the Premises is tendered to Lessee: provided,  however, that if Lessor shall not
have  delivered  possession  of the  Premises  within  sixty (60) days from said
commencement  date,  Lessee  may, at  Lessee's  option,  by notice in writing to
Lessor within ten (10) days  thereafter,  cancel this Lease,  In which event the
parties shall be discharged from all obligations  hereunder;  provided  further,
however, that if such written notice of Lessee is not received by Lessor, within
said ten (10) day period,  Lessee's right to cancel this Lease  hereunder  shall
terminate and be of no further force or effect.

         3.3 Early  Possession.  If Lessee  occupies the Premises  prior to said
commencement  date,  such  occupancy  shall be subject to all provisions of this
Lease,  such occupancy shall not advance the termination  date, and Lessee shall
pay rent for such period at the initial monthly rates set forth below.

4. Rent.

         4.1  Base  Rent.  Lessee  shall  pay to  Lessor,  as Base  Rent for the
Premises, without any offset or deduction,  except as may be otherwise expressly
provided  in this  Lease,  on the  first day of each  month of the term  hereof,
monthly  payments  in advance of  $8,796.48  plus  applicable  rental  sales tax
(currently  4.15%),  see rent schedule to addendum.  (NEW FIGURE OF  $9,073.57).
Lessee shall pay Lessor upon execution  hereof $8,796.48 AS BASE RENT FOR August
1, 1996.  Rent for any period  during the term hereof which is for less than one
month  shall be a pro rata  portion of the Base  Rent.  Rent shall be payable in
lawful money of the United  States to Lessor at the address  stated herein or to
such other persons or at such other places as Lessor may designate in writing.
<PAGE>
5.  Security  Deposit.  Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon  execution  hereof
$8,796.48 as security for Lessee's faithful  performance of Lessee's obligations
hereunder.  If  Lessee  fails to pay rent or other  charges  due  hereunder,  or
otherwise defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease,  Lessor may use,
apply or retain all or any  portion of said  deposit for the payment of any rent
or other  charge In default or for the payment of any other sum to which  Lessor
may become obligated by reason of Lessee's default,  or to compensate Lessor for
any loss or damage which Lessor may suffer thereby. If Lessor so uses or applies
all or any  portion of said  deposit,  Lessee  shall  within ten (10) days after
written  demand  therefor  deposit cash with Lessor in an amount  sufficient  to
restore said deposit to the full amount then required of Lessee.  If the monthly
rent shall,  from time to time,  increase during the term of this Lease,  Lessee
shall at the time of such Increase,  deposit with Lessor  additional  money as a
security deposit so that the total amount of the security deposit held by Lessor
shall at all times bear the same proportion to the then current Base Rent as the
Initial  security  deposit bears to the Initial Base Rent set forth in paragraph
4. Lessor shall not be required to keep said security  deposit separate from its
general accounts. If Lessee performs all of Lessee's obligations hereunder, said
deposit, or so much thereof as has not theretofore been applied by Lessor, shall
be  returned,  without  payment of Interest or other  Increment  for its use, to
Lessee  (or,  at  Lessor's  option,  to the last  assignee,  if any, of Lessee's
interest  hereunder) at the expiration of the term hereof,  and after Lessee has
vacated the Premises. No trust relationship is created herein between Lessor and
Lessee with respect to said Security Deposit.

6. Use.

         6.1 Use. The Premises shall be used and occupied only for manufacturing
and  distribution  of cleaning  products,  or any other use which is  reasonably
comparable and for no other purpose.

         6.2 Compliance with Law.

                  (a) Lessor warrants to Lessee that the Premises,  In the state
existing on the date that the Lease term commences and use for which Lessee will
occupy the Premises,  does not violate any covenants or  restrictions of record,
or any applicable building code, regulation or ordinance In effect on such Lease
term  commencement  date. In the event It is  determined  that this warranty has
been  violated,  then it shall be the  obligation  of the Lessor,  after written
notice from Lessee, to promptly, at Lessor's sole cost and expense,  rectify any
such  violation.  In the event Lessee does not give to Lessor  written notice of
the  violation of this  warranty  within six months from the date that the Lease
term commences,  the correction of same shall be the obligation of the Lessee at
Lessee's sole cost. The warranty  contained in this paragraph 6.2(a) shall be of
no force or effect if,  prior to the date of this Lease.  Lessee was an owner or
occupant  of the  Premises  and, In such event,  Lessor  shall  correct any such
violation at Lessee's sole cost.

                   (b) Except as provided in  paragraph  6.2(a)  Lessee shall at
Lessee's  expense,  promptly  comply with all applicable  statutes,  ordinances,
rules,   regulations,   orders,   covenants  and  restrictions  of  record,  and
requirements of any fire insurance underwriters or rating bureaus, now in effect
or which may hereafter come into effect, whether or not they reflect a change in
policy from that now  existing,  during the term or any part of the term hereof,
relating in any manner to the Premises and the  occupation  and use by Lessee of
the Premises and of the Common Areas. Lessee shall not use nor permit the use of
the Premises or the Common Areas in any manner that will tend to create waste or
a nuisance or shall tend to disturb other occupants of the Industrial Center.

         6.3 Condition of Premises

                  (a) Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free
of  debris  on  the  Lease  commencement  date  (unless  Lessee  is  already  in
possession)  and  Lessor  warrant to Lessee  that the  plumbing,  lighting,  air
conditioning,  heating,  and  loading  doors  in the  Premises  shall be in good
operating  condition  on the Lease  commencement  date.  In the event that it is
determined that this warranty has been violated, then it shall be the obligation
of Lessor,  after  receipt of written  notice  from  Lessee  selling  forth with
specificity  the nature of the  violation,  to promptly,  at Lessor's sole cost,
rectify such violation,  Lessee's  failure to give such written notice to Lessor
within one  hundred-eighty  (180) days after the Lease  commencement  date shall
cause the conclusive  presumption  that Lessor has complied with all of Lessor's
obligations hereunder.  The warranty contained in this paragraph 6.3(a) shall be
of no force or effect if prior to the date of this Lease, Lessee was an owner or
occupant of the Premises:

                   (b) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee hereby
accepts the Premises in their  condition  existing as of the Lease  commencement
date or the date that Lessee  takes  possession  of the  Premises,  whichever is
earlier,  subject to all applicable  zoning,  municipal,  county and state laws,
ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the use of the Premises, and
any covenants or restrictions of record,  and accepts this Lease subject thereto
and to all matters disclosed thereby and by any exhibits attached hereto. Lessee
acknowledges that neither Lessor nor Lessor's agent has made any  representation
or  warranty as to the future  suitability  of the  Premises  for the conduct of
Lessee's business.

7. Maintenance, Repairs, Alterations and Common Area Services.

         7.1  Lessor's  Obligations.  Subject to the  provisions  of  paragraphs
4.2(Operating  Expenses),  6 (Use), 7.2 (Lessee's  Obligations) and 9 (Damage or
Destruction) and except for damage caused by any negligent or intentional act or
omission of Lessee,  Lessee's  employees,  suppliers,  shippers,  customers,  or
invitees,  in which event Lessee shall  repair the damage.  Lessor,  at Lessor's
expense,  subject to reimbursement pursuant to paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good
condition and repair the foundations,  exterior walls,  structural  condition or
interior bearing walls,  and roof of the Premises,  as well as the parking lots,
walkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility installations of the
Common Areas and all parts thereof,  as well as providing the services for which
there is an Operating  Expense  pursuant to paragraph  4.2.  Lessor,  shall not,
however,  be  obligated  to paint the  exterior or interior  surface of exterior
walls,  nor shall  Lessor be required to  maintain,  repair or replace  windows,
doors,  or plate glass of the Premises.  Lessor shall have no obligation to make
repairs  under this  paragraph  7.1 until a  reasonable  time  after  receipt of
written notice from Lessee of the need for such repairs. Lessee expressly waives
the benefits of any statute now or  hereafter  in effect  which would  otherwise
afford Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor's expense or to terminate this
Lease because of Lessor's failure to keep the Premises in good order,  condition
and repair. Lessor shall not be liable for damages or loss of any kind or nature
by reason of  Lessor's  failure to furnish any Common  Area  Services  when such
failure is caused by accident,  breakage,  repairs,  strikes,  lockout, or other
labor  disturbances  or disputes of any character,  or by any other cause beyond
the reasonable control of Lessor.

         7.2 Lessee's Obligations.

                  (a)  Subject  to the  provisions  of  paragraphs  6 (Use)  7.1
(Lessor's  Obligations),  and 9 (Damage or  Destruction),  Lessee,  at  Lessee's
expense,  shall keep in good order,  condition and repair the Premises and every
part thereof (whether or not the damaged portion of the Premises or the means or
repairing the same are  reasonably or readily  accessible to Lessee)  including,
without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  all fixtures,  interior walls
and interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, within the Premises.

                   (b) If Lessee  fails to perform  Lessee's  obligations  under
this paragraph 7.2 or under any other paragraph of this Lease,  Lessor may enter
upon the Premises  after ten (10) days prior written notice to Lessee (except in
the case of  emergency,  in which no notice  shall be  required),  perform  such
obligations on Lessee's behalf and put the Premises in good order, condition and
repair,  and the cost thereof together with interest thereon at the maximum rate
then  allowable  by law shall be due and  payable as  additional  rent to Lessor
together with Lessee's next Base Rent Installment.

                  (c) On the  last  day of the  term  hereof,  or on any  sooner
termination, Lessee shall surrender the Premises to Lessor in the same condition
as received,  ordinary  wear and tear  excepted,  clean and free of debris.  Any
damage or  deterioration  of the Premises shall not be deemed  ordinary wear and
tear if the same could have been prevented by good maintenance practices. Lessee
shall  repair any  damage to the  Premises  occasioned  by the  installation  or
removal of Lessee's trade  fixtures,  alterations,  furnishings,  and equipment.
Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary otherwise stated in this Lease, Lessee
shall  leave the air  lines,  power  panels,  electrical  distribution  systems,
lighting fixtures, space heaters, air conditioning,  plumbing and fencing on the
Premises in good operating condition.

         7.3 Alterations and Additions.

                  (a) Lessee shall not,  without  Lessor's prior written consent
make any alterations,  improvements,  additions, or Utility installations in, on
or about the  Premises,  or the  Industrial  Center,  except  for  nonstructural
alterations to the Premises not exceeding $2,500 in cumulative costs, during the
term of this  Lease.  In any  event,  whether  or not in  excess  of  $2,500  in
cumulative  cost,  Lessee shall make no change or  alteration to the exterior of
the Premises nor the exterior of the Building nor the Industrial  Center without
Lessor's prior written consent.  As used in this paragraph 7.3 the term "Utility
Installation" shall mean carpeting,  window coverings,  air lines, power panels,
electrical   distribution  systems,   lighting  fixtures,   space  heaters,  air
conditioning,  plumbing, and fencing.  Lessor may require that Lessee remove any
or all of said alterations,  improvements, additions or Utility Installations at
the
                                      -2-
<PAGE>
expiration of the term,  and restore the Premises and the Industrial  Center
to their  prior  condition.  Lessor may  require  Lessee to provide  Lessor,  at
Lessee's sole cost and expense, a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to
one and one-half times the estimated cost of such improvements, to insure Lessor
against any  liability  for  mechanic's  and  materialmen's  liens and to insure
completion  of the  work.  Should  Lessee  make any  alterations,  improvements,
additions or Utility  Installations without the prior approval of Lessor, Lessor
may, at any time during the term of this Lease,  require that Lessee  remove any
or all of the same.

                  (b)  Any  alterations,   improvements,  additions  or  Utility
Installations  in or about the  Premises  or the  Industrial  Center that Lessee
shall  desire to make and which  requires  the  consent of the  Lessor  shall be
presented to Lessor in written form,  with proposed  detailed  plans.  If Lessor
shall give its  consent,  the consent  shall be deemed  conditioned  upon Lessee
acquiring  a  permit  to do  so  from  appropriate  governmental  agencies,  the
furnishing of a copy thereof to Lessor prior to the commencement of the work and
the  compliance  by  Lessee of all  conditions  of said  permit in a prompt  and
expeditious manner.

                  (c)  Lessee  shall  pay,  when due,  all  claims  for labor or
materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for
use in the  Premises,  which claims are or may be secured by any  mechanic's  or
materialmen's  lien  against  the  Premises,  or the  Industrial  Center,  or an
interest  therein.  Lessee  shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days notice
prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises, and Lessor shall have the
right  to  post  notices  of  non-responsibility  in or on the  Premises  or the
Building  as  provided  by law.  If Lessee  shall,  in good  faith,  contest the
validity  of any such lien,  claim or demand,  then  Lessee  shall,  at its sole
expense  defend itself and Lessor against the same and shall pay and satisfy any
such  adverse  judgment  that may be  rendered  thereon  before the  enforcement
thereof  against the Lessor or the Premises or the Industrial  Center,  upon the
condition that if Lessor shall require,  Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a surety
bond  satisfactory  to lessor in an amount equal to such contested lien claim or
demand  indemnifying  Lessor  against  liability  for the same and  holding  the
Premises and the  Industrial  Center free from the effect of such lien or claim.
In addition,  Lessor may require  Lessee to pay Lessor's  reasonable  attorney's
fees and costs in  participating  in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to
Lessor's best interest to do so.

                  (d)  All  alterations,  improvements,  additions  and  Utility
Installations (not including trade fixtures of Lessee), which may be made on the
Premises,  shall be the  property  of the  Lessor and shall  remain  upon and be
surrendered with the Premises at the expiration of the Lease term, unless Lessor
requires  their  removal  pursuant  to  paragraph  7.3(a).  Notwithstanding  the
provisions of this paragraph  7.3(d).  Lessee's  machinery and equipment,  other
than that which is affixed to the Premises so that it cannot be removed  without
material  damage to the Premises,  and other than Utility  Installations,  shall
remain  the  property  of Lessee  and may be  removed  by lessee  subject to the
provisions of paragraph 7.2.

         7.4  Utility  Additions.  Lessor  reserves  the right to install new or
additional utility  facilities  throughout the Building and the Common Areas for
the benefit of lessor or Lessee,  or any other Lessee of the Industrial  Center,
including but not by way of limitation,  such utilities as plumbing,  electrical
systems,  security  systems,  communication  systems,  and fire  protection  and
detection systems,  so long as such installations do not unreasonably  interfere
with Lessee's use of the Premises.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

         8.1 Liability  Insurance--Lessee.  Lessee shall,  at Lessee's  expense,
obtain  and keep in force  during  the term of the  Lease a policy  of  Combined
Single Limit Bodily Injury and Property  Damage  Insurance  Insuring  Lessee and
Lessor against any liability arising out of the use, occupancy or maintenance of
the Premises and the Industrial Center. Such insurance shall be in an amount not
less that  $500,000.00  per occurrence.  The policy shall insure  performance by
Lessee  of the  indemnity  provisions  of the  paragraph  8. The  limits of said
insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee hereunder.

         8.2 Liability Insurance--Lessor.  Lessor shall obtain and keep in force
during the term of this Lease a policy of Combined  Single Limit  Bodily  Injury
and Property Damage  Insurance,  Insuring  Lessor,  but not Lessee,  against any
liability  arising out of the  ownership,  use,  occupancy or maintenance of the
Industrial Center in an amount not less that $500,000.00 per occurrence.

         8.3  Property  Insurance.  Lessor shall obtain and keep in force during
the term of this Lease a policy or policies of Insurance covering loss or damage
to the  Industrial  Center  Improvements,  but not Lessee's  personal  property,
fixtures, equipment or tenant improvements,  in an amount not to exceed the full
replacement  value thereof,  as the same may exist from time to time,  providing
protection  against  all  perils  included  within the  classification  of fire,
extended coverage,  vandalism,  malicious mischief,  flood (In the event same is
required by a lender having a lien on the  Premises),  special  extended  perils
("all  risk,"  as such  term is used in the  Insurance  Industry),  plate  glass
insurance  and such other  Insurance  as Lessor  deems  advisable.  In addition,
Lessor shall obtain and keep in force,  during the term of this Lease,  a policy
of rental value  insurance  covering a period of one year,  with loss payable to
lessor, which Insurance shall also cover all Operating Expenses for said period.

         8.4  [deleted]

         8.5  Insurance  Policies.  Insurance  required  hereunder  shall  be in
companies holding a "General  Policyholders  Rating" of at lease 8 plus, or such
other rating as may be required by a lender  having a lien on the  Premises,  as
set forth in the most current Issue of "Bosl's  Insurance  Guide."  Lessee shall
not do or  permit to be done  anything  which  shall  Invalidate  the  Insurance
policies  carried by Lessor.  Lessee shall deliver to Lessor copies of liability
Insurance  policies required under paragraph 8.1 or certificates  evidencing the
existence  and  amounts  of such  Insurance  within  seven  (7) days  after  the
commencement  date of this Lease.  No such policy shall be cancelable or subject
to  reduction  of coverage or other  modification  except after thirty (30) days
prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least thirty (30) days prior to
the  expiration  of such  polices,  furnish  Lessor with  renewals or  "binders"
thereof.

         8.6 Waiver of  Subrogation.  Lessee and Lessor each hereby  release and
relieve the other,  and waive their entire  right of recovery  against the other
for loss or damage  arising  out of or Incident  to the perils  insured  against
which perils occur in, on, or about the Premises,  whether due to the negligence
of Lessor or Lessee ro their agents,  employees,  contractors  and/or  invitees.
Lessee and Lessor  shall,  upon  obtaining  the policies of  Insurance  required
hereunder,  give notice to the Insurance  carrier or carriers that the foregoing
mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease.

         8.7 Indemnity. Lessee shall Indemnify and hold harmless Lessor from and
against any and all claims arising from Lessee's manner of use of the Industrial
Center, or from the conduct of Lessee's  business or from any activity,  work or
things  done,  permitted  or  suffered  by Lessee in or about  the  Premises  or
elsewhere and shall further Indemnify and hold harmless. Lessor from and against
any and all claims arising from any breach or default in the  performance of any
obligation  on Lessee's  part to be  performed  under the terms of this Lease or
arising  from  any  act or  omission  of  Lessee,  or any  of  Lessee's  agents,
contractors,  or  employees,  and from and against all costs,  attorney's  fees,
expenses and liabilities Incurred in the defense of any such claim or any action
or proceeding  brought thereon,  and in case any action or proceeding be brought
against Lessor by reason of any such claim. Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall
defend the same at Lessee's expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor
and Lessor shall  cooperate with Lessee in such defense.  Lessee,  as a material
part of the  consideration  to  Lessor,  hereby  assumes  all risk of  damage to
property of Lessee or injury to persons, in, upon or about the Industrial Center
arising from any cause and Lessee  hereby  waives all claims in respect  thereof
against Lessor.

         8.8  Exemption  of Lessor from  Liability.  Lessee  hereby  agrees that
Lessor shall not be liable for injury to Lessee's business or any loss of income
therefrom or for damage to the goods,  wares,  merchandise  or other property of
Lessee, Lessee's employees, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about
the Premises or the Industrial  Center, nor shall Lessor be liable for injury to
the person of Lessee,  Lessee's employees,  agents or contractors,  whether such
damage or injury is caused by or results  from fire,  steam,  electricity,  gas,
water or rain, or from breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes,
sprinklers, wires, appliances,  plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures,
or from any other cause,  whether said damage or Injury results from  conditions
arising upon the Premises or upon other  portions of the Industrial  Center,  or
from other sources or places and  regardless of whether the cause of such damage
or injury or the means of repairing the same is Inaccessible  to Lessee.  Lessor
shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other
Lessee,  occupant  or user of the  Industrial  Center,  nor from the  failure of
Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease of the Industrial Center.

9. Damage or Destruction.

         9.1 Definitions.

                  (a) "Premises  Partial  Damage" shall mean if the Premises are
damaged or  destroyed  to the extent  that the cost of repair is less than fifty
percent of the then replacement cost of the Premises.
                                      -3-
<PAGE>
                  (b) "Premises  Total  Destruction"  shall mean if the Premises
are damaged or destroyed to the extent that the cost of repair is fifty  percent
or more of the then replacement cost of the Premises.

                  (c)  "Premises  Building  Partial  Damage"  shall  mean if the
Building of which the  Premises are a part is damaged or destroyed to the extent
that the cost to repair is less than fifty percent of the then  replacement cost
of the Building.

                  (d) "Premises  Building Total  Destruction"  shall mean if the
Building of which the  Premises are a part is damaged or destroyed to the extent
that the cost to repair is fifty percent or more of the then replacement cost of
the Building.

                  (e)  "Industrial  Center  Buildings"  shall  mean  all  of the
buildings on the Industrial Center site.

                  (f) "Industrial Center Buildings Total Destruction" shall mean
if the Industrial  Center  Buildings are damaged or destroyed to the extent that
the cost of repair is fifty percent or more of the then  replacement cost of the
Industrial Center Buildings.

                  (g) "Insured Loss" shall mean damage or destruction  which was
caused by an  extent  required  to be  covered  by the  Insurance  described  in
paragraph  8. The fact that an Insured  Loss has a  deductible  amount shall not
make the loss an uninsured loss.

                  (h)  "Replacement   Cost"  shall  mean  the  amount  of  money
necessary  to be spent in order to repair or  rebuild  the  damaged  area to the
condition that existed  immediately prior to the damage occurring  excluding all
improvements made by Lessees.

         9.2 Premises Partial Damage; Premises Building Partial Damage.

                  (a) Insured Loss:  Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.4
and 9.5, if at any time  during the term of this Lease there is damage  which is
an Insured  Loss and which  falls  into the  classification  of either  Premises
partial  Damage or Premises  Building  Partial  Damage,  then Lessor  shall,  at
Lessor's expense, repair such damage to the Premises, but not Lessee's fixtures,
equipment or tenant improvements,  as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease
shall continue in full force and effect.

                  (b) Uninsured  Loss:  Subject to the  provisions of paragraphs
9.4 and 9.5, if at any time during the term of this Lease there is damage  which
is not an Insured  Loss and which falls  within the  classification  of Premises
Partial Damage or Premises Building Partial Damage, unless caused by a negligent
or  willful  act of Lessee (In which  event  Lessee  shall  make the  repairs at
Lessee's expense), which damage prevents Lessee from using the Premises,  Lessor
may at  Lessor's  option  either (l) repair  such  damage as soon as  reasonably
possible at Lessor's  expense,  In which event this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect,  or (il) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days
after the date of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor's  intention to cancel
and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. In the
event  Lessor  elects to give such  notice of Lessor's  intention  to cancel and
terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the
receipt of such notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee's intention to
repair such damage at Lessee's expense,  without  reimbursement  from Lessor, in
which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessee shall
proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible.  If Lessee does not
give such  notice  within such  10-day  period this Lease shall be canceled  and
terminated as of the date of the occurrence of such damage.

         9.3 Premises Total  Destruction;  Premises Building Total  Destruction;
Industrial Center Buildings Total Destruction.

                  (a) Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9.4 and 9.5, If at
any time during the term of this Lease there is damage,  whether or not it is an
Insured Loss,  and which falls into the  classifications  of either (i) Premises
Total  Destruction,  or (ii)  Premises  Building  Total  Destruction,  or  (iii)
Industrial  Center  Buildings  Total  destruction,  then  Lessor may at Lessor's
option either (i) repair such damage or destruction,  but not Lessee's fixtures,
equipment or tenant  Improvements,  as soon as  reasonably  possible at Lessor's
expense,  and this Lease shall  continue in full force and effect,  or (ii) give
written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of
such damage of Lessor's  intention to cancel and terminate this Lease,  in which
case  this  Lease  shall  be  canceled  and  terminated  as of the  date  of the
occurrence of such damage.

         9.4 Damage Near End of Term.

                  (a)  Subject to  paragraph  9.4(b),  If at any time during the
last six months of the term of this Lease there is substantial  damage,  whether
or not an Insured  Loss,  which  falls  within the  classification  of  Premises
Partial Damage, Lessor may at Lessor's option cancel and terminate this Lease as
of the date of occurrence of such damage by giving  written  notice to Lessee of
Lessor's  election to do so within 30 days after the date of  occurrence of such
damage.

                  (b) Notwithstanding paragraph 9.4(n), In the event that Lessee
has an option to extend or renew  this  Lease,  and the time  within  which said
option may be exercised has not yet expired,  Lessee shall exercise such option,
if it is to be  exercised  at all,  no later  than  twenty  (20) days  after the
occurrence  of an Insured Loss  falling  within the  classification  of Premises
Partial Damage,  during the last six months of the term of this Lease. If Lessee
duly exercises such option during said twenty (20) day period,  Lessor shall, at
Lessor's expense,  repair such damage, but not Lessee's  fixtures,  equipment or
tenant  improvements,  as soon as  reasonably  possible  and  this  Lease  shall
continue  in full force and  effect.  If Lessee  fails to  exercise  such option
during said twenty (20) day period, then Lessor may at Lessor's option terminate
and cancel  this Lease as of the  expiration  of said  twenty (20) day period by
giving  written  notice to Lessee of Lessor's  election to do so within ten (10)
days after the  expiration of said twenty (20) day period,  notwithstanding  any
term or provision in the grant of option to the contrary.

         9.5 Abatement of Rent; Lessee's Remedies.

                  (a) In the event  Lessor  repairs  or  restores  the  Premises
pursuant to the provisions of this  paragraph 9, the rent payable  hereunder for
the period during which such damage,  repair or restoration  continues  shall be
abated in  proportion  to the degree to which  Lessee's  use of the  Premises is
Impaired.  Except for  abatement  of rent,  if any,  Lessee  shall have no claim
against  Lessor  for  any  damage   suffered  by  reason  of  any  such  damage,
destruction,  repair,  restoration, or shall not finish such restoration as soon
as reasonably possible.

                   (b) If Lessor  shall be  obligated  to repair or restore  the
Premises  under the  provisions of this  paragraph 9 and shall not commence such
repair or  restoration  within  ninety  (90) days  after such  obligation  shall
accrue.  Lessee may at Lessee's option cancel and terminate this Lease by giving
Lessee  written  notice of  Lessee's  election to do so at any time prior to the
commencement  of such  repair or  restoration.  In such event  this Lease  shall
terminate as of the date of such notice.

         9.6  Termination--Advance  Payments.  Upon  termination  of this  Lease
pursuant to this paragraph 9, as equitable  adjustment  shall be made concerning
advance rent and any advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in
addition,  return to  Lessee so much of  Lessee's  security  deposit  as has not
theretofore been applied by Lessor.

         9.7 Waiver. Lessor and Lessee waive the provisions of any statute which
relate to termination of leases when leased property is destroyed and agree that
such event  shall be governed  by the terms of this  Lease.  10.  Real  Property
Taxes.

10. Real Property Taxes.

         10.1 Payment of Tax Increase. Lessor shall pay the real property tax as
defined in  paragraph  10.3,  applicable  to the  Industrial  Center,  provided,
however,  that Lessee shall pay, In addition to rent, Lessee's Share (as defined
in  paragraph  4.2(a)  of the  amount,  if any,  by which  real  property  taxes
applicable  to the  Premises  increase  over the  fiscal  real  estate  tax year
19  -19  .  Such payment  shall be made by Lessee  within thirty (30) days after
receipt of Lessor's written  statement selling forth the amount of such increase
and the  computation  thereof.  If the  term  of this  Lease  shall  not  expire
concurrently with the expiration of the tax fiscal year,  Lessee's liability for
increased taxes for the partial lease year shall be prorated on an annual basis.

         10.2  Additional  Improvements.  Lessee  shall not be  responsible  for
paying  Lessee's Share of any increase in real property tax specified in the tax
assessor's  records and work sheets as being caused by  additional  improvements
placed  upon  the  Industrial  Center  by other  Lessees  or by  Lessor  for the
exclusive enjoyment of such other Lessees.

         10.3 Definition of "Real Property Tax." As used herein,  the term "real
property tax" shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment,  general,
special, ordinary or extraordinary,  and any license fee, commercial rental tax,
improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance,  personal income
or estate taxes) imposed on the Industrial  Center or any portion thereof by any
authority  having  the  direct or  indirect  power to tax,  including  any city,
county,  state or federal  government,  or any school,  agricultural,  sanitary,
fire, street,  drainage,  or other improvement  district thereof, as against any
legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Industrial Center or in any portion
thereof,  as against  Lessor's right to rent or other income  therefrom,  and as
against  Lessor's  business of leasing  the  Industrial  Center.  The term "real
property tax" shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge (i) in
substitution of, partially or totally, any tax, fee, levy,  assessment or charge
hereinabove  included  within the definition of "real property tax," or (ii) the
nature  of which  was  hereinbefore  included  within  the  definition  of "real
property  tax," or (iii)  which is imposed  for a service  or right not  charged
prior to June 1, 1978, or, if previously charged,  has been increased since June
1, 1978,  or (iv) which is imposed as a result of a transfer  either  partial or
total of Lessor's  interest in the Industrial  Center or which is added to a tax
or charge  hereinbefore  included  within the definition of real property tax by
reason of such transfer,  or (v) which is imposed by reason of this transaction,
any modifications or changes hereto, or any transfers hereof.

         10.4  Joint  Assessment.  If the  Industrial  Center is not  separately
assessed,  Lessee's  Share  of the  real  property  tax  liability  shall  be an
equitable  proportion  of the  real  property  taxes  for  all of the  land  and
improvements  included  within the tax parcel  assessed,  such  proportion to be
determined by Lessor from the respective  valuations  assigned in the assessor's
work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably  available.  Lessor's
reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

         10.5 Personal Property Taxes.

                  (a) Lessee shall pay prior to  delinquency  all taxes assessed
against and levied upon trade  fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment  and all other
personal  property  of Lessee  contained  in the  Premises  or  elsewhere.  When
possible, Lessee shall cause said trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all
other  personal  property to be  assessed  and billed  separately  from the real
property of Lessor.

                  (b)  If  any of  Lessee's  said  personal  property  shall  be
assessed  with  Lessor's  real  property,  Lessee  shall pay to Lessor the taxes
attributable to Lessee within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement
selling for the taxes applicable to Lessee's property.

11.  Utilities.  Lessee shall pay for all utilities and services supplied to the
Premises, together with any taxes thereon.
                                      -4-
<PAGE>
12. Assignment and Subletting.

         12.1 Lessor's  Consent  Required.  Lessee shall not  voluntarily  or by
operation of law assign,  transfer,  mortgage,  sublet, or otherwise transfer or
encumber all of any part of Lessee's  interest in the Lease or in the  Premises,
without  Lessor's  prior written  consent,  which Lessor shall not  unreasonably
encumbrance  or  subletting  without  such  consent  shall  be void,  and  shall
constitute  a breach of this Lease  without the need for notice to Lessee  under
paragraph 13.1.

         12.2 Lessee Affiliate. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 12.1
hereof,  Lessee may  assign or sublet  the  Premises,  or any  portion  thereof,
without Lessor's consent, to any corporation which controls, is controlled by or
is under common control with Lessee,  or to any  corporation  resulting from the
merger or consolidation  with Lessee,  or to any person or entity which acquires
all the  assets of  Lessee  as a going  concern  of the  business  that is being
conducted on the Premises,  all of which are referred to as "Lessee  Affiliate,"
provided that before such  assignment  shall be effective  said  assignee  shall
assume, in full, the obligations of Lessee under this Lease. Any such assignment
shall not, in any way,  affect or limit the  liability of Lessee under the terms
of this Lease  even if after such  assignment  or  subletting  the terms of this
Lease are  materially  changed or altered  without  the  consent of Lessee,  the
consent of whom shall not be necessary.

         12.3  Terms  and  Conditions  of  Assignment.  Regardless  of  Lessor's
consent, no assignment shall release Lessee of Lessee's obligations hereunder or
after the primary liability of Lessee to pay the Base Rent and Lessee's Share of
Operating  Expenses,  and to perform all other  obligations  to be  performed by
Lessee  hereunder.  Lessor may accept  rent from any  person  other than  Lessee
pending  approval  or  disapproval  of such  assignment.  Neither a delay in the
approval or  disapproval  of such  assignment  nor the  acceptance of rent shall
constitute  a waiver or estoppel of Lessor's  right to exercise its remedies for
the breach of any of the terms or conditions of this paragraph 12 or this Lease.
Consent  to  one  assignment  shall  not be  deemed  consent  to any  subsequent
assignment.  In the event of default by any assignee of Lessee or any  successor
of Lessee,  in the  performance  of any of the terms hereof,  Lessor may proceed
directly  against  Lessee without the necessity of exhausting  remedies  against
said  assignee.  Lessor may consent to subsequent  assignments  of this lease or
amendments  or  modifications  to this Lease with  assignees of Lessee,  without
notifying Lessee, or any successor of Lessee, and without obtaining its or their
consent thereto and such action shall not relieve Lessee of liability under this
Lease.

         12.4 Terms and  Conditions  Applicable  to  Subletting.  Regardless  of
Lessor's  consent,  the  following  terms  and  conditions  shall  apply  to any
subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be included in
subleases:

                  (a)  Lessee  hereby  assigns  and  transfers  to Lessor all of
Lessee's Interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease heretofore
or  hereafter  made by Lessee,  and Lessor may collect  such rent and income and
apply same toward Lessee's obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that
until a default shall occur in the  performance  of Lessee's  obligations  under
this Lease, Lessee may receive,  collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such
sublease.  Lessor shall not, by reason of this or any other  assignment  of such
sublease  to  Lessor  nor by  reason  of the  collection  of  the  rents  from a
sublessee,  be  deemed  liable to the  sublessee  for any  failure  of Lessee to
perform and comply with any of Lessee's  obligations to such sublessee under sub
sublease.  Lessee hereby irrevocably  authorizes and directs any such sublessee,
upon receipt of a written  notice from Lessor  stating that a default  exists in
the performance of Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease, to pay to Lessor the
rents  due and to  become  due  under  the  sublease.  Lessee  agrees  that such
sublessee  shall have the right to rely upon any such statement and request from
Lessor,  and that such  sublessee  shall pay such  rents to Lessor  without  any
obligation  or  right  to  inquire  as  to  whether  such  default   exists  and
notwithstanding  any notice  from or claim from Lessee to the  contrary.  Lessee
shall have no right or claim against such sublessee or Lessor for any such rents
so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.

                  (b) No sublease  entered  into by Lessee  shall be  reasonably
effective  unless  and until it has been  approved  in  writing  by  Lessor.  In
entering  into any  sublease,  Lessee shall use only such form of sublease as is
satisfactory to Lessor, and once approved by Lessor,  such sublease shall not be
changed or modified without Lessor's prior written consent. Any sublessee shall,
by reason of  entering  into a sublease  under this  Lease,  be deemed,  for the
benefit of Lessor,  to have  assumed  and agreed to conform and comply with each
and  every  obligation  herein  to  be  performed  by  Lessee  other  than  such
obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent  with  provisions  contained in a
sublease to which Lessor has expressly consented in writing.

                  (c)  If  Lessee's  obligations  under  this  Lease  have  been
guaranteed by third  parties,  then a sublease,  and Lessor's  consent  thereto,
shall not be effective unless said guarantors give their written consent to such
sublease and the terms thereof.

                  (d) The consent by Lessor to any subletting  shall not release
Lessee from its obligations or alter the primary  liability of Lessee to pay the
rent  and  perform  and  comply  with all of the  obligations  of  Lessee  to be
performed under this Lease.

                  (e)  The  consent  by  Lessor  to  any  subletting  shall  not
constitute a consent to any subsequent subletting by Lessee or to any assignment
or  subletting  by the  sublessee.  However,  Lessor may  consent to  subsequent
sublettings and  assignments of the sublease or any amendments or  modifications
thereto without  notifying Lessee or anyone else liable on the Lease or sublease
and without  obtaining  their  consent and such  action  shall not relieve  such
persons from liability.

                  (f) In the event of any default  under this Lease,  Lessor may
proceed directly against Lessee,  any guarantors or any one else responsible for
the performance of this Lease, including the sublessee, without first exhausting
Lessor's  remedies  against any other person or entity  responsible  therefor to
Lessor, or any security held by Lessor or Lessee.

                  (g) In the event Lessee shall  default in the  performance  of
its  obligations  under  this  Lease,  Lessor,  at its option  and  without  any
obligation  to do so, may require any  sublessee  to allorn to Lessor,  in which
event Lessor shall  undertake the obligations of Lessee under such sublease from
the time of the  exercise of said option to the  termination  of such  sublease;
provided,  however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security
deposit  paid by such  sublessee  to Lessee or for any other  prior  defaults of
Lessee under such sublease.

                  (h) Each and every consent required of Lessee under a sublease
shall also require the consent of Lessor.

                  (i) No  sublessee  shall  further  assign or sublet all or any
part of the Premises without Lessor's prior written consent.

                  (j) Lessor's written consent to any subletting of the Premises
by Lessee shall not  constitute  an  acknowledgment  that no default then exists
under this Lease of the  obligations  to be  performed  by Lessee nor shall such
consent  be  deemed a waiver  of any then  existing  default,  except  as may be
otherwise stated by Lessor at the time.

                  (k)  With  respect  to any  subletting  to  which  Lessor  has
consented, Lessor agrees to deliver a copy of any notice of default by Lessee to
the sublessee.  Such sublessee  shall have the right to cure a default of Lessee
within  ten (10)  days  after  service  of said  notice  of  default  upon  such
sublessee, and the sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from
and against Lessee for any such defaults cured by the sublessee.

         12.5  Attorney's  Fees.  In the event Lessee shall assign or sublet the
Premises or request the consent of Lessor to any  assignment or subletting or if
Lessee  shall  request the  consent of Lessor for any act Lessee  proposes to do
then Lessee shall pay Lessor's reasonable attorney's fees incurred in connection
therewith, such attorney's fees not to exceed $350.00 for each such request.

13. Default; Remedies.

         13.1 Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events
shall constitute a material default of this Lease by Lessee:

                  (a) The vacating or abandonment of the Premises by Lessee.

                  (b) The  failure by Lessee to make any  payment of rent or any
other payment  required to be made by Lessee  hereunder,  as and when due, where
such failure  shall  continue  for a period of fifteen  (15) days after  written
notice  thereof from Lessor to Lessee.  In the event that Lessor  serves  Lessee
with a Notice  to Pay Rent or Quit  pursuant  to  applicable  Unlawful  Detainer
statutes  such  Notice to Pay Rent or Quit  shall  also  constitute  the  notice
required by this subparagraph.

                  (c) Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by
Lessee to observe or perform any of the  covenants,  conditions or provisions of
this Lease to be  observed  or  performed  by Lessee,  other than  described  in
paragraph (b) above,  where such failure  shall  continue for a period of thirty
(30) days after written notice thereof from Lessor to Lessee: provided, however,
that if the nature of Lessee's  noncompliance is such that more than thirty (30)
days are reasonably required for its cure, then Lessee shall not be deemed to be
in default if Lessee  commenced such cure within said thirty (30) day period and
thereafter  diligently  prosecutes  such  cure  to  completion.  To  the  extent
permitted  by law,  such thirty (30) day notice  shall  constitute  the sole and
exclusive  notice  required  to be given to  Lessee  under  applicable  Unlawful
Detainer statutes.

                  (d) (i) The  making by Lessee of any  general  arrangement  or
general assignment for the benefit of creditors;  (ii) Lessee becomes a "debtor"
as defined in 11 U.S. C. &101 or any successor  statute thereto (unless,  in the
case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60)
days);  (iii) the  appointment  if a trustee or receiver to take  possession  of
substantially  all of  Lessee's  assets  located at the  Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty
(30)  days;  or (iv) the  attachment,  execution  or other  judicial  seizure of
substantially  all of  Lessee's  assets  located at the  Premises or of Lessee's
interest in this Lease,  where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30)
days. In the event that any provision of this  paragraph  13.1(d) is contrary to
any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect.

                  (e) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement given
to Lessor by Lessee,  any  assignee  of Lessee,  any  subtenant  of Lessee,  any
successor  in  interest  of  Lessee  or any  guarantor  of  Lessee's  obligation
hereunder, was materially false.

         13.2  Remedies.  In the event of any such  material  default by Lessee,
Lessor may at any time  thereafter,  with notice and demand and without limiting
Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of
such default:

                  (a) Terminate  Lessee's right to possession of the Premises by
any lawful means,  in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall  terminate
and Lessee shall immediately  surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In
any event Lessor  shall be entitled to recover from Lessee all damages  incurred
by Lessor by reason of Lessee's default including,  but not limited to, the cost
of  recovering  possession of the  Premises,  expenses of reletting,  reasonable
attorney's fees, and any real estate commission  actually paid; the worth at the
time of award by the court  having  jurisdiction  thereof of the amount by which
the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of such award exceeds
the amount of such rental loss for the same period that Lessee  proves  could be
reasonably avoided;
                                      -5-
<PAGE>
                  (b) Maintain  Lessee's  right to possession in which case this
Lease  shall  continue  in effect  whether or not Lessee  shall have  vacated or
abandoned the Premises. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to enforce all of
Lessor's  rights and remedies  under this Lease,  including the right to recover
the rent as it becomes due hereunder.

                  (c) Pursue  any other  remedy now or  hereafter  available  to
Lessor under the laws or judicial  decisions  of the state  wherein the Premises
are located.  Unpaid installments of rent and other unpaid monetary  obligations
of Lessee under the terms of this Lease shall bear interest from the date due at
the maximum rate then allowable by law.

         13.3 Default by Lessor.  Lessor shall not be in default  unless  Lessor
fails to perform obligations required of Lessor within a reasonable time, but in
no event later than thirty  (30) days after  written  notice by Lessee to Lessor
and to the holder of any first  mortgage or deed of trust  covering the Premises
whose  name and  address  shall have  theretofore  been  furnished  to Lessee in
writing,  specifying  wherein  Lessor  has failed to  perform  such  obligation;
provided,  however,  that if the nature of Lessor's obligation is such that more
than thirty (30) days are required for  performance  then Lessor shall not be in
default if Lessor commences  performance  within such thirty (30) day period and
thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

         13.4 Late  Charges.  Lessee  hereby  acknowledges  that late payment by
Lessee to Lessor of Base Rent,  Lessee's  Share of  Operating  Expenses or other
sums due  hereunder  will cause Lessor to incur costs not  contemplated  by this
Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain.  Such
costs include,  but are not limited to, processing and accounting  charges,  and
late  charges  which may be  imposed on Lessor by the terms of any  mortgage  or
trust deed covering the Industrial  Center.  Accordingly,  if any Installment of
Base Rent,  Operating  Expenses,  or any other sum due from Lessee  shall not be
received by Lessor or Lessor's  designee with twenty (20) days after such amount
shall be due, then,  without any requirement for notice to Lessee,  Lessee shall
pay to Lessor a large  charge equal to 4% of such  overdue  amount.  The parties
hereby  agree  that such late  charge  shall in no even  constitute  a waiver of
Lessee's  default with respect to such overdue  amount,  nor prevent Lessor from
exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

14.  Condemnation.  If the  Premises  or any portion  thereof of the  Industrial
Center are taken under the power of eminent domain,  or sold under the threat of
the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called "condemnation"), this
Lease  shall  terminate  as to the part so  taken as of the date the  condemning
authority takes title or possession,  whichever  first occurs.  If more than ten
percent of the floor area of the Premises,  or more than twenty-five  percent of
that portion of the Common Areas designated as parking for the Industrial Center
is taken by  condemnation,  Lessee may, at Lessee's  option,  to be exercised in
writing only within ten (10) days after  Lessor shall have given Lessee  written
notice of such  taking (or in the absence of such  notice,  within ten (10) days
after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease
as of the date the condemning authority take such possession. If Lessee does not
terminate this Lease. In accordance with the foregoing,  this Lease shall remain
in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining except that
the rent shall be reduced in the proportion  that the floor area of the Premises
taken bears to the total floor area of the Premises.  No reduction of rent shall
occur if the only area taken is that which  does not have the  Premises  located
thereon.  Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises  under the
power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such
power  shall be the  property  of Lessor,  whether  such award  shall be made as
compensation  for  diminution in value of the leasehold or for the taking of the
fee, or as severance damages;  provided,  however, that Lessee shall be entitled
to any award for loss of or damage to  Lessee's  trade  fixtures  and  removable
personal  property.  In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of
such  condemnation,  Lessor shall to the extent of severance damages received by
Lessor in connection with such  condemnation,  repair any damage to the Premises
cause by such condemnation  except to the extent that Lessee has been reimbursed
therefor by the condemning  authority.  Lessee shall pay any amount in excess of
such severance damages required to complete such repair.

15. Broker's Fee.

         (a) Upon  execution of this Lease by both parties,  Lessor shall pay to
Johnson  Commercial  Real  Estate,  Inc.,  Bob  Deninger/Dean  Busk  and  Lee  &
Associates (Marc Pierce).  Licensed real estate broker(s), a fee as set forth in
a separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s), or in the event there is
no separate agreement between Lessor and said broker(s),  the sum of $33,929.28,
or brokerage services rendered by said broker(s) to Lessor in this transaction.

         (b) Lessor  further  agrees that if Lessee  exercises  any  Option,  as
defined in paragraph  39.1 of this Lease,  which is granted to Lessee under this
Lease, or any subsequently  granted option which is substantially  similar to an
Option granted to Lessee under this Lease,  or if Lessee  acquires any rights to
the Premises or other premises  described in this Lease which are  substantially
similar to what  Lessee  would have  acquired  had an Option  herein  granted to
Lessee been exercised,  or if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises after
the  expiration  of the term of this Lease  after  having  failed to exercise an
Option,  or if said broker(s) are the procuring cause of any other lease or sale
entered into between the parties  pertaining  to the  Premises  and/or  adjacent
property in which Lessor has an interest,  then as to any of said  transactions,
Lessor shall pay said  broker(s) a fee in accordance  with the scheduled of said
broker(s) in effect at the time of execution of this Lease.

         (c) Lessor agrees to pay said fee not only on behalf of Lessor but also
on behalf of any person,  corporation,  association,  or other entity  having an
ownership  interest in said real property or any part thereof,  when such fee is
due hereunder.  Any transferee of Lessor's interests in this Lease, whether such
transfer is by agreement or by operation of law, shall be deemed to have assumed
Lessor's  obligation under this paragraph 15. Said broker shall be a third party
beneficiary of the provisions of this paragraph 15.

16. Estoppel Certificate.

         (a) Each party (as "responding  party") shall at any time upon not less
than ten (10) days'  prior  written  notice  from the other  party  ("requesting
party") execute,  acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party a statement in
writing  (i)  certifying  that this  Lease is  unmodified  and in full force and
effect (or, if modified,  stating the nature of such modification and certifying
that this Lease,  as so  modified,  is in full force and effect) and the date to
which  the  rent  and  other  charges  are  paid in  advance.  If any,  and (ii)
acknowledging  that there are not,  to the  responding  partys'  knowledge,  any
uncured  defaults  on the  part of the  requesting  party,  or  specifying  such
defaults if any are claimed.  Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon
by any prospective  purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises or of the business
of the requesting party.

         (b) At the requesting  party's option, it shall be conclusive upon such
party  that (i) this  Lease is in full force and  effect,  without  modification
except as may be represented by the requesting  party, (ii) there are no uncured
defaults  in the  requesting  party's  performance,  and  (iii) if Lessor is the
requesting party, not more than one month's rent has been paid in advance.

         (c) If Lessor  desires to finance,  refinance,  or sell the  Industrial
Center,  or any part  thereof,  Lessee hereby agrees to deliver to any lender or
purchaser  designated  by Lessor such  financial  statements of Lessee as may be
reasonably  required by such lender or purchaser.  Such statements shall include
the past two (2)  years  financial  statements  of  Lessee.  All such  financial
statements  shall  be  received  by  Lessor  and such  lender  or  purchaser  in
confidence and shall be used for the purposes herein set forth.

17.  Lessor's  Liability.  The term  "Lessor" as used herein shall mean only the
owner  or  owners,  at the time in  question,  of the fee  title  or a  Lessee's
interest in a ground  lease of the  Industrial  Center,  and except as expressly
provided  in  paragraph  15,  in the  event  of any  transfer  of such  title or
interest,  Lessor herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers then the
grantor)  shall be  relieved  from and  after the date of such  transfer  of all
liability as respects Lessor's obligations thereafter to be performed,  provided
that any funds in the hands of  Lessor or the then  grantor  at the time of such
transfer,  in which Lessee has an  interest,  shall be delivered to the grantee.
The obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by Lessor shall, subject
as aforesaid,  be binding on Lessor's successors and assigns,  only during their
respective period of ownership.

18. Severability. The Invalidity of any provision of this Lease as determined by
a court of  competent  jurisdiction,  shall in no way affect the validity of any
other provision hereof.

19. [deleted]

20. Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence with respect to the  obligations to
be performed under this Lease.

21. Additional Rent. All monetary  obligations of Lessee under the terms of this
Lease,  including  but not limited to Lessee's  Share of Operating  Expenses and
Insurance and tax expenses payable shall be deemed to be rent.

22.  Incorporation  of Prior  Agreements;  Amendments.  This Lease  contains all
agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned  herein. No prior
or  contemporaneous  agreement or  understanding  pertaining  to any such matter
shall be effective.  This Lease may be modified in writing  only,  signed by the
parties in interest at the time of the modification.  Except as otherwise states
in this lease,  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that neither the real estate broker
listed in paragraph 15 hereof nor any cooperating broker on this transaction nor
the Lessor or any employee or agents of any of said persons has made any oral or
written warranties or representations to lessee relative to the condition or use
by Lessee of the Premises or the Industrial Center and Lessee  acknowledges that
Lessee assumes all responsibility  regarding the Occupational Safety Health Act,
the legal use and  adaptability of the Premises and the compliance  thereof with
all  applicable  laws and  regulations  in effect  during the term of this Lease
except as otherwise specifically stated in this Lease.

23. Notices.  Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in
writing and may be given by personal delivery or by certified mail, and if given
personally or by mail, shall be deemed sufficiently given if addressed to Lessee
or to Lessor at the address noted below the signature of the respective parties,
as the case may be.  Either party may by notice to the other specify a different
address for notice purposes  except that upon Lessee's taking  possession of the
Premises,  the Premises shall constitute Lessee's address for notice purposes. A
copy of all notices  required or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall
be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor
may from time to time hereafter designate by notice to Lessee.
                                      -6-
<PAGE>
24.  Waivers.  No waiver by Lessor  or any  provision  hereof  shall be deemed a
waiver of any other  provision  hereof or of any subsequent  breach by Lessee of
the same or any other  provision.  Lessor's  consent to, or approval of, any act
shall not be deemed to render  unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor's  consent to
or approval of any subsequent act by Lessee. The acceptance of rent hereunder by
Lessor shall not be a waiver of any preceding  breach by Lessee or any provision
hereof, other than the failure of Lessee to pay the particular rent so accepted,
regardless  of  Lessor's  knowledge  of such  preceding  breach  at the  time of
acceptance of such rent.

25.  Recording.  Either  Lessor or Lessee  shall,  upon  request  of the  other,
execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver to the other a of this  Lease for  recording
purposes.

26. Holding Over. If Lessee, with Lessor's consent, remains in possession of the
Premises or any part  thereof  after the  expiration  of the term  hereof,  such
occupancy shall be a tenancy from month to month upon all the provisions of this
Lease pertaining to the obligations of Lessee, but all Options,  if any, granted
under the terms of this Lease  shall be deemed  terminated  and be of no further
effect during said month to month tenancy.

27.  Cumulative  Remedies.  No  remedy  or  election  hereunder  shall be deemed
exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at
law in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions. Each provision of this Lease performable by Lessee
shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.

29. Binding Effect;  Choice of Law. Subject to any provisions hereof restricting
assignment or  subletting  by Lessee and subject to the  provisions of paragraph
17,  this  Lease  shall  bind  the  parties,  their  personal   representatives,
successors  and  assigns.  This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State
where the Industrial Center is located and any litigation  concerning this Lease
between  the  parties  hereto  shall be  initiated  in the  county  in which the
Industrial Center is located.

30. Subordination.

         (a) This Lease,  and any Option  granted  hereby,  at Lessor's  option,
shall be subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage,  deed of trust, or any other
hypothecation or security now or hereafter placed upon the Industrial Center and
to any and  all  advances  made on the  security  thereof  and to all  renewals,
modifications,    consolidations,    replacements,   and   extensions   thereof.
Notwithstanding  such  subordination,  Lessee's right to quiet possession of the
Premises  shall not be  disturbed  if Lessee  is not in  default  and so long as
Lessee shall pay the rent and observe and perform all of the  provisions of this
Lease,  unless this Lease is otherwise  terminated pursuant to its terms. If any
mortgages,  trustee  or ground  Lessor  shall  elect to have this  Lease and any
Options  granted  hereby  prior  to the lien of its  mortgage,  deed of trust or
ground lease,  and shall given written notice thereof to Lessee,  this Lease and
such  Options  shall be deemed prior to such  mortgage,  deed of trust or ground
lease,  whether this lease or such Options are dated prior or  subsequent to the
date of said  mortgage,  deed of trust or ground  lease or the date of recording
thereof.

         (b) Lessee  agrees to execute any  documents  required to effectuate an
attornment,  a subordination  or to make this Lease or any Option granted herein
prior to the lien of any mortgage,  deed of trust or ground  lease,  as the case
may be. Lessee's failure to execute such documents within ten (10) business days
after written demand shall constitute a default by Lessee hereunder with further
notice to Lessee or, at Lessor's option,  Lessor shall execute such documents on
behalf  of  Lessee  as  Lessee's  attorney-in-fact.  Lessee  does  hereby  make,
constitute and irrevocably  appoint Lessor as Lessee's  attorney-in-fact  and in
Lessee's name,  place and stead,  to execute such  documents in accordance  with
this paragraph 30(b).

31.  Attorney's  Fees.  If either party or the  broker(s)  named herein bring an
action to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights  hereunder,  the prevailing
party  in any  such  action,  on  trial or  appeal,  shall  be  entitled  to his
reasonable attorney's fees to be paid by the losing party as fixed by the court.
The provisions of this paragraph  shall inure to the benefit of the broker named
herein who seeks to enforce a right hereunder.

32.  Lessor's  Access.  Lessor and Lessor's agents shall have the right to enter
the  Premises  at  reasonable  times for the  purposes of  inspecting  the same,
showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such
alterations,  repairs,  improvements  or  additions  to the  Premises  or to the
Industrial  Center as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable.  Lessor may at any
time place on or about the  Premises or the  Building  any  ordinary  "For Sale"
signs and Lessor at any time during the last 120 days of the term  hereof  place
on or about the Premises any  ordinary  "For Lease"  signs.  All  activities  of
Lessor pursuant to this paragraph shall be without  abatement of rent, nor shall
Lessor have any liability to Lessee for the same.

33.  Auctions.  Lessee shall not  conduct,  nor permit to be  conducted,  either
voluntarily or involuntarily,  any auction upon the Premises of the Common Areas
without first having obtained  Lessor's prior written  consent.  Notwithstanding
anything  to the  contrary  in this  Lease,  Lessor  shall not be  obligated  to
exercise any standard of  reasonableness  in  determining  whether to grant such
consent.  33.  Signs.  Lessee  shall not place any sign upon the Premises or the
Industrial Center without Lessor's prior written consent. Under no circumstances
shall Lessee place a sign on any roof of the Industrial Center.

34. Signs.  Lessee shall not place any sign upon the premises or the  Industrial
Center without  Lessor's prior written  concent.  Under no  circumstances  shall
Lessee place a sign on any roof of the Industrial Center.

35.  Merger.  The  voluntary or other  surrender  of this Lease by Lessee,  or a
mutual  cancellation  thereof,  or a  termination  by  Lessor,  shall not work a
merger,  and  shall at the  option  of  Lessor,  terminate  all or any  existing
subtenancies or may, at the option of Lessor, operate as an assignment to Lessor
of any or all of such subtenancies.

36. Consents. Except for paragraph 33 hereof, wherever in this Lease the consent
of one party is required to an act of the other party such consent  shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed.

37.  Guarantor.  In the event  that there is a  guarantor  of this  Lease,  said
guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

38. Quiet Possession. Upon Lessee paying the rent for the Premises and observing
and performing all of the covenants,  conditions and provisions on Lessee's part
to be observed and performed  hereunder,  Lessee shall have quiet  possession of
the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this
Lease.  The individuals  executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor  represent and
warrant  to  Lessee  that they are  fully  authorized  and  legally  capable  of
executing this Lease on behalf of Lessor and that such execution is binding upon
all parties holding an ownership interest in the Industrial Center.

39. Options.

         39.1  Definition.  As used in this  paragraph the word "Option" has the
following  meaning:  (1) the right or option to extend the term of this Lease or
to renew  this  Lease or to extend or renew any lease  that  Lessee has on other
property  of  Lessor;  (2) the  option  or right of first  refusal  to lease the
Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first
refusal to lease other space within the  Industrial  Center or other property of
Lessor or the right of first offer to lease other  space  within the  Industrial
Center or other  property  of Lessor;  (3) the right or option to  purchase  the
Premises or the Industrial Center, or the right of first refusal to purchase the
Premises or the Industrial  Center,  or the right of first offer to purchase the
Premises or the  Industrial  Center,  or the right or option to  purchase  other
property of Lessor,  or the right of first refusal to purchase other property of
Lessor or the right of first offer to purchase other property of Lessor.

         39.2 Options  Personal.  Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is
personal to the original Lessee and may be exercised only by the original Lessee
while  occupying  the  Premises  who does so without  the  intent of  thereafter
assigning this Lease or subletting the Premises or any portion thereof,  and may
not be exercised  or be assigned,  voluntarily  or  involuntarily,  by or to any
person or entity other than  Lessee,  provided,  however,  that an Option may be
exercised by or assigned to any lesse  Affiliate as defined in paragraph 12.2 of
this lease. The Options,  if any, herein granted to Lessee are not assignable to
separate  and part from this Lease,  nor may any Option be  separated  from this
Lease in any manner, either by reservation or otherwise.

         39.3  Multiple  Options.  In the event  that  Lessee  has any  multiple
options to extend or renew this Lease a later option cannot be exercised  unless
the prior option to extend or renew this Lease has been so exercised.

         39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

                  (a)  Lessee  shall  have  no  right  to  exercise  an  Option,
notwithstanding any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary, (i) during
the time  commencing  from the date  Lessor  gives to Lessee a notice of default
pursuant to paragraph 13.1(b) or 13.1(c ) and continuing until the noncompliance
alleged in said  notice of default is cured,  or (ii)  during the period of time
commencing on the date after a monetary  obligation to Lessor is due from Lessee
and unpaid  (without any necessity for notice  thereof to Lessee) and continuing
until the  obligation  is paid,  or (iii) at any time  after an event of default
described in paragraphs  13.1(a),  13.1(d), or 13.1(e) (without any necessity of
Lessor to give  notice of such  default  to  Lessee)  or (iv) in the event  that
Lessor has given to Lessee  three or more  notices of  default  under  paragraph
13.1(b) or paragraph 13.1(c),  whether or not the defaults are cured, during the
12 month period of time  immediately  prior to the time that Lessee  attempts to
exercise the subject Option.

                  (b) The period of time within an Option may be exercised shall
not be  extended or  enlarged  by reason of  Lessee's  inability  to exercise an
Option because of the provisions of paragraph 38.4(n).

                  (c) All  rights of Lessee  under the  provisions  of an Option
shall terminate and be of no further force or effect,  notwithstanding  Lessee's
due and timely  exercise of the Option,  if, after such  exercise and during the
term of this Lease,  (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary  obligation of
Lessee for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation  becomes due (with
any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee),  or (ii) Lessee fails
to commence to cure a default  specified in paragraph 13.1(c) within thirty (30)
days after the date that Lessor gives  notice to Lessee of such  default  and/or
Lessee fails  thereafter to diligently  prosecute  said cure to  completion,  or
(iii) Lessee  commits a default  described in  paragraphs  13.1 (a),  13.1(d) or
13.1(e)  (without  any  necessity  of Lessor to give  notice of such  default to
Lessee),  or (iv) Lessor gives to Lessee three or more notices of default  under
paragraph  13.1(b),  or  paragraph  13.19(c)),  whether or not the  defaults are
cured.

40.  Security  Measures.  Lessee hereby  acknowledges  that Lessor shall have no
obligation  whatsoever to provide guard service or other  security  measures for
the  benefit of the  Premises  or the  Industrial  Center.  Lessee  assumes  all
responsibility  for the protection of Lessee,  its agents,  and invitees and the
property  of Lessee  and of  Lessee's  agents  and  invitees  from acts of third
parties.
                                      -7-
<PAGE>
41. Easements.  Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant
such easement,  rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary or desirable,
and to cause the  recordation of Parcel Maps and  restrictions,  so long as such
easements,  rights,  dedications,  Maps  and  restrictions  do not  unreasonably
interfere  with the use of the Premises by Lessee.  Lessee shall sign any of the
aforementioned  documents  upon  request  of Lessor  and  failure to do so shall
constitute  a  material  default of this  Lease by Lessee  without  the need for
further notice to Lessee.

42.  Performance  Under  Protest.  If at any time a amount or sum of money to be
paid by  provisions  hereof,  the party  against whom the  obligation to pay the
money is shall have the right to make  payment  under  protest and such  payment
shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment,  and there shall survive the right
on the part of said party to institute suit for recovery of such sum if it shall
be adjudged that there was no legal  obligation on the part of said party to pay
such sum or any part  thereof,  said party shall be recover  such sum or so much
thereof  as it was not  legally  required  to pay under the  provisions  of this
Lease.

43.  Authority.  If  Lessee is a  corporation,  trust,  or  general  or  limited
partnership,  each  individual  executing  this  Lease on behalf of such  entity
represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver
this  Lease on behalf of said  entity.  If  Lessee  is a  corporation,  trust or
partnership,  Lessee  shall,  within  thirty (30) days after  execution  of this
Lease, deliver to Lessor evidence of such authority satisfactory to Lessor.

44. Conflict.  Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the
typewritten  or  handwritten  provisions,  if any,  shall be  controlled  by the
typewritten or handwritten provisions.

45. Offer.  Preparation of this Lease by Lessor or Lessor's agent and submission
of same to  Lessee  not be deemed an offer to lease.  This  Lease  shall  become
binding upon Lessor and Lessee only when fully executed by Lessor and Lessee.

46. Addendum. Attached hereto is an addendum or addenda containing paragraphs 47
through 63 which constitute a part of this Lease.

         Addendum to lease dated May 14, 1996.

         47.  Rent Schedule
              -------------
              Months  1-12:  $8,796.48/month gross*
              Months 13-24:  $9,110.64/month gross*
              Months 25-36:  $9,424.80/month gross*
              Months 37-48:  $9,738.96/month gross*
              Months 49-60:  $10, 053.12/months gross*
                             *Plus applicable rental sales tax (currently 4.15%)

         48.  Lessee shall have the First Right of Refusal on leasing  suites 3,
              4, 5, 6, & 7.

         49.  Lessee  shall  have the First  Right of Refusal on the sale of the
              property or part of.

         50.  Lessor Improvements:

              1.  Lessor to build out 100% A/C office  for  suites 14, 15,  test
         area in  evap-cooler  warehouse,  2" water main,  2 floor  drains - per
         plans  submitted to Ball  Architect  May 10, 1996,  attached  hereto as
         Exhibit "A".

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE  CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND
PROVISION  CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOW THEIR INFORMED
AND VOLUNTARY  CONSENT THERETO,  THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS
LEASE IS  EXECUTED,  THE TERMS OF THIS  LEASE ARE  COMMERCIALLY  REASONABLE  AND
EFFECTUATE  THE INTENT AND  PURPOSE  OF LESSOR  AND LESSEE  WITH  RESPECT TO THE
PREMISES.

         THIS  LEASE HAS BEEN  PREPARED  FOR  SUBMISSION  TO YOUR  ATTORNEY  FOR
         APPROVAL.  NO  REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN
         INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE  ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKER OR ITS
         AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL  SUFFICIENCY,  LEGAL EFFECTS ON TAX
         CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE ON THE  TRANSACTION  RELATING  THERETO.  THE
         PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN LEGAL COUNSEL AS
         TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

             LESSOR                                     LESSEE

         Robert Buttrum                 H.E.R.C. Products Inc., a Delaware Corp.
- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------

By   Signature on Addendum Only         By   Signature on Addendum Only
     --------------------------------        -----------------------------------

By   Roger Buttrum                      By   Gary S. Glatter, President
     --------------------------------        -----------------------------------

Executed on    5-15-96                  Executed on
               ----------------------                  -------------------------


    ADDRESS FOR NOTICES AND RENT                        ADDRESS

     Roger Buttrum                           3622 N. 34th Ave.
- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
     21602 N. 21st Ave.                      Phoenix, AZ 85017-4401
- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
     Phoenix, AZ 85027                       
- -------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    ADDENDUM

THIS ADDENDUM is a part of that certain  Standard  Industrial Lease Agreement by
and between  Roger  Buttrum  (Lessor)  and  H.E.R.C.  Products  Incorporated,  a
Delaware Corporation, (Lessee), dated May 14, 1996.

51.      Notwithstanding and anything in 2.2.1/2.2.2.4 to the contrary,  Exhibit
         "B" illustrates  Lessee's  designated  parking/storage  areas for MRU's
         ramp, and outdoor storage areas.  Exhibit "B" shall be provided by Ball
         Architects, Inc., to Lessee no later than May 17, 1996.

52.      Notwithstanding anything in 2.6/2/6a to the contrary, Lessor shall have
         right to make only those  changes  to said  Common  Areas  which do not
         restrict or hinder Lessee's use or manner of use of the Premises.

53.      Notwithstanding   anything  in  3.2  to  the  contrary,  any  delay  in
         possession  shall  extend  the  Lease  term by the  amount  of delay of
         possession to reflect a full five (5) year lease term.

54.      Delete 7.1 in its entirety and replace with:

         Lessor's  Obligation.  Subject to the provisions of paragraphs 6 (Use),
         7.2 (Lessee's Obligations) and 9 (Damage or Destruction) and except for
         damage  caused by any negligent or  intentional  act of omission of the
         Lessee, Lesse's employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees,
         in which event  Lessee  shall  repair the damage,  Lessor,  at Lessor's
         expense  shall  keep in good  condition  and  repair  the  foundations,
         exterior walls,  structural  condition of interior  bearing walls,  and
         roof of the Premises, as well as the parking lots, walkways, driveways,
         landscaping,  fences,  signs,  and utility  Installations of the Common
         Areas  and  all  parts  thereof,  as  well as  providing  the  services
         described  as  an  Operating   Expenses   pursuant  to  paragraph   4.2
         (notwithstanding  that  paragraph 4.2 has been deleted and is otherwise
         inapplicable).  Lessor  shall not,  however,  be obligated to paint the
         interior  surface of exterior  walls,  but Lessor  shall be required to
         maintain,  repair or  replace  windows,  doors  and plate  glass of the
         Premises  unless the need for same was caused by Lessee's  negligent or
         intentional acts or omissions.  Lessor shall have no obligation to make
         repairs under this paragraph 7.1 until a reasonable  time after receipt
         of written  notice  from  Lessee of the need for such  repairs.  Lessee
         shall have the right to make  repairs of written  notice from Lessee of
         the need for such repairs.  Lessee shall have the right to make repairs
         at Lessor's expense or terminate this Lease because of Lessor's failure
         to keep the  Premises in good  order,  condition  and repair,  provided
         Lessee  shall have  notified  Lessor of the need for such repairs and a
         reasonable period of time shall have elapsed without Lessor making such
         repairs.  Lessor shall not be liable for damages or loss of any kind or
         nature by  reason of  Lessor's  failure  to  furnish  and  Common  Area
         Services  when such failure is caused by accident,  breakage,  repairs,
         strikes,  lockouts, or other disturbances or disputes of any character,
         or any other  cause  beyond the  reasonable  control of Lessor.  Lessor
         shall keep in good order,  condition and repair all plumbing,  heating,
         ventilating  and air  conditioning  systems,  electrical  and  lighting
         facilities and equipment within the Premises, unless the need to repair
         same is caused by Lessee's  negligent or intentional acts or omissions,
         in which case Lessee shall repair same.

55.      Notwithstanding  anything in 7.3 to the contrary,  Lessor does not need
         to be  notified,  nor  is  Lessor's  prior  consent  required  for  any
         alterations,  additions,  or Utility Installations made by Lessee in or
         about the Premises,  except for those which alter the Building systems,
         exterior or structural elements of the Building.

56.      Notwithstanding anything in 7.3b to the contrary,  Lessee shall only be
         required to obtain a permit if needed.

57.      Notwithstanding  anything in 8.8 to the  contrary,  Lessor's  exemption
         from liability does not include Lessor's  negligent or intentional acts
         or omissions.

58.      Notwithstanding anything in 9.2(a) and (b), and 9.3(a) to the contrary,
         the Lease  shall be extended  by time of  rebuilding  to reflect a full
         five (5) year  lease.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of 9.2 and 9.3
         hereof to the  contrary,  whenever  Lessor is  required to or elects to
         repair  the  damages to the  Premises,  Lessor  shall  also  repair the
         damages to those tenant  improvements  built and installed by Lessor at
         the  inception of the Lease  pursuant to paragraph 49 hereof (since the
         cost of such tenant Improvements have been included in the Base Rent).
<PAGE>
59.      Notwithstanding anything in 9.4(a) to the contrary, the right to cancel
         and terminate this Lease due to substantial  damage during the last six
         (6) months of the term of this  Lease  shall be both the  Lessor's  and
         Lessee's option.

60.      Notwithstanding  anything  in 10 to the  contrary,  Base year for Taxes
         shall be the tax year in which the tax lot of which the  Premises  is a
         part  shall be  assessed  at full  assessed  valuation  as an  improved
         property. Lessor represents that the Building, of which the Premises is
         a part,  constitutes a separate tax lot.  Accordingly,  Lessee's  Share
         shall be 87.5%. If Lessor receives a tax rebate (reduction) for any tax
         year where Lessee paid a Real  Property Tax  escalation  as  Additional
         Rent, then Lessor shall promptly pay Lessee a refund as and when Lessor
         receives  the tax  rebate,  equal to the rebate  less the  expenses  of
         obtaining same, multiplied by Lessee's Share.

61.      Notwithstanding  anything in 11 to the  contrary,  Lessee shall only be
         required to pay for power and telephone. Lessor shall pay for all other
         utilities (water, gas, etc.).

62.      Notwithstanding anything in 23 to the contrary,  notice shall be deemed
         given  upon  receipt  and  shall  be  delivered  either  by  hand or by
         Certified Mail.

63.      Notwithstanding  anything  in 34 to  the  contrary,  Lessor  shall,  at
         Lessor's cost,  provide  reasonable  signage for Lessee on the Building
         exterior.


LESSOR                                 LESSEE
Roger Buttram                          H.E.R.C. Products Inc.,
                                       a Delaware Corporation

By: /s/ Roger Buttrum                  By: /s/ Gary S. Glatter
   ----------------------------           -------------------------------
        Roger Buttrum                          Gary S. Glatter, President

Date: 5-15-96                          Date: 5/14/96
     --------------------------             -----------------------------
                                     2 of 2

                                  Exhibit 10.22

9/3/97                                               H.E.R.C. Products Inc.
                                                     2202 W Lone Cactus Dr. # 15
Jerry Ludwig                                         Phoenix, AZ  85027
Ludwig and Associates                                (602)492-0336
8840 N 57th St                                       (602)233-1107
Paradise Valley, AZ   85253


Dear Dr. Ludwig:

This is the engagement  offer letter we have been  discussing.  The form we have
agreed to is warrants in HERC Products,  Inc. in lieu of your $1000.00 per month
fee. Specifically, the details are as follows:

Monthly Fee:         $500.00  Payable to Jerry Ludwig and Assoc., Inc.
Warrants:            40,000

The warrants will vest on two dates. The first half, or 20,000, will vest at the
end of the six month  anniversary  of this  agreement.  The second  half,  again
20,000, will vest at the end of the eighteen month anniversary of our agreement.
The exercise price will be 1.06 or the closing trading price on the day you sign
this  agreement,  whichever is higher.  The warrants  will expire five (5) years
from the date of vesting.

The list of your actions items include the following:

1.    Oversight of the Company's patent program.

2.    Interaction  on  behalf  of  the  company  with  International  Licensees.
      Including the U.K., Europe, Latin America, and the Far East.

3.    Technical assistance when required for Pipe-Klean operations.

This agreement is for two years and is renewable if agreed upon by both parties.

If you  have  any  questions  please  let  me  know.  I am  very  excited  about
opportunities  we have before us and the part Ludwig and  Assiciates can play. I
am looking forward to a mutually profitable relationship.

Sincerely,


Steven Carl                             Agreed to by:___________________________
Chairman/CEO                                               Jerry Ludwig

cc: HERC Board of Directors             Date:___________________________________
    John Johnson

                                  Exhibit 10.23

9/3/97                                               H.E.R.C. Products Inc.
                                                     2202 W Lone Cactus Dr. # 15
Shelby Carl                                          Phoenix, AZ  85027
6028 N 129th Ave                                     (602)492-0336
Litchfield Park, AZ  85340                           (602)233-1107


Dear Shelby:

This is the engagement  offer letter we have been  discussing.  The form we have
agreed to is warrants in HERC  Products,  Inc. in lieu of your $500.00 per month
fee. Specifically, the details are as follows:

Warrants:           40,000

The warrants will vest on two dates. The first half, or 20,000, will vest at the
end of the one year  anniversary  of this  agreement.  The  second  half,  again
20,000,  will vest at the end of the second year of our agreement.  The exercise
price  will  be 1.06 or the  closing  trading  price  on the day you  sign  this
agreement, whichever is higher. The warrants will expire five (5) years from the
date of vesting.

The list of your actions items include the following:

1.   Oversight of the Company's relationship with Calgon.

2.   Interaction  on  behalf  of  the  company  with  CCT  contacts  within  the
     agribusiness community, including state university and USDA contacts.

3.   Technical assistance when required for general operations.

This agreement is for two years and is renewable if agreed upon by both parties.

If you  have  any  questions  please  let  me  know.  I am  very  excited  about
opportunities  we have before us and the part you can play. I am looking forward
to a mutually profitable relationship.

Sincerely,


Steven Carl                             Agreed to by:___________________________
Chairman/CEO                                                 Shelby Carl

cc: HERC Board of Directors             Date:___________________________________
    John Johnson

                       AMENDMENT TO STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


         AMENDMENT TO STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT,  made and entered into as of March
23,  1995,  by and between  Gary S. Glatter  ("Glatter")  and H.E.R.C.  Products
Incorporated ("HERC").

         WHEREAS,  Glatter and HERC entered into a Stock Option  Agreement dated
as of January 1, 1994 ("Stock Option Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  Glatter and HERC wish to amend the Stock Option  Agreement on
the terms and conditions set forth herein.

         IT IS AGREED:

         1.  Paragraph 2 (a) of the Stock Option  Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the phrase "$5.00 per share"  therefrom  and by  substitute  the phrase
"$2.50 per share" in lieu thereof.

         2.  Paragraph 2 (b) of the Stock Option  Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the phrase "$6.25 per share"  therefrom and by substituting  the phrase
"$3.125 per share" in lieu thereof.

         3.  Paragraph 2 (c) of the Stock Option  Agreement is herby  amended by
deleting the phrase "$7.50 per share"  therefrom and by substituting  the phrase
"$3.75 per share" in lieu thereof.

         The  undersigned  have  executed  this  Agreement as of the 23rd day of
March 1995.


                                             H.E.R.C. Product Incorporated



                                             By:  /s/ Shelby A. Carl
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  SHELBY A. CARL
                                                  Chairman of the Board and
                                                  Chief Executive officer



                                                  /s/ Gary S. Glatter
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                  GARY S. GLATTER

                       AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO OPTION AGREEMENT


                  Amendment No. 2 to Option  Agreement,  dated as of February 1,
1997,  by and  between  Gary S.  Glatter  ("Executive")  and  H.E.R.C.  Products
Incorporated ("Company").

                  WHEREAS,  Executive  and Company  have entered into the Option
Agreement, dated January 1, 1994, as amended ("Option Agreement'); and

                  WHEREAS,  Executive  and Company  desire to further  amend the
terms of the Option Agreement in  consideration  for the services to the Company
rendered by Executive,  to take into consideration the price range of the Common
Stock of the  Company  during the last 18 months,  and the  cancellation  of the
Group C Option.

                  NOW, in consideration of the above, it is agreed:

                  1.  Section 1 of the Option  Agreement  is modified to provide
that the grant of the option  henceforth  applies only to the Group A Option and
the Group B Option, and the Group C Option is canceled.

                  2.  Section 2 of the Option  Agreement  is modified to provide
that  henceforth  the Group A Option  and Group B Option  shall  have a purchase
price per share of $1.75.

                  3.  Section 3.1 of the Option  Agreement is deleted and in its
place the following is inserted:

                           "The Group A Option is fully vested as of the date of
                  this  Amendment and the Group B Option will fully vest on June
                  1, 1997,  and the Group A Option and the Group B Option  shall
                  be  exercisable,  in  whole  or in part,  until  the  close of
                  business  on May 31,  2003 as to the as to the  Group A Option
                  and until the close of  business on December 1, 2005 as to the
                  Group B Option."

                  4. Sections 3.3, 3.4 and 8 of the Open Agreement are deleted.

                  5. Terms not otherwise  defined in this  Amendment  shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Option Agreement.

                                        H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED


                                        By: /s/ S. Steven Carl
                                           -------------------------------------
                                            S. Steven Carl, 
                                            Chief Executive Officer

                                        /s/ Gary S. Glatter
                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                    GARY S. GLATTER

                                                                      Exhibit 21


                                  SUBSIDIARIES


         Name                                       State of Incorporation
         ----                                       ----------------------

H.E.R.C. Consumer Products, Inc.                           Arizona


CCT Corporation                                            Arizona


                                                                      Exhibit 23



                             CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT
                          CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
Phoenix, Arizona


We  hereby  consent  to  the   incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Prospectus
constituting  a part  of the  previously  filed  Registration  Statements  (Nos.
33-92870,  333-5175,  333-13349 and 333-19361) of H.E.R.C. PRODUCTS INCORPORATED
of our report dated  January 31, 1998,  relating to the  consolidated  financial
statements of H.E.R.C.  PRODUCTS INCORPORATED and subsidiaries  appearing in the
Company's Annual Report on Form-10KSB for the year ended December 31, 1997.

We also  consent  to the  reference  to us under the  caption  "Experts"  in the
Prospectus.





                                             \s\ BDO Seidman, LLP


Chicago, Illinois
March 31, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<MULTIPLIER>                  1
<CURRENCY>                    U.S. DOLLARS
       
<S>                          <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                           DEC-31-1997
<PERIOD-START>                                              JAN-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                                DEC-31-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                             1
<CASH>                                                      135,396
<SECURITIES>                                                0
<RECEIVABLES>                                               202,956
<ALLOWANCES>                                                36,205
<INVENTORY>                                                 87,738
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                            500,605
<PP&E>                                                      1,057,470
<DEPRECIATION>                                              235,253
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                              1,650,150
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                                       1,335,077
<BONDS>                                                     66,938
                                       0
                                                 0
<COMMON>                                                    82,306
<OTHER-SE>                                                  165,829
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                                1,650,150
<SALES>                                                     3,162,846
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                            3,162,846
<CGS>                                                       2,404,864
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                               3,385,774
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                            0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                            0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                          0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                             (2,627,792)
<INCOME-TAX>                                                0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                         (2,627,792)
<DISCONTINUED>                                              1,834,073
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                             0
<CHANGES>                                                   0
<NET-INCOME>                                                (4,461,865)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                               (0.58)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                               (0.58)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission